ia64/xen-unstable
changeset 505:08e3ab6bded3
bitkeeper revision 1.274 (3f05a93anjjeliV5S9lcht7Daq_Rhw)
Allow client operating systems controlled access to the
partition table. Essentially, this allows you to specify a
partition number when granting access to a range of blocks,
and xenolinux will then map the range to the given partition.
Allow client operating systems controlled access to the
partition table. Essentially, this allows you to specify a
partition number when granting access to a range of blocks,
and xenolinux will then map the range to the given partition.
author | sos22@labyrinth.cl.cam.ac.uk |
---|---|
date | Fri Jul 04 16:20:10 2003 +0000 (2003-07-04) |
parents | aeb88ca14b2d |
children | 073c9b6cb4f9 |
files | .rootkeys xen/drivers/block/xen_block.c xen/drivers/block/xen_physdisk.c xen/include/xeno/physdisk.h xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/Documentation/Configure.help xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/fs/partitions/Config.in xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/fs/partitions/Makefile xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/fs/partitions/check.c xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/fs/partitions/xeno.c xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/fs/partitions/xeno.h |
line diff
1.1 --- a/.rootkeys Fri Jul 04 12:41:17 2003 +0000 1.2 +++ b/.rootkeys Fri Jul 04 16:20:10 2003 +0000 1.3 @@ -493,6 +493,7 @@ 3eb3c87fPL2T_zBb0bHlbZY-ACEKRw xen/tools 1.4 3eb3c87fmKYTC5GCh_rydFakZp9ayw xen/tools/figlet/README 1.5 3eb3c87fdQKQ5OBGbM-KjZfi9Us4ng xen/tools/figlet/figlet.c 1.6 3eb3c87fS7DNbg0i6yhFs28UIqAK5g xen/tools/figlet/xen.flf 1.7 +3f05a939TA3SLPY7ZiScMotLjg9owQ xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/Documentation/Configure.help 1.8 3e5a4e6589G-U42lFKs43plskXoFxQ xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/Makefile 1.9 3e5a4e65IEPjnWPZ5w3TxS5scV8Ewg xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/arch/xeno/Makefile 1.10 3e5a4e65n-KhsEAs-A4ULiStBp-r6w xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/arch/xeno/boot/Makefile 1.11 @@ -547,6 +548,11 @@ 3ea53c6em6uzVHSiGqrbbAVofyRY_g xenolinux 1.12 3e5a4e66mrtlmV75L1tjKDg8RaM5gA xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/drivers/block/ll_rw_blk.c 1.13 3e5a4e66rw65CxyolW9PKz4GG42RcA xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/drivers/char/tty_io.c 1.14 3e5a4e669uzIE54VwucPYtGwXLAbzA xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/fs/exec.c 1.15 +3f05a939l8s0eQb_fpMvYiI06cTGlA xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/fs/partitions/Config.in 1.16 +3f05a939W65febbeWrBtuQgsQDK2Bg xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/fs/partitions/Makefile 1.17 +3f05a939phguW4R5PelNQZ8o_EcYZA xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/fs/partitions/check.c 1.18 +3f05a939ZSKN7gX2sfTLzPcYJvPkcQ xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/fs/partitions/xeno.c 1.19 +3f05a939_I9vPADPgyVBwUDUxtoeOQ xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/fs/partitions/xeno.h 1.20 3e5a4e66wbeCpsJgVf_U8Jde-CNcsA xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/include/asm-xeno/bugs.h 1.21 3e5a4e66HdSkvIV6SJ1evG_xmTmXHA xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/include/asm-xeno/desc.h 1.22 3e5a4e66SYp_UpAVcF8Lc1wa3Qtgzw xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/include/asm-xeno/fixmap.h
2.1 --- a/xen/drivers/block/xen_block.c Fri Jul 04 12:41:17 2003 +0000 2.2 +++ b/xen/drivers/block/xen_block.c Fri Jul 04 16:20:10 2003 +0000 2.3 @@ -432,12 +432,6 @@ static void dispatch_probe_physdev(struc 2.4 physdisk_probebuf_t *buf; 2.5 int result; 2.6 2.7 - if ( p->domain != 0 ) 2.8 - { 2.9 - result = 1; 2.10 - goto out; 2.11 - } 2.12 - 2.13 buffer = blk_ring->ring[index].req.buffer_and_sects[0] & ~0x1FF; 2.14 2.15 spin_lock_irqsave(&p->page_lock, flags); 2.16 @@ -451,7 +445,7 @@ static void dispatch_probe_physdev(struc 2.17 spin_unlock_irqrestore(&p->page_lock, flags); 2.18 2.19 buf = phys_to_virt(buffer); 2.20 - result = xen_physdisk_probe(buf); 2.21 + result = xen_physdisk_probe(p, buf); 2.22 2.23 unlock_buffer(p, buffer, sizeof(*buf), 1); 2.24
3.1 --- a/xen/drivers/block/xen_physdisk.c Fri Jul 04 12:41:17 2003 +0000 3.2 +++ b/xen/drivers/block/xen_physdisk.c Fri Jul 04 16:20:10 2003 +0000 3.3 @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ 3.4 3.5 #define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) 3.6 3.7 -#if 1 3.8 +#if 0 3.9 #define DPRINTK printk 3.10 #else 3.11 #define DPRINTK(...) 3.12 @@ -40,6 +40,8 @@ static struct physdisk_ace *find_ace(con 3.13 struct list_head *cur_ace_head; 3.14 struct physdisk_ace *cur_ace; 3.15 3.16 + dev &= ~0x1f; /* ignore the partition part */ 3.17 + 3.18 list_for_each(cur_ace_head, &p->physdisk_aces) { 3.19 cur_ace = list_entry(cur_ace_head, struct physdisk_ace, 3.20 list); 3.21 @@ -48,7 +50,7 @@ static struct physdisk_ace *find_ace(con 3.22 sect); 3.23 if (sect >= cur_ace->start_sect && 3.24 sect < cur_ace->start_sect + cur_ace->n_sectors && 3.25 - dev == cur_ace->device && 3.26 + dev == (cur_ace->device & ~0x1f) && /* ignore partition part */ 3.27 ((operation == READ && (cur_ace->mode & PHYSDISK_MODE_R)) || 3.28 (operation == WRITE && (cur_ace->mode & PHYSDISK_MODE_W)))) { 3.29 DPRINTK("Yes.\n"); 3.30 @@ -206,7 +208,8 @@ int xen_physdisk_grant(xp_disk_t *xpd_in 3.31 return res; 3.32 } 3.33 3.34 -int xen_physdisk_probe(physdisk_probebuf_t *buf_in) 3.35 +int xen_physdisk_probe(struct task_struct *requesting_domain, 3.36 + physdisk_probebuf_t *buf_in) 3.37 { 3.38 struct task_struct *p; 3.39 physdisk_probebuf_t *buf = map_domain_mem(virt_to_phys(buf_in)); 3.40 @@ -220,6 +223,12 @@ int xen_physdisk_probe(physdisk_probebuf 3.41 res = 1; 3.42 goto out; 3.43 } 3.44 + if (requesting_domain->domain != 0 && 3.45 + requesting_domain->domain != buf->domain) { 3.46 + res = 1; 3.47 + goto out; 3.48 + } 3.49 + 3.50 spin_lock(&p->physdev_lock); 3.51 xen_physdisk_probe_access(buf, p); 3.52 spin_unlock(&p->physdev_lock);
4.1 --- a/xen/include/xeno/physdisk.h Fri Jul 04 12:41:17 2003 +0000 4.2 +++ b/xen/include/xeno/physdisk.h Fri Jul 04 16:20:10 2003 +0000 4.3 @@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ struct task_struct; 4.4 void destroy_physdisk_aces(struct task_struct *p); 4.5 4.6 int xen_physdisk_grant(xp_disk_t *); 4.7 -int xen_physdisk_probe(physdisk_probebuf_t *); 4.8 +int xen_physdisk_probe(struct task_struct *requesting_task, 4.9 + physdisk_probebuf_t *); 4.10 int xen_physdisk_access_okay(phys_seg_t *pseg, struct task_struct *p, 4.11 int operation); 4.12
5.1 --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 5.2 +++ b/xenolinux-2.4.21-sparse/Documentation/Configure.help Fri Jul 04 16:20:10 2003 +0000 5.3 @@ -0,0 +1,26986 @@ 5.4 +# Maintained by: 5.5 +# Eric S. Raymond <mailto:esr@thyrsus.com> 5.6 +# Steven Cole <mailto:elenstev@mesatop.com> 5.7 +# 5.8 +# Version 3.01: current with 2.4.19+ 5.9 +# 5.10 +# Translations of this file available on the WWW: 5.11 +# 5.12 +# - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project <mailto:JF@linux.or.jp>, at 5.13 +# <http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/JFdocs/Configure.help/> 5.14 +# - Russian, by <mailto:kaf@linux.nevod.perm.su>, at 5.15 +# <http://nevod.perm.su/service/linux/doc/kernel/Configure.help> 5.16 +# - French, by Pierre Tane <mailto:tanep@bigfoot.com>, at 5.17 +# <http://www.traduc.org/kernelfr/> 5.18 +# - Polish, by Dominik Mierzejewski <mailto:dmierzej@elka.pw.edu.pl>, at 5.19 +# <http://home.elka.pw.edu.pl/~dmierzej/linux/kernel/> 5.20 +# - German, by SuSE, at <http://www.suse.de/~ke/kernel/>. This patch 5.21 +# also includes infrastructure to support different languages. 5.22 +# - Catalan, by Antoni Bella <mailto:bella5@teleline.es>, at 5.23 +# <http://www.terra.es/personal7/bella5/traduccions.htm> 5.24 +# 5.25 +# To access a document on the WWW, you need to have a direct Internet 5.26 +# connection and a browser program such as netscape or lynx. If you 5.27 +# only have email access, you can still use FTP and WWW servers: send 5.28 +# an email to <mailto:mail-server@rtfm.mit.edu> with the text 5.29 +# send usenet/news.answers/internet-services/access-via-email 5.30 +# in the body of the message. 5.31 +# 5.32 +# Information about what a kernel is, what it does, how to patch and 5.33 +# compile it and much more is contained in the Kernel-HOWTO, available 5.34 +# at <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Before you start 5.35 +# compiling, make sure that you have the necessary versions of all 5.36 +# programs and libraries required to compile and run this kernel; they 5.37 +# are listed in the <file:Documentation/Changes>. Make sure to read the 5.38 +# toplevel kernel README file as well. 5.39 +# 5.40 +# Format of this file: description<nl>variable<nl>help text<nl><nl>. 5.41 +# The help texts may contain empty lines, but every non-empty line must 5.42 +# be indented two positions. Order of the help texts does not matter, 5.43 +# however, no variable should be documented twice: if it is, only the 5.44 +# first occurrence will be used. We try to keep the help texts of related 5.45 +# variables close together. Lines starting with `#' are ignored. To be 5.46 +# nice to menuconfig, limit your line length to 70 characters. Use emacs' 5.47 +# kfill.el to edit and ispell.el to spell check this file or you lose. 5.48 +# 5.49 +# Comments of the form "# Choice:" followed by a menu name are used 5.50 +# internally by the maintainers' consistency-checking tools. 5.51 +# 5.52 +# If you add a help text to this file, please try to be as gentle as 5.53 +# possible. Don't use unexplained acronyms and generally write for the 5.54 +# hypothetical ignorant but intelligent user who has just bought a PC, 5.55 +# removed Windows, installed Linux and is now recompiling the kernel 5.56 +# for the first time. Tell them what to do if they're unsure. Technical 5.57 +# information should go in a README in the Documentation directory. 5.58 +# 5.59 +# Mention all the relevant READMEs and HOWTOs in the help text. 5.60 +# Make them file URLs relative to the top level of the source tree so 5.61 +# that help browsers can turn them into hotlinks. All URLs should be 5.62 +# surrounded by <>. 5.63 +# 5.64 +# Repetitions are fine since the help texts are not meant to be read 5.65 +# in sequence. It is good style to include URLs pointing to more 5.66 +# detailed technical information, pictures of the hardware, etc. 5.67 +# 5.68 +# The most important thing to include in a help entry is *motivation*. 5.69 +# Explain why someone configuring a kernel might want to select your 5.70 +# option. 5.71 +# 5.72 +# All this was shamelessly stolen from numerous different sources. Many 5.73 +# thanks to all the contributors. Feel free to use these help texts in 5.74 +# your own kernel configuration tools. The texts are copyrighted (c) 5.75 +# 1995-2000 by Axel Boldt and many others and are governed by the GNU 5.76 +# General Public License. 5.77 + 5.78 +Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers 5.79 +CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL 5.80 + Some of the various things that Linux supports (such as network 5.81 + drivers, file systems, network protocols, etc.) can be in a state 5.82 + of development where the functionality, stability, or the level of 5.83 + testing is not yet high enough for general use. This is usually 5.84 + known as the "alpha-test" phase among developers. If a feature is 5.85 + currently in alpha-test, then the developers usually discourage 5.86 + uninformed widespread use of this feature by the general public to 5.87 + avoid "Why doesn't this work?" type mail messages. However, active 5.88 + testing and use of these systems is welcomed. Just be aware that it 5.89 + may not meet the normal level of reliability or it may fail to work 5.90 + in some special cases. Detailed bug reports from people familiar 5.91 + with the kernel internals are usually welcomed by the developers 5.92 + (before submitting bug reports, please read the documents 5.93 + <file:README>, <file:MAINTAINERS>, <file:REPORTING-BUGS>, 5.94 + <file:Documentation/BUG-HUNTING>, and 5.95 + <file:Documentation/oops-tracing.txt> in the kernel source). 5.96 + 5.97 + This option will also make obsoleted drivers available. These are 5.98 + drivers that have been replaced by something else, and/or are 5.99 + scheduled to be removed in a future kernel release. 5.100 + 5.101 + Unless you intend to help test and develop a feature or driver that 5.102 + falls into this category, or you have a situation that requires 5.103 + using these features, you should probably say N here, which will 5.104 + cause the configurator to present you with fewer choices. If 5.105 + you say Y here, you will be offered the choice of using features or 5.106 + drivers that are currently considered to be in the alpha-test phase. 5.107 + 5.108 +Prompt for drivers for obsolete features and hardware 5.109 +CONFIG_OBSOLETE 5.110 + Obsolete drivers have usually been replaced by more recent software 5.111 + that can talk to the same hardware. Obsolete hardware is things 5.112 + like MGA monitors that you are very unlikely to see on today's 5.113 + systems. 5.114 + 5.115 +Symmetric Multi-Processing support 5.116 +CONFIG_SMP 5.117 + This enables support for systems with more than one CPU. If you have 5.118 + a system with only one CPU, like most personal computers, say N. If 5.119 + you have a system with more than one CPU, say Y. 5.120 + 5.121 + If you say N here, the kernel will run on single and multiprocessor 5.122 + machines, but will use only one CPU of a multiprocessor machine. If 5.123 + you say Y here, the kernel will run on many, but not all, 5.124 + single machines. On a singleprocessor machine, the kernel 5.125 + will run faster if you say N here. 5.126 + 5.127 + Note that if you say Y here and choose architecture "586" or 5.128 + "Pentium" under "Processor family", the kernel will not work on 486 5.129 + architectures. Similarly, multiprocessor kernels for the "PPro" 5.130 + architecture may not work on all Pentium based boards. 5.131 + 5.132 + People using multiprocessor machines who say Y here should also say 5.133 + Y to "Enhanced Real Time Clock Support", below. The "Advanced Power 5.134 + Management" code will be disabled if you say Y here. 5.135 + 5.136 + See also the <file:Documentation/smp.tex>, 5.137 + <file:Documentation/smp.txt>, <file:Documentation/i386/IO-APIC.txt>, 5.138 + <file:Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt> and the SMP-HOWTO available at 5.139 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.140 + 5.141 + If you don't know what to do here, say N. 5.142 + 5.143 +Intel or compatible 80x86 processor 5.144 +CONFIG_X86 5.145 + This is Linux's home port. Linux was originally native to the Intel 5.146 + 386, and runs on all the later x86 processors including the Intel 5.147 + 486, 586, Pentiums, and various instruction-set-compatible chips by 5.148 + AMD, Cyrix, and others. 5.149 + 5.150 +Alpha processor 5.151 +CONFIG_ALPHA 5.152 + The Alpha is a 64-bit general-purpose processor designed and 5.153 + marketed by the Digital Equipment Corporation of blessed memory, now 5.154 + Compaq. Alpha Linux dates from 1995-1996 and was the first non-x86 5.155 + port. The Alpha Linux project has a home page at 5.156 + <http://www.alphalinux.org/>. 5.157 + 5.158 +32-bit Sun Sparc 5.159 +CONFIG_SPARC32 5.160 + SPARC is a family of RISC microprocessors designed and marketed by 5.161 + Sun Microsystems, incorporated. They are very widely found in Sun 5.162 + workstations and clones. This port covers the original 32-bit SPARC; 5.163 + it is old and stable and usually considered one of the "big three" 5.164 + along with the Intel and Alpha ports. The UltraLinux project 5.165 + maintains both the SPARC32 and SPARC64 ports; its web page is 5.166 + available at <http://www.ultralinux.org/>. 5.167 + 5.168 +64-bit Sun Sparc 5.169 +CONFIG_SPARC64 5.170 + SPARC is a family of RISC microprocessors designed and marketed by 5.171 + Sun Microsystems, incorporated. This port covers the newer 64-bit 5.172 + UltraSPARC. The UltraLinux project maintains both the SPARC32 and 5.173 + SPARC64 ports; its web page is available at 5.174 + <http://www.ultralinux.org/>. 5.175 + 5.176 +Power PC processor 5.177 +CONFIG_PPC 5.178 + The PowerPC is a very capable 32-bit RISC processor from Motorola, 5.179 + the successor to their 68000 and 88000 series. It powers recent 5.180 + Macintoshes and also a widely-used series of single-board computers 5.181 + from Motorola. The Linux PowerPC port has a home page at 5.182 + <http://penguinppc.org/>. 5.183 + 5.184 +Motorola 68K processors 5.185 +CONFIG_M68K 5.186 + The Motorola 68K microprocessors are now obsolete, having been 5.187 + superseded by the PowerPC line also from Motorola. But they powered 5.188 + the first wave of workstation hardware in the 1980s, including Sun 5.189 + workstations; they were also the basis of the original Amiga and 5.190 + later Atari personal computers. A lot of this hardware is still 5.191 + around. The m68k project has a home page at 5.192 + <http://www.linux-m68k.org/>. 5.193 + 5.194 +ARM processors 5.195 +CONFIG_ARM 5.196 + The ARM series is a line of low-power-consumption RISC chip designs 5.197 + licensed by ARM ltd and targeted at embedded applications and 5.198 + handhelds such as the Compaq IPAQ. ARM-based PCs are no longer 5.199 + manufactured, but legacy ARM-based PC hardware remains popular in 5.200 + Europe. There is an ARM Linux project with a web page at 5.201 + <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/>. 5.202 + 5.203 +SuperH processors 5.204 +CONFIG_SUPERH 5.205 + The SuperH is a RISC processor targeted for use in embedded systems 5.206 + and consumer electronics; it was also used in the Sega Dreamcast 5.207 + gaming console. The SuperH port has a home page at 5.208 + <http://www.sh-linux.org/>. 5.209 + 5.210 +IA64 processors, including Intel Itanium 5.211 +CONFIG_IA64 5.212 + The Itanium is Intel's 64-bit successor to the 32-bit X86 line. As 5.213 + of early 2001 it is not yet in widespread production use. The Linux 5.214 + IA-64 project has a home page at <http://www.linuxia64.org/>. 5.215 + 5.216 +HP PA-RISC processor 5.217 +CONFIG_PARISC 5.218 + The PA-RISC microprocessor is a RISC chip designed by 5.219 + Hewlett-Packard and used in their line of workstations. The PA-RISC 5.220 + Linux project has a home page at <www.parisc-linux.org>. 5.221 + 5.222 +IBM System/390 5.223 +CONFIG_S390 5.224 + Linux now runs on the venerable System/390 mainframe from IBM, in a 5.225 + guest partition under VM. In fact, over 40,000 simultaneous Linux 5.226 + images have been run on a single mainframe! The S390 Linux project 5.227 + has a home page at <http://linux.s390.org/>. 5.228 + 5.229 +Axis Communications ETRAX 100LX embedded network CPU 5.230 +CONFIG_CRIS 5.231 + Linux has been ported to run on the Axis Communications ETRAX 100LX 5.232 + CPU and the single-board computers built around it, targeted for 5.233 + network and embedded applications. For more information see the 5.234 + Axis Communication site, <http://developer.axis.com/>. 5.235 + 5.236 +Unsynced TSC support 5.237 +CONFIG_X86_TSC_DISABLE 5.238 + This option is used for getting Linux to run on a NUMA multi-node 5.239 + boxes, laptops and other systems suffering from unsynced TSCs or 5.240 + TSC drift, which can cause gettimeofday to return non-monotonic values. 5.241 + Choosing this option will disable the CONFIG_X86_TSC optimization, 5.242 + and allows you to then specify "notsc" as a boot option regardless of 5.243 + which processor you have compiled for. 5.244 + 5.245 + NOTE: If your system hangs when init should run, you are probably 5.246 + using a i686 compiled glibc which reads the TSC without checking for 5.247 + availability. Boot without "notsc" and install a i386 compiled glibc 5.248 + to solve the problem. 5.249 + 5.250 + If unsure, say N. 5.251 + 5.252 +Multiquad support for NUMAQ systems 5.253 +CONFIG_X86_NUMAQ 5.254 + This option is used for getting Linux to run on a (IBM/Sequent) NUMA 5.255 + multiquad box. This changes the way that processors are bootstrapped, 5.256 + and uses Clustered Logical APIC addressing mode instead of Flat Logical. 5.257 + You will need a new lynxer.elf file to flash your firmware with - send 5.258 + email to Martin.Bligh@us.ibm.com 5.259 + 5.260 +Support for IBM Summit (EXA) systems 5.261 +CONFIG_X86_SUMMIT 5.262 + This option is needed for IBM systems that use the Summit/EXA chipset. 5.263 + (EXA: Extendable Xseries Architecture)In particular, it is needed for 5.264 + the x440 (even for the 4-CPU model). 5.265 + 5.266 + If you don't have this computer, you may safely say N. 5.267 + 5.268 +IO-APIC support on uniprocessors 5.269 +CONFIG_X86_UP_IOAPIC 5.270 + An IO-APIC (I/O Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) is an 5.271 + SMP-capable replacement for PC-style interrupt controllers. Most 5.272 + SMP systems and a small number of uniprocessor systems have one. 5.273 + If you have a single-CPU system with an IO-APIC, you can say Y here 5.274 + to use it. If you say Y here even though your machine doesn't have 5.275 + an IO-APIC, then the kernel will still run with no slowdown at all. 5.276 + 5.277 + If you have a system with several CPUs, you do not need to say Y 5.278 + here: the IO-APIC will be used automatically. 5.279 + 5.280 +Local APIC Support on Uniprocessors 5.281 +CONFIG_X86_UP_APIC 5.282 + A local APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) is an 5.283 + integrated interrupt controller in the CPU. If you have a single-CPU 5.284 + system which has a processor with a local APIC, you can say Y here to 5.285 + enable and use it. If you say Y here even though your machine doesn't 5.286 + have a local APIC, then the kernel will still run with no slowdown at 5.287 + all. The local APIC supports CPU-generated self-interrupts (timer, 5.288 + performance counters), and the NMI watchdog which detects hard lockups. 5.289 + 5.290 + If you have a system with several CPUs, you do not need to say Y 5.291 + here: the local APIC will be used automatically. 5.292 + 5.293 +Kernel math emulation 5.294 +CONFIG_MATH_EMULATION 5.295 + Linux can emulate a math coprocessor (used for floating point 5.296 + operations) if you don't have one. 486DX and Pentium processors have 5.297 + a math coprocessor built in, 486SX and 386 do not, unless you added 5.298 + a 487DX or 387, respectively. (The messages during boot time can 5.299 + give you some hints here ["man dmesg"].) Everyone needs either a 5.300 + coprocessor or this emulation. 5.301 + 5.302 + If you don't have a math coprocessor, you need to say Y here; if you 5.303 + say Y here even though you have a coprocessor, the coprocessor will 5.304 + be used nevertheless. (This behaviour can be changed with the kernel 5.305 + command line option "no387", which comes handy if your coprocessor 5.306 + is broken. Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot 5.307 + loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel at 5.308 + boot time.) This means that it is a good idea to say Y here if you 5.309 + intend to use this kernel on different machines. 5.310 + 5.311 + More information about the internals of the Linux math coprocessor 5.312 + emulation can be found in <file:arch/i386/math-emu/README>. 5.313 + 5.314 + If you are not sure, say Y; apart from resulting in a 66 KB bigger 5.315 + kernel, it won't hurt. 5.316 + 5.317 +Timer and CPU usage LEDs 5.318 +CONFIG_LEDS 5.319 + If you say Y here, the LEDs on your machine will be used 5.320 + to provide useful information about your current system status. 5.321 + 5.322 + If you are compiling a kernel for a NetWinder or EBSA-285, you will 5.323 + be able to select which LEDs are active using the options below. If 5.324 + you are compiling a kernel for the EBSA-110 or the LART however, the 5.325 + red LED will simply flash regularly to indicate that the system is 5.326 + still functional. It is safe to say Y here if you have a CATS 5.327 + system, but the driver will do nothing. 5.328 + 5.329 +Timer LED 5.330 +CONFIG_LEDS_TIMER 5.331 + If you say Y here, one of the system LEDs (the green one on the 5.332 + NetWinder, the amber one on the EBSA285, or the red one on the LART) 5.333 + will flash regularly to indicate that the system is still 5.334 + operational. This is mainly useful to kernel hackers who are 5.335 + debugging unstable kernels. 5.336 + 5.337 + The LART uses the same LED for both Timer LED and CPU usage LED 5.338 + functions. You may choose to use both, but the Timer LED function 5.339 + will overrule the CPU usage LED. 5.340 + 5.341 +CPU usage LED 5.342 +CONFIG_LEDS_CPU 5.343 + If you say Y here, the red LED will be used to give a good real 5.344 + time indication of CPU usage, by lighting whenever the idle task 5.345 + is not currently executing. 5.346 + 5.347 + The LART uses the same LED for both Timer LED and CPU usage LED 5.348 + functions. You may choose to use both, but the Timer LED function 5.349 + will overrule the CPU usage LED. 5.350 + 5.351 +Kernel FP software completion 5.352 +CONFIG_MATHEMU 5.353 + This option is required for IEEE compliant floating point arithmetic 5.354 + on the Alpha. The only time you would ever not say Y is to say M in 5.355 + order to debug the code. Say Y unless you know what you are doing. 5.356 + 5.357 +# Choice: himem 5.358 +High Memory support 5.359 +CONFIG_NOHIGHMEM 5.360 + Linux can use up to 64 Gigabytes of physical memory on x86 systems. 5.361 + However, the address space of 32-bit x86 processors is only 4 5.362 + Gigabytes large. That means that, if you have a large amount of 5.363 + physical memory, not all of it can be "permanently mapped" by the 5.364 + kernel. The physical memory that's not permanently mapped is called 5.365 + "high memory". 5.366 + 5.367 + If you are compiling a kernel which will never run on a machine with 5.368 + more than 960 megabytes of total physical RAM, answer "off" here (default 5.369 + choice and suitable for most users). This will result in a "3GB/1GB" 5.370 + split: 3GB are mapped so that each process sees a 3GB virtual memory 5.371 + space and the remaining part of the 4GB virtual memory space is used 5.372 + by the kernel to permanently map as much physical memory as 5.373 + possible. 5.374 + 5.375 + If the machine has between 1 and 4 Gigabytes physical RAM, then 5.376 + answer "4GB" here. 5.377 + 5.378 + If more than 4 Gigabytes is used then answer "64GB" here. This 5.379 + selection turns Intel PAE (Physical Address Extension) mode on. 5.380 + PAE implements 3-level paging on IA32 processors. PAE is fully 5.381 + supported by Linux, PAE mode is implemented on all recent Intel 5.382 + processors (Pentium Pro and better). NOTE: If you say "64GB" here, 5.383 + then the kernel will not boot on CPUs that don't support PAE! 5.384 + 5.385 + The actual amount of total physical memory will either be auto 5.386 + detected or can be forced by using a kernel command line option such 5.387 + as "mem=256M". (Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your 5.388 + boot loader (grub, lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the 5.389 + kernel at boot time.) 5.390 + 5.391 + If unsure, say "off". 5.392 + 5.393 +4GB 5.394 +CONFIG_HIGHMEM4G 5.395 + Select this if you have a 32-bit processor and between 1 and 4 5.396 + gigabytes of physical RAM. 5.397 + 5.398 +64GB 5.399 +CONFIG_HIGHMEM64G 5.400 + Select this if you have a 32-bit processor and more than 4 5.401 + gigabytes of physical RAM. 5.402 + 5.403 +HIGHMEM I/O support 5.404 +CONFIG_HIGHIO 5.405 + If you want to be able to do I/O to high memory pages, say Y. 5.406 + Otherwise low memory pages are used as bounce buffers causing a 5.407 + degrade in performance. 5.408 + 5.409 +Normal floppy disk support 5.410 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD 5.411 + If you want to use the floppy disk drive(s) of your PC under Linux, 5.412 + say Y. Information about this driver, especially important for IBM 5.413 + Thinkpad users, is contained in <file:Documentation/floppy.txt>. 5.414 + That file also contains the location of the Floppy driver FAQ as 5.415 + well as location of the fdutils package used to configure additional 5.416 + parameters of the driver at run time. 5.417 + 5.418 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.419 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.420 + The module will be called floppy.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.421 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.422 + 5.423 +iSeries Virtual I/O Disk Support 5.424 +CONFIG_VIODASD 5.425 + If you are running on an iSeries system and you want to use 5.426 + virtual disks created and managed by OS/400, say Y. 5.427 + 5.428 +iSeries Virtual I/O Disk IDE Emulation 5.429 +CONFIG_VIODASD_IDE 5.430 + This causes the iSeries virtual disks to look like IDE disks. 5.431 + If you have programs or utilities that only support certain 5.432 + kinds of disks, this option will cause iSeries virtual disks 5.433 + to pretend to be IDE disks, which may satisfy the program. 5.434 + 5.435 +Support for PowerMac floppy 5.436 +CONFIG_MAC_FLOPPY 5.437 + If you have a SWIM-3 (Super Woz Integrated Machine 3; from Apple) 5.438 + floppy controller, say Y here. Most commonly found in PowerMacs. 5.439 + 5.440 +RAM disk support 5.441 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM 5.442 + Saying Y here will allow you to use a portion of your RAM memory as 5.443 + a block device, so that you can make file systems on it, read and 5.444 + write to it and do all the other things that you can do with normal 5.445 + block devices (such as hard drives). It is usually used to load and 5.446 + store a copy of a minimal root file system off of a floppy into RAM 5.447 + during the initial install of Linux. 5.448 + 5.449 + Note that the kernel command line option "ramdisk=XX" is now 5.450 + obsolete. For details, read <file:Documentation/ramdisk.txt>. 5.451 + 5.452 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.453 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.454 + say M and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be 5.455 + called rd.o. 5.456 + 5.457 + Most normal users won't need the RAM disk functionality, and can 5.458 + thus say N here. 5.459 + 5.460 +Default RAM disk size 5.461 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE 5.462 + The default value is 4096. Only change this if you know what are 5.463 + you doing. If you are using IBM S/390, then set this to 8192. 5.464 + 5.465 +Initial RAM disk (initrd) support 5.466 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD 5.467 + The initial RAM disk is a RAM disk that is loaded by the boot loader 5.468 + (loadlin or lilo) and that is mounted as root before the normal boot 5.469 + procedure. It is typically used to load modules needed to mount the 5.470 + "real" root file system, etc. See <file:Documentation/initrd.txt> 5.471 + for details. 5.472 + 5.473 +Loopback device support 5.474 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP 5.475 + Saying Y here will allow you to use a regular file as a block 5.476 + device; you can then create a file system on that block device and 5.477 + mount it just as you would mount other block devices such as hard 5.478 + drive partitions, CD-ROM drives or floppy drives. The loop devices 5.479 + are block special device files with major number 7 and typically 5.480 + called /dev/loop0, /dev/loop1 etc. 5.481 + 5.482 + This is useful if you want to check an ISO 9660 file system before 5.483 + burning the CD, or if you want to use floppy images without first 5.484 + writing them to floppy. Furthermore, some Linux distributions avoid 5.485 + the need for a dedicated Linux partition by keeping their complete 5.486 + root file system inside a DOS FAT file using this loop device 5.487 + driver. 5.488 + 5.489 + The loop device driver can also be used to "hide" a file system in a 5.490 + disk partition, floppy, or regular file, either using encryption 5.491 + (scrambling the data) or steganography (hiding the data in the low 5.492 + bits of, say, a sound file). This is also safe if the file resides 5.493 + on a remote file server. If you want to do this, you will first have 5.494 + to acquire and install a kernel patch from 5.495 + <ftp://ftp.kerneli.org/pub/kerneli/>, and then you need to 5.496 + say Y to this option. 5.497 + 5.498 + Note that alternative ways to use encrypted file systems are 5.499 + provided by the cfs package, which can be gotten from 5.500 + <ftp://ftp.kerneli.org/pub/kerneli/net-source/>, and the newer tcfs 5.501 + package, available at <http://tcfs.dia.unisa.it/>. You do not need 5.502 + to say Y here if you want to use one of these. However, using cfs 5.503 + requires saying Y to "NFS file system support" below while using 5.504 + tcfs requires applying a kernel patch. An alternative steganography 5.505 + solution is provided by StegFS, also available from 5.506 + <ftp://ftp.kerneli.org/pub/kerneli/net-source/>. 5.507 + 5.508 + To use the loop device, you need the losetup utility and a recent 5.509 + version of the mount program, both contained in the util-linux 5.510 + package. The location and current version number of util-linux is 5.511 + contained in the file <file:Documentation/Changes>. 5.512 + 5.513 + Note that this loop device has nothing to do with the loopback 5.514 + device used for network connections from the machine to itself. 5.515 + 5.516 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.517 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.518 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.519 + will be called loop.o. 5.520 + 5.521 + Most users will answer N here. 5.522 + 5.523 +Micro Memory MM5415 Battery Backed RAM support (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.524 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMEM 5.525 + Saying Y here will include support for the MM5415 family of 5.526 + battery backed (Non-volatile) RAM cards. 5.527 + <http://www.umem.com/> 5.528 + 5.529 + The cards appear as block devices that can be partitioned into 5.530 + as many as 15 partitions. 5.531 + 5.532 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.533 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.534 + say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be 5.535 + called umem.o. 5.536 + 5.537 + The umem driver has been allocated block major number 116. 5.538 + See Documentation/devices.txt for recommended device naming. 5.539 + 5.540 +Network block device support 5.541 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD 5.542 + Saying Y here will allow your computer to be a client for network 5.543 + block devices, i.e. it will be able to use block devices exported by 5.544 + servers (mount file systems on them etc.). Communication between 5.545 + client and server works over TCP/IP networking, but to the client 5.546 + program this is hidden: it looks like a regular local file access to 5.547 + a block device special file such as /dev/nd0. 5.548 + 5.549 + Network block devices also allows you to run a block-device in 5.550 + userland (making server and client physically the same computer, 5.551 + communicating using the loopback network device). 5.552 + 5.553 + Read <file:Documentation/nbd.txt> for more information, especially 5.554 + about where to find the server code, which runs in user space and 5.555 + does not need special kernel support. 5.556 + 5.557 + Note that this has nothing to do with the network file systems NFS 5.558 + or Coda; you can say N here even if you intend to use NFS or Coda. 5.559 + 5.560 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.561 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.562 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.563 + will be called nbd.o. 5.564 + 5.565 + If unsure, say N. 5.566 + 5.567 +Per partition statistics in /proc/partitions 5.568 +CONFIG_BLK_STATS 5.569 + If you say yes here, your kernel will keep statistical information 5.570 + for every partition. The information includes things as numbers of 5.571 + read and write accesses, the number of merged requests etc. 5.572 + 5.573 + This is required for the full functionality of sar(8) and interesting 5.574 + if you want to do performance tuning, by tweaking the elevator, e.g. 5.575 + 5.576 + If unsure, say N. 5.577 + 5.578 +ATA/IDE/MFM/RLL support 5.579 +CONFIG_IDE 5.580 + If you say Y here, your kernel will be able to manage low cost mass 5.581 + storage units such as ATA/(E)IDE and ATAPI units. The most common 5.582 + cases are IDE hard drives and ATAPI CD-ROM drives. 5.583 + 5.584 + If your system is pure SCSI and doesn't use these interfaces, you 5.585 + can say N here. 5.586 + 5.587 + Integrated Disk Electronics (IDE aka ATA-1) is a connecting standard 5.588 + for mass storage units such as hard disks. It was designed by 5.589 + Western Digital and Compaq Computer in 1984. It was then named 5.590 + ST506. Quite a number of disks use the IDE interface. 5.591 + 5.592 + AT Attachment (ATA) is the superset of the IDE specifications. 5.593 + ST506 was also called ATA-1. 5.594 + 5.595 + Fast-IDE is ATA-2 (also named Fast ATA), Enhanced IDE (EIDE) is 5.596 + ATA-3. It provides support for larger disks (up to 8.4GB by means of 5.597 + the LBA standard), more disks (4 instead of 2) and for other mass 5.598 + storage units such as tapes and cdrom. UDMA/33 (aka UltraDMA/33) is 5.599 + ATA-4 and provides faster (and more CPU friendly) transfer modes 5.600 + than previous PIO (Programmed processor Input/Output) from previous 5.601 + ATA/IDE standards by means of fast DMA controllers. 5.602 + 5.603 + ATA Packet Interface (ATAPI) is a protocol used by EIDE tape and 5.604 + CD-ROM drives, similar in many respects to the SCSI protocol. 5.605 + 5.606 + SMART IDE (Self Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology) was 5.607 + designed in order to prevent data corruption and disk crash by 5.608 + detecting pre hardware failure conditions (heat, access time, and 5.609 + the like...). Disks built since June 1995 may follow this standard. 5.610 + The kernel itself don't manage this; however there are quite a 5.611 + number of user programs such as smart that can query the status of 5.612 + SMART parameters disk. 5.613 + 5.614 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.615 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.616 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.617 + will be called ide.o. 5.618 + 5.619 + For further information, please read <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. 5.620 + 5.621 + If unsure, say Y. 5.622 + 5.623 +Enhanced IDE/MFM/RLL disk/cdrom/tape/floppy support 5.624 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE 5.625 + If you say Y here, you will use the full-featured IDE driver to 5.626 + control up to ten ATA/IDE interfaces, each being able to serve a 5.627 + "master" and a "slave" device, for a total of up to twenty ATA/IDE 5.628 + disk/cdrom/tape/floppy drives. 5.629 + 5.630 + Useful information about large (>540 MB) IDE disks, multiple 5.631 + interfaces, what to do if ATA/IDE devices are not automatically 5.632 + detected, sound card ATA/IDE ports, module support, and other 5.633 + topics, is contained in <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. For detailed 5.634 + information about hard drives, consult the Disk-HOWTO and the 5.635 + Multi-Disk-HOWTO, available from 5.636 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.637 + 5.638 + To fine-tune ATA/IDE drive/interface parameters for improved 5.639 + performance, look for the hdparm package at 5.640 + <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/hardware/>. 5.641 + 5.642 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.643 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.644 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 5.645 + <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. The module will be called ide-mod.o. 5.646 + Do not compile this driver as a module if your root file system (the 5.647 + one containing the directory /) is located on an IDE device. 5.648 + 5.649 + If you have one or more IDE drives, say Y or M here. If your system 5.650 + has no IDE drives, or if memory requirements are really tight, you 5.651 + could say N here, and select the "Old hard disk driver" below 5.652 + instead to save about 13 KB of memory in the kernel. 5.653 + 5.654 +Old hard disk (MFM/RLL/IDE) driver 5.655 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_ONLY 5.656 + There are two drivers for MFM/RLL/IDE hard disks. Most people use 5.657 + the newer enhanced driver, but this old one is still around for two 5.658 + reasons. Some older systems have strange timing problems and seem to 5.659 + work only with the old driver (which itself does not work with some 5.660 + newer systems). The other reason is that the old driver is smaller, 5.661 + since it lacks the enhanced functionality of the new one. This makes 5.662 + it a good choice for systems with very tight memory restrictions, or 5.663 + for systems with only older MFM/RLL/ESDI drives. Choosing the old 5.664 + driver can save 13 KB or so of kernel memory. 5.665 + 5.666 + If you are unsure, then just choose the Enhanced IDE/MFM/RLL driver 5.667 + instead of this one. For more detailed information, read the 5.668 + Disk-HOWTO, available from 5.669 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.670 + 5.671 +Use old disk-only driver on primary interface 5.672 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_IDE 5.673 + There are two drivers for MFM/RLL/IDE disks. Most people use just 5.674 + the new enhanced driver by itself. This option however installs the 5.675 + old hard disk driver to control the primary IDE/disk interface in 5.676 + the system, leaving the new enhanced IDE driver to take care of only 5.677 + the 2nd/3rd/4th IDE interfaces. Doing this will prevent you from 5.678 + having an IDE/ATAPI CD-ROM or tape drive connected to the primary 5.679 + IDE interface. Choosing this option may be useful for older systems 5.680 + which have MFM/RLL/ESDI controller+drives at the primary port 5.681 + address (0x1f0), along with IDE drives at the secondary/3rd/4th port 5.682 + addresses. 5.683 + 5.684 + Normally, just say N here; you will then use the new driver for all 5.685 + 4 interfaces. 5.686 + 5.687 +Include IDE/ATA-2 DISK support 5.688 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK 5.689 + This will include enhanced support for MFM/RLL/IDE hard disks. If 5.690 + you have a MFM/RLL/IDE disk, and there is no special reason to use 5.691 + the old hard disk driver instead, say Y. If you have an SCSI-only 5.692 + system, you can say N here. 5.693 + 5.694 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.695 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.696 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.697 + will be called ide-disk.o. Do not compile this driver as a module 5.698 + if your root file system (the one containing the directory /) is 5.699 + located on the IDE disk. If unsure, say Y. 5.700 + 5.701 +Use multi-mode by default 5.702 +CONFIG_IDEDISK_MULTI_MODE 5.703 + If you get this error, try to say Y here: 5.704 + 5.705 + hda: set_multmode: status=0x51 { DriveReady SeekComplete Error } 5.706 + hda: set_multmode: error=0x04 { DriveStatusError } 5.707 + 5.708 + If in doubt, say N. 5.709 + 5.710 +PCMCIA IDE support 5.711 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDECS 5.712 + Support for outboard IDE disks, tape drives, and CD-ROM drives 5.713 + connected through a PCMCIA card. 5.714 + 5.715 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.716 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.717 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.718 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.719 + ide-cs.o 5.720 + 5.721 +Include IDE/ATAPI CD-ROM support 5.722 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDECD 5.723 + If you have a CD-ROM drive using the ATAPI protocol, say Y. ATAPI is 5.724 + a newer protocol used by IDE CD-ROM and TAPE drives, similar to the 5.725 + SCSI protocol. Most new CD-ROM drives use ATAPI, including the 5.726 + NEC-260, Mitsumi FX400, Sony 55E, and just about all non-SCSI 5.727 + double(2X) or better speed drives. 5.728 + 5.729 + If you say Y here, the CD-ROM drive will be identified at boot time 5.730 + along with other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something 5.731 + similar (check the boot messages with dmesg). If this is your only 5.732 + CD-ROM drive, you can say N to all other CD-ROM options, but be sure 5.733 + to say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support". 5.734 + 5.735 + Note that older versions of LILO (LInux LOader) cannot properly deal 5.736 + with IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs, so install LILO 16 or higher, available from 5.737 + <ftp://brun.dyndns.org/pub/linux/lilo/>. 5.738 + 5.739 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.740 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.741 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.742 + will be called ide-cd.o. 5.743 + 5.744 +Include IDE/ATAPI TAPE support 5.745 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDETAPE 5.746 + If you have an IDE tape drive using the ATAPI protocol, say Y. 5.747 + ATAPI is a newer protocol used by IDE tape and CD-ROM drives, 5.748 + similar to the SCSI protocol. If you have an SCSI tape drive 5.749 + however, you can say N here. 5.750 + 5.751 + You should also say Y if you have an OnStream DI-30 tape drive; this 5.752 + will not work with the SCSI protocol, until there is support for the 5.753 + SC-30 and SC-50 versions. 5.754 + 5.755 + If you say Y here, the tape drive will be identified at boot time 5.756 + along with other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something 5.757 + similar, and will be mapped to a character device such as "ht0" 5.758 + (check the boot messages with dmesg). Be sure to consult the 5.759 + <file:drivers/ide/ide-tape.c> and <file:Documentation/ide.txt> files 5.760 + for usage information. 5.761 + 5.762 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.763 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.764 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.765 + will be called ide-tape.o. 5.766 + 5.767 +Include IDE/ATAPI FLOPPY support 5.768 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEFLOPPY 5.769 + If you have an IDE floppy drive which uses the ATAPI protocol, 5.770 + answer Y. ATAPI is a newer protocol used by IDE CD-ROM/tape/floppy 5.771 + drives, similar to the SCSI protocol. 5.772 + 5.773 + The LS-120 and the IDE/ATAPI Iomega ZIP drive are also supported by 5.774 + this driver. For information about jumper settings and the question 5.775 + of when a ZIP drive uses a partition table, see 5.776 + <http://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/linux/zip/zip-1.html>. 5.777 + (ATAPI PD-CD/CDR drives are not supported by this driver; support 5.778 + for PD-CD/CDR drives is available if you answer Y to 5.779 + "SCSI emulation support", below). 5.780 + 5.781 + If you say Y here, the FLOPPY drive will be identified along with 5.782 + other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something similar (check 5.783 + the boot messages with dmesg). 5.784 + 5.785 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.786 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.787 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.788 + will be called ide-floppy.o. 5.789 + 5.790 +AWARD Bios Work-Around 5.791 +CONFIG_IDEDISK_STROKE 5.792 + Should you have a system w/ an AWARD Bios and your drives are larger 5.793 + than 32GB and it will not boot, one is required to perform a few OEM 5.794 + operations first. The option is called "STROKE" because it allows 5.795 + one to "soft clip" the drive to work around a barrier limit. For 5.796 + Maxtor drives it is called "jumpon.exe". Please search Maxtor's 5.797 + web-site for "JUMPON.EXE". IBM has a similar tool at: 5.798 + <http://www.storage.ibm.com/hdd/support/download.htm>. 5.799 + 5.800 + If you are unsure, say N here. 5.801 + 5.802 +Raw Access to Media 5.803 +CONFIG_IDE_TASK_IOCTL 5.804 + This is a direct raw access to the media. It is a complex but 5.805 + elegant solution to test and validate the domain of the hardware and 5.806 + perform below the driver data recover if needed. This is the most 5.807 + basic form of media-forensics. 5.808 + 5.809 + If you are unsure, say N here. 5.810 + 5.811 +Use Taskfile I/O 5.812 +CONFIG_IDE_TASKFILE_IO 5.813 + This is the "Jewel" of the patch. It will go away and become the new 5.814 + driver core. Since all the chipsets/host side hardware deal w/ their 5.815 + exceptions in "their local code" currently, adoption of a 5.816 + standardized data-transport is the only logical solution. 5.817 + Additionally we packetize the requests and gain rapid performance and 5.818 + a reduction in system latency. Additionally by using a memory struct 5.819 + for the commands we can redirect to a MMIO host hardware in the next 5.820 + generation of controllers, specifically second generation Ultra133 5.821 + and Serial ATA. 5.822 + 5.823 + Since this is a major transition, it was deemed necessary to make the 5.824 + driver paths buildable in separate models. Therefore if using this 5.825 + option fails for your arch then we need to address the needs for that 5.826 + arch. 5.827 + 5.828 + If you want to test this functionality, say Y here. 5.829 + 5.830 +Force DMA 5.831 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_FORCED 5.832 + This is an old piece of lost code from Linux 2.0 Kernels. 5.833 + 5.834 + Generally say N here. 5.835 + 5.836 +DMA Only on Disks 5.837 +CONFIG_IDEDMA_ONLYDISK 5.838 + This is used if you know your ATAPI Devices are going to fail DMA 5.839 + Transfers. 5.840 + 5.841 + Generally say N here. 5.842 + 5.843 +SCSI emulation support 5.844 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDESCSI 5.845 + This will provide SCSI host adapter emulation for IDE ATAPI devices, 5.846 + and will allow you to use a SCSI device driver instead of a native 5.847 + ATAPI driver. 5.848 + 5.849 + This is useful if you have an ATAPI device for which no native 5.850 + driver has been written (for example, an ATAPI PD-CD or CDR drive); 5.851 + you can then use this emulation together with an appropriate SCSI 5.852 + device driver. In order to do this, say Y here and to "SCSI support" 5.853 + and "SCSI generic support", below. You must then provide the kernel 5.854 + command line "hdx=scsi" (try "man bootparam" or see the 5.855 + documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to 5.856 + pass options to the kernel at boot time) for devices if you want the 5.857 + native EIDE sub-drivers to skip over the native support, so that 5.858 + this SCSI emulation can be used instead. This is required for use of 5.859 + CD-RW's. 5.860 + 5.861 + Note that this option does NOT allow you to attach SCSI devices to a 5.862 + box that doesn't have a SCSI host adapter installed. 5.863 + 5.864 + If both this SCSI emulation and native ATAPI support are compiled 5.865 + into the kernel, the native support will be used. 5.866 + 5.867 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.868 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.869 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.870 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.871 + ide-scsi.o 5.872 + 5.873 +Use the NOOP Elevator (WARNING) 5.874 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ELEVATOR_NOOP 5.875 + If you are using a raid class top-level driver above the ATA/IDE core, 5.876 + one may find a performance boost by preventing a merging and re-sorting 5.877 + of the new requests. 5.878 + 5.879 + If unsure, say N. 5.880 + 5.881 +ISA-PNP EIDE support 5.882 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ISAPNP 5.883 + If you have an ISA EIDE card that is PnP (Plug and Play) and 5.884 + requires setup first before scanning for devices, say Y here. 5.885 + 5.886 + If unsure, say N. 5.887 + 5.888 +CMD640 chipset bugfix/support 5.889 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640 5.890 + The CMD-Technologies CMD640 IDE chip is used on many common 486 and 5.891 + Pentium motherboards, usually in combination with a "Neptune" or 5.892 + "SiS" chipset. Unfortunately, it has a number of rather nasty 5.893 + design flaws that can cause severe data corruption under many common 5.894 + conditions. Say Y here to include code which tries to automatically 5.895 + detect and correct the problems under Linux. This option also 5.896 + enables access to the secondary IDE ports in some CMD640 based 5.897 + systems. 5.898 + 5.899 + This driver will work automatically in PCI based systems (most new 5.900 + systems have PCI slots). But if your system uses VESA local bus 5.901 + (VLB) instead of PCI, you must also supply a kernel boot parameter 5.902 + to enable the CMD640 bugfix/support: "ide0=cmd640_vlb". (Try "man 5.903 + bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to 5.904 + pass options to the kernel.) 5.905 + 5.906 + The CMD640 chip is also used on add-in cards by Acculogic, and on 5.907 + the "CSA-6400E PCI to IDE controller" that some people have. For 5.908 + details, read <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. 5.909 + 5.910 +CMD640 enhanced support 5.911 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640_ENHANCED 5.912 + This option includes support for setting/autotuning PIO modes and 5.913 + prefetch on CMD640 IDE interfaces. For details, read 5.914 + <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. If you have a CMD640 IDE interface 5.915 + and your BIOS does not already do this for you, then say Y here. 5.916 + Otherwise say N. 5.917 + 5.918 +RZ1000 chipset bugfix/support 5.919 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RZ1000 5.920 + The PC-Technologies RZ1000 IDE chip is used on many common 486 and 5.921 + Pentium motherboards, usually along with the "Neptune" chipset. 5.922 + Unfortunately, it has a rather nasty design flaw that can cause 5.923 + severe data corruption under many conditions. Say Y here to include 5.924 + code which automatically detects and corrects the problem under 5.925 + Linux. This may slow disk throughput by a few percent, but at least 5.926 + things will operate 100% reliably. 5.927 + 5.928 +Generic PCI IDE chipset support 5.929 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEPCI 5.930 + Say Y here for PCI systems which use IDE drive(s). 5.931 + This option helps the IDE driver to automatically detect and 5.932 + configure all PCI-based IDE interfaces in your system. 5.933 + 5.934 +Support for sharing PCI IDE interrupts 5.935 +CONFIG_IDEPCI_SHARE_IRQ 5.936 + Some ATA/IDE chipsets have hardware support which allows for 5.937 + sharing a single IRQ with other cards. To enable support for 5.938 + this in the ATA/IDE driver, say Y here. 5.939 + 5.940 + It is safe to say Y to this question, in most cases. 5.941 + If unsure, say N. 5.942 + 5.943 +Generic PCI bus-master DMA support 5.944 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PCI 5.945 + If your PCI system uses IDE drive(s) (as opposed to SCSI, say) and 5.946 + is capable of bus-master DMA operation (most Pentium PCI systems), 5.947 + you will want to say Y here to reduce CPU overhead. You can then use 5.948 + the "hdparm" utility to enable DMA for drives for which it was not 5.949 + enabled automatically. By default, DMA is not enabled automatically 5.950 + for these drives, but you can change that by saying Y to the 5.951 + following question "Use DMA by default when available". You can get 5.952 + the latest version of the hdparm utility from 5.953 + <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/hardware/>. 5.954 + 5.955 + Read the comments at the beginning of <file:drivers/ide/ide-dma.c> 5.956 + and the file <file:Documentation/ide.txt> for more information. 5.957 + 5.958 + It is safe to say Y to this question. 5.959 + 5.960 +Good-Bad DMA Model-Firmware (WIP) 5.961 +CONFIG_IDEDMA_NEW_DRIVE_LISTINGS 5.962 + If you say Y here, the model and firmware revision of your drive 5.963 + will be compared against a blacklist of buggy drives that claim to 5.964 + be (U)DMA capable but aren't. This is a blanket on/off test with no 5.965 + speed limit options. 5.966 + 5.967 + Straight GNU GCC 2.7.3/2.8.X compilers are known to be safe; 5.968 + whereas, many versions of EGCS have a problem and miscompile if you 5.969 + say Y here. 5.970 + 5.971 + If in doubt, say N. 5.972 + 5.973 +Attempt to HACK around Chipsets that TIMEOUT (WIP) 5.974 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_TIMEOUT 5.975 + If you say Y here, this is a NASTY UGLY HACK! 5.976 + 5.977 + We have to issue an abort and requeue the request DMA engine got 5.978 + turned off by a goofy ASIC, and we have to clean up the mess, and 5.979 + here is as good as any. Do it globally for all chipsets. 5.980 + 5.981 + If in doubt, say N. 5.982 + 5.983 +Boot off-board chipsets first support 5.984 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OFFBOARD 5.985 + Normally, IDE controllers built into the motherboard (on-board 5.986 + controllers) are assigned to ide0 and ide1 while those on add-in PCI 5.987 + cards (off-board controllers) are relegated to ide2 and ide3. 5.988 + Answering Y here will allow you to reverse the situation, with 5.989 + off-board controllers on ide0/1 and on-board controllers on ide2/3. 5.990 + This can improve the usability of some boot managers such as lilo 5.991 + when booting from a drive on an off-board controller. 5.992 + 5.993 + If you say Y here, and you actually want to reverse the device scan 5.994 + order as explained above, you also need to issue the kernel command 5.995 + line option "ide=reverse". (Try "man bootparam" or see the 5.996 + documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to 5.997 + pass options to the kernel at boot time.) 5.998 + 5.999 + Note that, if you do this, the order of the hd* devices will be 5.1000 + rearranged which may require modification of fstab and other files. 5.1001 + 5.1002 + If in doubt, say N. 5.1003 + 5.1004 +Use PCI DMA by default when available 5.1005 +CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_AUTO 5.1006 + Prior to kernel version 2.1.112, Linux used to automatically use 5.1007 + DMA for IDE drives and chipsets which support it. Due to concerns 5.1008 + about a couple of cases where buggy hardware may have caused damage, 5.1009 + the default is now to NOT use DMA automatically. To revert to the 5.1010 + previous behaviour, say Y to this question. 5.1011 + 5.1012 + If you suspect your hardware is at all flakey, say N here. 5.1013 + Do NOT email the IDE kernel people regarding this issue! 5.1014 + 5.1015 + It is normally safe to answer Y to this question unless your 5.1016 + motherboard uses a VIA VP2 chipset, in which case you should say N. 5.1017 + 5.1018 +IGNORE word93 Validation BITS 5.1019 +CONFIG_IDEDMA_IVB 5.1020 + There are unclear terms in ATA-4 and ATA-5 standards how certain 5.1021 + hardware (an 80c ribbon) should be detected. Different interpretations 5.1022 + of the standards have been released in hardware. This causes problems: 5.1023 + for example, a host with Ultra Mode 4 (or higher) will not run 5.1024 + in that mode with an 80c ribbon. 5.1025 + 5.1026 + If you are experiencing compatibility or performance problems, you 5.1027 + MAY try to answering Y here. However, it does not necessarily solve 5.1028 + any of your problems, it could even cause more of them. 5.1029 + 5.1030 + It is normally safe to answer Y; however, the default is N. 5.1031 + 5.1032 +ATA Work(s) In Progress (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.1033 +CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_WIP 5.1034 + If you enable this you will be able to use and test highly 5.1035 + developmental projects. If you say N, the configurator will 5.1036 + simply skip those options. 5.1037 + 5.1038 + It is SAFEST to say N to this question. 5.1039 + 5.1040 +Asynchronous DMA support (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.1041 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ADMA 5.1042 + Please read the comments at the top of 5.1043 + <file:drivers/ide/ide-adma.c>. 5.1044 + 5.1045 +Pacific Digital A-DMA support (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.1046 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC_ADMA 5.1047 + Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/setup-pci.c>. 5.1048 + 5.1049 +3ware Hardware ATA-RAID support 5.1050 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_3W_XXXX_RAID 5.1051 + 3ware is the only hardware ATA-Raid product in Linux to date. 5.1052 + This card is 2,4, or 8 channel master mode support only. 5.1053 + SCSI support required!!! 5.1054 + 5.1055 + <http://www.3ware.com/> 5.1056 + 5.1057 + Please read the comments at the top of 5.1058 + <file:drivers/scsi/3w-xxxx.c>. 5.1059 + 5.1060 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.1061 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.1062 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.1063 + will be called 3w-xxxx.o. 5.1064 + 5.1065 +AEC62XX chipset support 5.1066 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_AEC62XX 5.1067 + This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single 5.1068 + interrupt. This add-on card is a bootable PCI UDMA controller. In 5.1069 + order to get this card to initialize correctly in some cases, you 5.1070 + should say Y here, and preferably also to "Use DMA by default when 5.1071 + available". 5.1072 + 5.1073 + The ATP850U/UF is an UltraDMA 33 chipset base. 5.1074 + The ATP860 is an UltraDMA 66 chipset base. 5.1075 + The ATP860M(acintosh) version is an UltraDMA 66 chipset base. 5.1076 + 5.1077 + Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/aec62xx.c>. 5.1078 + If you say Y here, then say Y to "Use DMA by default when available" 5.1079 + as well. 5.1080 + 5.1081 +AEC62XX Tuning support 5.1082 +CONFIG_AEC62XX_TUNING 5.1083 + Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/aec62xx.c>. 5.1084 + If unsure, say N. 5.1085 + 5.1086 +ALI M15x3 chipset support 5.1087 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ALI15X3 5.1088 + This driver ensures (U)DMA support for ALI 1533, 1543 and 1543C 5.1089 + onboard chipsets. It also tests for Simplex mode and enables 5.1090 + normal dual channel support. 5.1091 + 5.1092 + If you say Y here, you also need to say Y to "Use DMA by default 5.1093 + when available", above. Please read the comments at the top of 5.1094 + <file:drivers/ide/pci/alim15x3.c>. 5.1095 + 5.1096 + If unsure, say N. 5.1097 + 5.1098 +ALI M15x3 WDC support (DANGEROUS) 5.1099 +CONFIG_WDC_ALI15X3 5.1100 + This allows for UltraDMA support for WDC drives that ignore CRC 5.1101 + checking. You are a fool for enabling this option, but there have 5.1102 + been requests. DO NOT COMPLAIN IF YOUR DRIVE HAS FS CORRUPTION, IF 5.1103 + YOU ENABLE THIS! No one will listen, just laugh for ignoring this 5.1104 + SERIOUS WARNING. 5.1105 + 5.1106 + Using this option can allow WDC drives to run at ATA-4/5 transfer 5.1107 + rates with only an ATA-2 support structure. 5.1108 + 5.1109 + SAY N! 5.1110 + 5.1111 +AMD and nVidia IDE support 5.1112 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_AMD74XX 5.1113 + This driver adds explicit support for AMD-7xx and AMD-8111 chips 5.1114 + and also for the nVidia nForce chip. This allows the kernel to 5.1115 + change PIO, DMA and UDMA speeds and to configure the chip to 5.1116 + optimum performance. 5.1117 + 5.1118 + If you say Y here, you also need to say Y to "Use DMA by default 5.1119 + when available", above. 5.1120 + Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/amd74xx.c>. 5.1121 + 5.1122 + If unsure, say N. 5.1123 + 5.1124 +AMD Viper ATA-66 Override support (WIP) 5.1125 +CONFIG_AMD74XX_OVERRIDE 5.1126 + This option auto-forces the ata66 flag. 5.1127 + This effect can be also invoked by calling "idex=ata66" 5.1128 + If unsure, say N. 5.1129 + 5.1130 +CMD64X/CMD680 chipset support 5.1131 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD64X 5.1132 + Say Y here if you have an IDE controller which uses any of these 5.1133 + chipsets: CMD643, CMD646 and CMD648. 5.1134 + 5.1135 +CY82C693 chipset support 5.1136 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CY82C693 5.1137 + This driver adds detection and support for the CY82C693 chipset 5.1138 + used on Digital's PC-Alpha 164SX boards. 5.1139 + 5.1140 + If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default 5.1141 + when available" as well. 5.1142 + 5.1143 +Cyrix CS5530 MediaGX chipset support 5.1144 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CS5530 5.1145 + Include support for UDMA on the Cyrix MediaGX 5530 chipset. This 5.1146 + will automatically be detected and configured if found. 5.1147 + 5.1148 + It is safe to say Y to this question. 5.1149 + 5.1150 + People with SCSI-only systems should say N here. If unsure, say Y. 5.1151 + 5.1152 +HPT34X chipset support 5.1153 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT34X 5.1154 + This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single 5.1155 + interrupt. The HPT343 chipset in its current form is a non-bootable 5.1156 + controller; the HPT345/HPT363 chipset is a bootable (needs BIOS FIX) 5.1157 + PCI UDMA controllers. This driver requires dynamic tuning of the 5.1158 + chipset during the ide-probe at boot time. It is reported to support 5.1159 + DVD II drives, by the manufacturer. 5.1160 + 5.1161 +HPT34X AUTODMA support (WIP) 5.1162 +CONFIG_HPT34X_AUTODMA 5.1163 + This is a dangerous thing to attempt currently! Please read the 5.1164 + comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/hpt34x.c>. If you say Y 5.1165 + here, then say Y to "Use DMA by default when available" as well. 5.1166 + 5.1167 + If unsure, say N. 5.1168 + 5.1169 +HPT36X/37X chipset support 5.1170 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT366 5.1171 + HPT366 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-66. 5.1172 + HPT368 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-66 RAID Based. 5.1173 + HPT370 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-100. 5.1174 + HPT372 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-133. 5.1175 + HPT374 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-133. 5.1176 + 5.1177 + This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single 5.1178 + interrupt. 5.1179 + 5.1180 + The HPT366 chipset in its current form is bootable. One solution 5.1181 + for this problem are special LILO commands for redirecting the 5.1182 + reference to device 0x80. The other solution is to say Y to "Boot 5.1183 + off-board chipsets first support" (CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OFFBOARD) unless 5.1184 + your mother board has the chipset natively mounted. Regardless one 5.1185 + should use the fore mentioned option and call at LILO or include 5.1186 + "ide=reverse" in LILO's append-line. 5.1187 + 5.1188 + This driver requires dynamic tuning of the chipset during the 5.1189 + ide-probe at boot. It is reported to support DVD II drives, by the 5.1190 + manufacturer. 5.1191 + 5.1192 +NS87415 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.1193 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NS87415 5.1194 + This driver adds detection and support for the NS87415 chip 5.1195 + (used in SPARC64, among others). 5.1196 + 5.1197 + Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/ns87415.c>. 5.1198 + 5.1199 +OPTi 82C621 chipset enhanced support (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.1200 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OPTI621 5.1201 + This is a driver for the OPTi 82C621 EIDE controller. 5.1202 + Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/opti621.c>. 5.1203 + 5.1204 +ServerWorks OSB4/CSB5 chipset support 5.1205 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SVWKS 5.1206 + This driver adds PIO/(U)DMA support for the ServerWorks OSB4/CSB5 5.1207 + chipsets. 5.1208 + 5.1209 +Intel PIIXn chipsets support 5.1210 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PIIX 5.1211 + This driver adds PIO mode setting and tuning for all PIIX IDE 5.1212 + controllers by Intel. Since the BIOS can sometimes improperly tune 5.1213 + PIO 0-4 mode settings, this allows dynamic tuning of the chipset 5.1214 + via the standard end-user tool 'hdparm'. 5.1215 + 5.1216 + Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/piix.c>. 5.1217 + 5.1218 + If you say Y here, you should also say Y to "PIIXn Tuning support", 5.1219 + below. 5.1220 + 5.1221 + If unsure, say N. 5.1222 + 5.1223 +PIIXn Tuning support 5.1224 +CONFIG_PIIX_TUNING 5.1225 + This driver extension adds DMA mode setting and tuning for all PIIX 5.1226 + IDE controllers by Intel. Since the BIOS can sometimes improperly 5.1227 + set up the device/adapter combination and speed limits, it has 5.1228 + become a necessity to back/forward speed devices as needed. 5.1229 + 5.1230 + Case 430HX/440FX PIIX3 need speed limits to reduce UDMA to DMA mode 5.1231 + 2 if the BIOS can not perform this task at initialization. 5.1232 + 5.1233 + If unsure, say N. 5.1234 + 5.1235 +PROMISE PDC20246/PDC20262/PDC20265/PDC20267/PDC20268 support 5.1236 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC202XX_OLD 5.1237 + Promise Ultra33 or PDC20246 5.1238 + Promise Ultra66 or PDC20262 5.1239 + Promise Ultra100 or PDC20265/PDC20267/PDC20268 5.1240 + 5.1241 + This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single 5.1242 + interrupt. This add-on card is a bootable PCI UDMA controller. Since 5.1243 + multiple cards can be installed and there are BIOS ROM problems that 5.1244 + happen if the BIOS revisions of all installed cards (three-max) do 5.1245 + not match, the driver attempts to do dynamic tuning of the chipset 5.1246 + at boot-time for max-speed. Ultra33 BIOS 1.25 or newer is required 5.1247 + for more than one card. This card may require that you say Y to 5.1248 + "Special UDMA Feature". 5.1249 + 5.1250 + If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when 5.1251 + available" as well. 5.1252 + 5.1253 + Please read the comments at the top of 5.1254 + <file:drivers/ide/pci/pdc202xx_old.c>. 5.1255 + 5.1256 + If unsure, say N. 5.1257 + 5.1258 +Special UDMA Feature 5.1259 +CONFIG_PDC202XX_BURST 5.1260 + This option causes the pdc202xx driver to enable UDMA modes on the 5.1261 + PDC202xx even when the PDC202xx BIOS has not done so. 5.1262 + 5.1263 + It was originally designed for the PDC20246/Ultra33, whose BIOS will 5.1264 + only setup UDMA on the first two PDC20246 cards. It has also been 5.1265 + used successfully on a PDC20265/Ultra100, allowing use of UDMA modes 5.1266 + when the PDC20265 BIOS has been disabled (for faster boot up). 5.1267 + 5.1268 + Please read the comments at the top of 5.1269 + <file:drivers/ide/pci/pdc202xx_old.c>. 5.1270 + 5.1271 + If unsure, say N. 5.1272 + 5.1273 +Special FastTrak Feature 5.1274 +CONFIG_PDC202XX_FORCE 5.1275 + For FastTrak enable overriding BIOS. 5.1276 + 5.1277 +SiS5513 chipset support 5.1278 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SIS5513 5.1279 + This driver ensures (U)DMA support for SIS5513 chipset family based 5.1280 + mainboards. 5.1281 + 5.1282 + The following chipsets are supported: 5.1283 + ATA16: SiS5511, SiS5513 5.1284 + ATA33: SiS5591, SiS5597, SiS5598, SiS5600 5.1285 + ATA66: SiS530, SiS540, SiS620, SiS630, SiS640 5.1286 + ATA100: SiS635, SiS645, SiS650, SiS730, SiS735, SiS740, 5.1287 + SiS745, SiS750 5.1288 + 5.1289 + If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when 5.1290 + available" as well. 5.1291 + 5.1292 + Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/sis5513.c>. 5.1293 + 5.1294 +Silicon Image chipset support 5.1295 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SIIMAGE 5.1296 + This driver provides (U)DMA support for the SII3112 SATA controllers and 5.1297 + for the CMD/SI680 UDMA/DMA ATA controller. 5.1298 + 5.1299 +SLC90E66 chipset support 5.1300 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SLC90E66 5.1301 + This driver ensures (U)DMA support for Victroy66 SouthBridges for 5.1302 + SMsC with Intel NorthBridges. This is an Ultra66 based chipset. 5.1303 + The nice thing about it is that you can mix Ultra/DMA/PIO devices 5.1304 + and it will handle timing cycles. Since this is an improved 5.1305 + look-a-like to the PIIX4 it should be a nice addition. 5.1306 + 5.1307 + If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when 5.1308 + available" as well. 5.1309 + 5.1310 + Please read the comments at the top of 5.1311 + <file:drivers/ide/pci/slc90e66.c>. 5.1312 + 5.1313 +Winbond SL82c105 support 5.1314 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SL82C105 5.1315 + If you have a Winbond SL82c105 IDE controller, say Y here to enable 5.1316 + special configuration for this chip. This is common on various CHRP 5.1317 + motherboards, but could be used elsewhere. If in doubt, say Y. 5.1318 + 5.1319 +Tekram TRM290 chipset support 5.1320 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_TRM290 5.1321 + This driver adds support for bus master DMA transfers 5.1322 + using the Tekram TRM290 PCI IDE chip. Volunteers are 5.1323 + needed for further tweaking and development. 5.1324 + Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/trm290.c>. 5.1325 + 5.1326 +VIA82CXXX chipset support 5.1327 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_VIA82CXXX 5.1328 + This allows you to configure your chipset for a better use while 5.1329 + running PIO/(U)DMA, it will allow you to enable efficiently the 5.1330 + second channel dma usage, as it may not be set by BIOS. It will try 5.1331 + to set fifo configuration at its best. It will allow you to get 5.1332 + information from /proc/ide/via provided you enabled "/proc file 5.1333 + system" support. 5.1334 + 5.1335 + Please read the comments at the top of 5.1336 + <file:drivers/ide/pci/via82cxxx.c>. 5.1337 + 5.1338 + If you say Y here, then say Y to "Use DMA by default when available" 5.1339 + as well. 5.1340 + 5.1341 + If unsure, say N. 5.1342 + 5.1343 +RapIDE interface support 5.1344 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_RAPIDE 5.1345 + Say Y here if you want to support the Yellowstone RapIDE controller 5.1346 + manufactured for use with Acorn computers. 5.1347 + 5.1348 +Other IDE chipset support 5.1349 +CONFIG_IDE_CHIPSETS 5.1350 + Say Y here if you want to include enhanced support for various IDE 5.1351 + interface chipsets used on motherboards and add-on cards. You can 5.1352 + then pick your particular IDE chip from among the following options. 5.1353 + This enhanced support may be necessary for Linux to be able to 5.1354 + access the 3rd/4th drives in some systems. It may also enable 5.1355 + setting of higher speed I/O rates to improve system performance with 5.1356 + these chipsets. Most of these also require special kernel boot 5.1357 + parameters to actually turn on the support at runtime; you can find 5.1358 + a list of these in the file <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. 5.1359 + 5.1360 + People with SCSI-only systems can say N here. 5.1361 + 5.1362 +Generic 4 drives/port support 5.1363 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_4DRIVES 5.1364 + Certain older chipsets, including the Tekram 690CD, use a single set 5.1365 + of I/O ports at 0x1f0 to control up to four drives, instead of the 5.1366 + customary two drives per port. Support for this can be enabled at 5.1367 + runtime using the "ide0=four" kernel boot parameter if you say Y 5.1368 + here. 5.1369 + 5.1370 +ALI M14xx support 5.1371 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ALI14XX 5.1372 + This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=ali14xx" kernel 5.1373 + boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface 5.1374 + of the ALI M1439/1443/1445/1487/1489 chipsets, and permits faster 5.1375 + I/O speeds to be set as well. See the files 5.1376 + <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and <file:drivers/ide/legacy/ali14xx.c> for 5.1377 + more info. 5.1378 + 5.1379 +DTC-2278 support 5.1380 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DTC2278 5.1381 + This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=dtc2278" kernel 5.1382 + boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface 5.1383 + of the DTC-2278 card, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as 5.1384 + well. See the <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and 5.1385 + <file:drivers/ide/legacy/dtc2278.c> files for more info. 5.1386 + 5.1387 +Holtek HT6560B support 5.1388 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HT6560B 5.1389 + This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=ht6560b" kernel 5.1390 + boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface 5.1391 + of the Holtek card, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as well. 5.1392 + See the <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and 5.1393 + <file:drivers/ide/legacy/ht6560b.c> files for more info. 5.1394 + 5.1395 +PROMISE DC4030 support (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.1396 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC4030 5.1397 + This driver provides support for the secondary IDE interface and 5.1398 + cache of Promise IDE chipsets, e.g. DC4030 and DC5030. This driver 5.1399 + is known to incur timeouts/retries during heavy I/O to drives 5.1400 + attached to the secondary interface. CD-ROM and TAPE devices are 5.1401 + not supported yet. This driver is enabled at runtime using the 5.1402 + "ide0=dc4030" kernel boot parameter. See the 5.1403 + <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and <file:drivers/ide/legacy/pdc4030.c> files 5.1404 + for more info. 5.1405 + 5.1406 +QDI QD65XX support 5.1407 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_QD65XX 5.1408 + This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=qd65xx" kernel 5.1409 + boot parameter. It permits faster I/O speeds to be set. See the 5.1410 + <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and <file:drivers/ide/legacy/qd65xx.c> for 5.1411 + more info. 5.1412 + 5.1413 +UMC 8672 support 5.1414 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMC8672 5.1415 + This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=umc8672" kernel 5.1416 + boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface 5.1417 + of the UMC-8672, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as well. 5.1418 + See the files <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and 5.1419 + <file:drivers/ide/legacy/umc8672.c> for more info. 5.1420 + 5.1421 +Amiga Gayle IDE interface support 5.1422 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_GAYLE 5.1423 + This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on some Amiga 5.1424 + models. It supports both the `A1200 style' (used in A600 and A1200) 5.1425 + and `A4000 style' (used in A4000 and A4000T) of the Gayle IDE 5.1426 + interface. Say Y if you have such an Amiga model and want to use IDE 5.1427 + devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the 5.1428 + builtin IDE interface. 5.1429 + 5.1430 +Falcon IDE interface support 5.1431 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FALCON_IDE 5.1432 + This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on the Atari 5.1433 + Falcon. Say Y if you have a Falcon and want to use IDE devices (hard 5.1434 + disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the builtin IDE 5.1435 + interface. 5.1436 + 5.1437 +Amiga Buddha/Catweasel/X-Surf IDE interface support (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.1438 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BUDDHA 5.1439 + This is the IDE driver for the IDE interfaces on the Buddha, 5.1440 + Catweasel and X-Surf expansion boards. It supports up to two interfaces 5.1441 + on the Buddha, three on the Catweasel and two on the X-Surf. 5.1442 + 5.1443 + Say Y if you have a Buddha or Catweasel expansion board and want to 5.1444 + use IDE devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected 5.1445 + to one of its IDE interfaces. 5.1446 + 5.1447 +Amiga IDE Doubler support (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.1448 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDOUBLER 5.1449 + This driver provides support for the so-called `IDE doublers' (made 5.1450 + by various manufacturers, e.g. Eyetech) that can be connected to the 5.1451 + builtin IDE interface of some Amiga models. Using such an IDE 5.1452 + doubler, you can connect up to four instead of two IDE devices on 5.1453 + the Amiga's builtin IDE interface. 5.1454 + 5.1455 + Note that the normal Amiga Gayle IDE driver may not work correctly 5.1456 + if you have an IDE doubler and don't enable this driver! 5.1457 + 5.1458 + Say Y if you have an IDE doubler. The driver is enabled at kernel 5.1459 + runtime using the "ide=doubler" kernel boot parameter. 5.1460 + 5.1461 +WarpEngine SCSI support 5.1462 +CONFIG_WARPENGINE_SCSI 5.1463 + Support for MacroSystem Development's WarpEngine Amiga SCSI-2 5.1464 + controller. Info at 5.1465 + <http://www.lysator.liu.se/amiga/ar/guide/ar310.guide?FEATURE5>. 5.1466 + 5.1467 +Builtin PowerMac IDE support 5.1468 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_PMAC 5.1469 + This driver provides support for the built-in IDE controller on 5.1470 + most of the recent Apple Power Macintoshes and PowerBooks. 5.1471 + If unsure, say Y. 5.1472 + 5.1473 +PowerMac IDE DMA support 5.1474 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PMAC 5.1475 + This option allows the driver for the built-in IDE controller on 5.1476 + Power Macintoshes and PowerBooks to use DMA (direct memory access) 5.1477 + to transfer data to and from memory. Saying Y is safe and improves 5.1478 + performance. 5.1479 + 5.1480 +Use DMA by default 5.1481 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PMAC_AUTO 5.1482 + This option allows the driver for the built-in IDE controller on 5.1483 + Power Macintoshes and PowerBooks to use DMA automatically, without 5.1484 + it having to be explicitly enabled. This option is provided because 5.1485 + of concerns about a couple of cases where using DMA on buggy PC 5.1486 + hardware may have caused damage. Saying Y should be safe on all 5.1487 + Apple machines. 5.1488 + 5.1489 +Macintosh Quadra/Powerbook IDE interface support 5.1490 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MAC_IDE 5.1491 + This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on some m68k 5.1492 + Macintosh models. It supports both the `Quadra style' (used in 5.1493 + Quadra/ Centris 630 and Performa 588 models) and `Powerbook style' 5.1494 + (used in the Powerbook 150 and 190 models) IDE interface. 5.1495 + 5.1496 + Say Y if you have such an Macintosh model and want to use IDE 5.1497 + devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the 5.1498 + builtin IDE interface. 5.1499 + 5.1500 +ICS IDE interface support 5.1501 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_ICSIDE 5.1502 + On Acorn systems, say Y here if you wish to use the ICS IDE 5.1503 + interface card. This is not required for ICS partition support. 5.1504 + If you are unsure, say N to this. 5.1505 + 5.1506 +ICS DMA support 5.1507 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_ICS 5.1508 + Say Y here if you want to add DMA (Direct Memory Access) support to 5.1509 + the ICS IDE driver. 5.1510 + 5.1511 +Use ICS DMA by default 5.1512 +CONFIG_IDEDMA_ICS_AUTO 5.1513 + Prior to kernel version 2.1.112, Linux used to automatically use 5.1514 + DMA for IDE drives and chipsets which support it. Due to concerns 5.1515 + about a couple of cases where buggy hardware may have caused damage, 5.1516 + the default is now to NOT use DMA automatically. To revert to the 5.1517 + previous behaviour, say Y to this question. 5.1518 + 5.1519 + If you suspect your hardware is at all flakey, say N here. 5.1520 + Do NOT email the IDE kernel people regarding this issue! 5.1521 + 5.1522 +XT hard disk support 5.1523 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_XD 5.1524 + Very old 8 bit hard disk controllers used in the IBM XT computer 5.1525 + will be supported if you say Y here. 5.1526 + 5.1527 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.1528 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.1529 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.1530 + will be called xd.o. 5.1531 + 5.1532 + It's pretty unlikely that you have one of these: say N. 5.1533 + 5.1534 +PS/2 ESDI hard disk support 5.1535 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PS2 5.1536 + Say Y here if you have a PS/2 machine with a MCA bus and an ESDI 5.1537 + hard disk. 5.1538 + 5.1539 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.1540 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.1541 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.1542 + will be called ps2esdi.o. 5.1543 + 5.1544 +Mylex DAC960/DAC1100 PCI RAID Controller support 5.1545 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DAC960 5.1546 + This driver adds support for the Mylex DAC960, AcceleRAID, and 5.1547 + eXtremeRAID PCI RAID controllers. See the file 5.1548 + <file:Documentation/README.DAC960> for further information about 5.1549 + this driver. 5.1550 + 5.1551 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.1552 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.1553 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.1554 + will be called DAC960.o. 5.1555 + 5.1556 +Parallel port IDE device support 5.1557 +CONFIG_PARIDE 5.1558 + There are many external CD-ROM and disk devices that connect through 5.1559 + your computer's parallel port. Most of them are actually IDE devices 5.1560 + using a parallel port IDE adapter. This option enables the PARIDE 5.1561 + subsystem which contains drivers for many of these external drives. 5.1562 + Read <file:Documentation/paride.txt> for more information. 5.1563 + 5.1564 + If you have said Y to the "Parallel-port support" configuration 5.1565 + option, you may share a single port between your printer and other 5.1566 + parallel port devices. Answer Y to build PARIDE support into your 5.1567 + kernel, or M if you would like to build it as a loadable module. If 5.1568 + your parallel port support is in a loadable module, you must build 5.1569 + PARIDE as a module. If you built PARIDE support into your kernel, 5.1570 + you may still build the individual protocol modules and high-level 5.1571 + drivers as loadable modules. If you build this support as a module, 5.1572 + it will be called paride.o. 5.1573 + 5.1574 + To use the PARIDE support, you must say Y or M here and also to at 5.1575 + least one high-level driver (e.g. "Parallel port IDE disks", 5.1576 + "Parallel port ATAPI CD-ROMs", "Parallel port ATAPI disks" etc.) and 5.1577 + to at least one protocol driver (e.g. "ATEN EH-100 protocol", 5.1578 + "MicroSolutions backpack protocol", "DataStor Commuter protocol" 5.1579 + etc.). 5.1580 + 5.1581 +Parallel port IDE disks 5.1582 +CONFIG_PARIDE_PD 5.1583 + This option enables the high-level driver for IDE-type disk devices 5.1584 + connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE 5.1585 + support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the 5.1586 + parallel port IDE driver, otherwise you should answer M to build 5.1587 + it as a loadable module. The module will be called pd.o. You 5.1588 + must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in your 5.1589 + system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the SyQuest 5.1590 + EZ-135, EZ-230 and SparQ drives, the Avatar Shark and the backpack 5.1591 + hard drives from MicroSolutions. 5.1592 + 5.1593 +Parallel port ATAPI CD-ROMs 5.1594 +CONFIG_PARIDE_PCD 5.1595 + This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI CD-ROM devices 5.1596 + connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE 5.1597 + support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the 5.1598 + parallel port ATAPI CD-ROM driver, otherwise you should answer M to 5.1599 + build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pcd.o. You 5.1600 + must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in your 5.1601 + system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the 5.1602 + MicroSolutions backpack CD-ROM drives and the Freecom Power CD. If 5.1603 + you have such a CD-ROM drive, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 5.1604 + 9660 CD-ROM file system support" below, because that's the file 5.1605 + system used on CD-ROMs. 5.1606 + 5.1607 +Parallel port ATAPI disks 5.1608 +CONFIG_PARIDE_PF 5.1609 + This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI disk devices 5.1610 + connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE 5.1611 + support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the 5.1612 + parallel port ATAPI disk driver, otherwise you should answer M 5.1613 + to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pf.o. 5.1614 + You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in 5.1615 + your system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the 5.1616 + MicroSolutions backpack PD/CD drive and the Imation Superdisk 5.1617 + LS-120 drive. 5.1618 + 5.1619 +Parallel port ATAPI tapes 5.1620 +CONFIG_PARIDE_PT 5.1621 + This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI tape devices 5.1622 + connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE 5.1623 + support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the 5.1624 + parallel port ATAPI disk driver, otherwise you should answer M 5.1625 + to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pt.o. 5.1626 + You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in 5.1627 + your system. Among the devices supported by this driver is the 5.1628 + parallel port version of the HP 5GB drive. 5.1629 + 5.1630 +Parallel port generic ATAPI devices 5.1631 +CONFIG_PARIDE_PG 5.1632 + This option enables a special high-level driver for generic ATAPI 5.1633 + devices connected through a parallel port. The driver allows user 5.1634 + programs, such as cdrtools, to send ATAPI commands directly to a 5.1635 + device. 5.1636 + 5.1637 + If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may 5.1638 + answer Y here to build in the parallel port generic ATAPI driver, 5.1639 + otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The 5.1640 + module will be called pg.o. 5.1641 + 5.1642 + You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in 5.1643 + your system. 5.1644 + 5.1645 + This driver implements an API loosely related to the generic SCSI 5.1646 + driver. See <file:include/linux/pg.h>. for details. 5.1647 + 5.1648 + You can obtain the most recent version of cdrtools from 5.1649 + <ftp://ftp.fokus.gmd.de/pub/unix/cdrecord/>. Versions 1.6.1a3 and 5.1650 + later fully support this driver. 5.1651 + 5.1652 +ATEN EH-100 protocol 5.1653 +CONFIG_PARIDE_ATEN 5.1654 + This option enables support for the ATEN EH-100 parallel port IDE 5.1655 + protocol. This protocol is used in some inexpensive low performance 5.1656 + parallel port kits made in Hong Kong. If you chose to build PARIDE 5.1657 + support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the 5.1658 + protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a 5.1659 + loadable module. The module will be called aten.o. You must also 5.1660 + have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to 5.1661 + support. 5.1662 + 5.1663 +Micro Solutions BACKPACK Series 5 protocol 5.1664 +CONFIG_PARIDE_BPCK 5.1665 + This option enables support for the Micro Solutions BACKPACK 5.1666 + parallel port Series 5 IDE protocol. (Most BACKPACK drives made 5.1667 + before 1999 were Series 5) Series 5 drives will NOT always have the 5.1668 + Series noted on the bottom of the drive. Series 6 drivers will. 5.1669 + 5.1670 + In other words, if your BACKPACK drive dosen't say "Series 6" on the 5.1671 + bottom, enable this option. 5.1672 + 5.1673 + If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may 5.1674 + answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you should 5.1675 + answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be 5.1676 + called bpck.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type 5.1677 + of device that you want to support. 5.1678 + 5.1679 +Micro Solutions BACKPACK Series 6 protocol 5.1680 +CONFIG_PARIDE_BPCK6 5.1681 + This option enables support for the Micro Solutions BACKPACK 5.1682 + parallel port Series 6 IDE protocol. (Most BACKPACK drives made 5.1683 + after 1999 were Series 6) Series 6 drives will have the Series noted 5.1684 + on the bottom of the drive. Series 5 drivers don't always have it 5.1685 + noted. 5.1686 + 5.1687 + In other words, if your BACKPACK drive says "Series 6" on the 5.1688 + bottom, enable this option. 5.1689 + 5.1690 + If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may 5.1691 + answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you should 5.1692 + answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be 5.1693 + called bpck6.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type 5.1694 + of device that you want to support. 5.1695 + 5.1696 +DataStor Commuter protocol 5.1697 +CONFIG_PARIDE_COMM 5.1698 + This option enables support for the Commuter parallel port IDE 5.1699 + protocol from DataStor. If you chose to build PARIDE support 5.1700 + into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol 5.1701 + driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable 5.1702 + module. The module will be called comm.o. You must also have 5.1703 + a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support. 5.1704 + 5.1705 +DataStor EP-2000 protocol 5.1706 +CONFIG_PARIDE_DSTR 5.1707 + This option enables support for the EP-2000 parallel port IDE 5.1708 + protocol from DataStor. If you chose to build PARIDE support 5.1709 + into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol 5.1710 + driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable 5.1711 + module. The module will be called dstr.o. You must also have 5.1712 + a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support. 5.1713 + 5.1714 +Shuttle EPAT/EPEZ protocol 5.1715 +CONFIG_PARIDE_EPAT 5.1716 + This option enables support for the EPAT parallel port IDE protocol. 5.1717 + EPAT is a parallel port IDE adapter manufactured by Shuttle 5.1718 + Technology and widely used in devices from major vendors such as 5.1719 + Hewlett-Packard, SyQuest, Imation and Avatar. If you chose to build 5.1720 + PARIDE support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in 5.1721 + the protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a 5.1722 + loadable module. The module will be called epat.o. You must also 5.1723 + have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to 5.1724 + support. 5.1725 + 5.1726 +Shuttle EPAT c7/c8 extension 5.1727 +CONFIG_PARIDE_EPATC8 5.1728 + This option enables support for the newer Shuttle EP1284 (aka c7 and 5.1729 + c8) chip. You need this if you are using any recent Imation SuperDisk 5.1730 + (LS-120) drive. 5.1731 + 5.1732 +Shuttle EPIA protocol 5.1733 +CONFIG_PARIDE_EPIA 5.1734 + This option enables support for the (obsolete) EPIA parallel port 5.1735 + IDE protocol from Shuttle Technology. This adapter can still be 5.1736 + found in some no-name kits. If you chose to build PARIDE support 5.1737 + into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol 5.1738 + driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable 5.1739 + module. The module will be called epia.o. You must also have a 5.1740 + high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support. 5.1741 + 5.1742 +FIT TD-2000 protocol 5.1743 +CONFIG_PARIDE_FIT2 5.1744 + This option enables support for the TD-2000 parallel port IDE 5.1745 + protocol from Fidelity International Technology. This is a simple 5.1746 + (low speed) adapter that is used in some portable hard drives. If 5.1747 + you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may answer Y 5.1748 + here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M 5.1749 + to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called fit2.o. 5.1750 + You must also have a high-level driver for the type of device that 5.1751 + you want to support. 5.1752 + 5.1753 +FIT TD-3000 protocol 5.1754 +CONFIG_PARIDE_FIT3 5.1755 + This option enables support for the TD-3000 parallel port IDE 5.1756 + protocol from Fidelity International Technology. This protocol is 5.1757 + used in newer models of their portable disk, CD-ROM and PD/CD 5.1758 + devices. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you 5.1759 + may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you 5.1760 + should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be 5.1761 + called fit3.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type 5.1762 + of device that you want to support. 5.1763 + 5.1764 +Freecom IQ ASIC-2 protocol 5.1765 +CONFIG_PARIDE_FRIQ 5.1766 + This option enables support for version 2 of the Freecom IQ parallel 5.1767 + port IDE adapter. This adapter is used by the Maxell Superdisk 5.1768 + drive. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you 5.1769 + may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you 5.1770 + should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be 5.1771 + called friq.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type 5.1772 + of device that you want to support. 5.1773 + 5.1774 +FreeCom power protocol 5.1775 +CONFIG_PARIDE_FRPW 5.1776 + This option enables support for the Freecom power parallel port IDE 5.1777 + protocol. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you 5.1778 + may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you 5.1779 + should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be 5.1780 + called frpw.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type 5.1781 + of device that you want to support. 5.1782 + 5.1783 +KingByte KBIC-951A/971A protocols 5.1784 +CONFIG_PARIDE_KBIC 5.1785 + This option enables support for the KBIC-951A and KBIC-971A parallel 5.1786 + port IDE protocols from KingByte Information Corp. KingByte's 5.1787 + adapters appear in many no-name portable disk and CD-ROM products, 5.1788 + especially in Europe. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your 5.1789 + kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, 5.1790 + otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The 5.1791 + module will be called kbic.o. You must also have a high-level driver 5.1792 + for the type of device that you want to support. 5.1793 + 5.1794 +KT PHd protocol 5.1795 +CONFIG_PARIDE_KTTI 5.1796 + This option enables support for the "PHd" parallel port IDE protocol 5.1797 + from KT Technology. This is a simple (low speed) adapter that is 5.1798 + used in some 2.5" portable hard drives. If you chose to build PARIDE 5.1799 + support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the 5.1800 + protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a 5.1801 + loadable module. The module will be called ktti.o. You must also 5.1802 + have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to 5.1803 + support. 5.1804 + 5.1805 +OnSpec 90c20 protocol 5.1806 +CONFIG_PARIDE_ON20 5.1807 + This option enables support for the (obsolete) 90c20 parallel port 5.1808 + IDE protocol from OnSpec (often marketed under the ValuStore brand 5.1809 + name). If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you 5.1810 + may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you 5.1811 + should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will 5.1812 + be called on20.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the 5.1813 + type of device that you want to support. 5.1814 + 5.1815 +OnSpec 90c26 protocol 5.1816 +CONFIG_PARIDE_ON26 5.1817 + This option enables support for the 90c26 parallel port IDE protocol 5.1818 + from OnSpec Electronics (often marketed under the ValuStore brand 5.1819 + name). If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you 5.1820 + may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you 5.1821 + should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be 5.1822 + called on26.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type 5.1823 + of device that you want to support. 5.1824 + 5.1825 +Logical Volume Manager (LVM) support 5.1826 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LVM 5.1827 + This driver lets you combine several hard disks, hard disk 5.1828 + partitions, multiple devices or even loop devices (for evaluation 5.1829 + purposes) into a volume group. Imagine a volume group as a kind of 5.1830 + virtual disk. Logical volumes, which can be thought of as virtual 5.1831 + partitions, can be created in the volume group. You can resize 5.1832 + volume groups and logical volumes after creation time, corresponding 5.1833 + to new capacity needs. Logical volumes are accessed as block 5.1834 + devices named /dev/VolumeGroupName/LogicalVolumeName. 5.1835 + 5.1836 + For details see <file:Documentation/LVM-HOWTO>. You will need 5.1837 + supporting user space software; location is in 5.1838 + <file:Documentation/Changes>. 5.1839 + 5.1840 + If you want to compile this support as a module ( = code which can 5.1841 + be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 5.1842 + want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 5.1843 + module will be called lvm-mod.o. 5.1844 + 5.1845 +Multiple devices driver support (RAID and LVM) 5.1846 +CONFIG_MD 5.1847 + Support multiple physical spindles through a single logical device. 5.1848 + Required for RAID and logical volume management (LVM). 5.1849 + 5.1850 +Multiple devices driver support 5.1851 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MD 5.1852 + This driver lets you combine several hard disk partitions into one 5.1853 + logical block device. This can be used to simply append one 5.1854 + partition to another one or to combine several redundant hard disks 5.1855 + into a RAID1/4/5 device so as to provide protection against hard 5.1856 + disk failures. This is called "Software RAID" since the combining of 5.1857 + the partitions is done by the kernel. "Hardware RAID" means that the 5.1858 + combining is done by a dedicated controller; if you have such a 5.1859 + controller, you do not need to say Y here. 5.1860 + 5.1861 + More information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the 5.1862 + Software RAID mini-HOWTO, available from 5.1863 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. There you will also learn 5.1864 + where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools. 5.1865 + 5.1866 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.1867 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.1868 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.1869 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.1870 + md.o 5.1871 + 5.1872 + If unsure, say N. 5.1873 + 5.1874 +Linear (append) mode 5.1875 +CONFIG_MD_LINEAR 5.1876 + If you say Y here, then your multiple devices driver will be able to 5.1877 + use the so-called linear mode, i.e. it will combine the hard disk 5.1878 + partitions by simply appending one to the other. 5.1879 + 5.1880 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.1881 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.1882 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.1883 + will be called linear.o. 5.1884 + 5.1885 + If unsure, say Y. 5.1886 + 5.1887 +RAID-0 (striping) mode 5.1888 +CONFIG_MD_RAID0 5.1889 + If you say Y here, then your multiple devices driver will be able to 5.1890 + use the so-called raid0 mode, i.e. it will combine the hard disk 5.1891 + partitions into one logical device in such a fashion as to fill them 5.1892 + up evenly, one chunk here and one chunk there. This will increase 5.1893 + the throughput rate if the partitions reside on distinct disks. 5.1894 + 5.1895 + Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the 5.1896 + Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from 5.1897 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. There you will also 5.1898 + learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools. 5.1899 + 5.1900 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.1901 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.1902 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.1903 + will be called raid0.o. 5.1904 + 5.1905 + If unsure, say Y. 5.1906 + 5.1907 +RAID-1 (mirroring) mode 5.1908 +CONFIG_MD_RAID1 5.1909 + A RAID-1 set consists of several disk drives which are exact copies 5.1910 + of each other. In the event of a mirror failure, the RAID driver 5.1911 + will continue to use the operational mirrors in the set, providing 5.1912 + an error free MD (multiple device) to the higher levels of the 5.1913 + kernel. In a set with N drives, the available space is the capacity 5.1914 + of a single drive, and the set protects against a failure of (N - 1) 5.1915 + drives. 5.1916 + 5.1917 + Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the 5.1918 + Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from 5.1919 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. There you will also 5.1920 + learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools. 5.1921 + 5.1922 + If you want to use such a RAID-1 set, say Y. This code is also 5.1923 + available as a module called raid1.o ( = code which can be inserted 5.1924 + in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). If you 5.1925 + want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.1926 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.1927 + 5.1928 + If unsure, say Y. 5.1929 + 5.1930 +RAID-4/RAID-5 mode 5.1931 +CONFIG_MD_RAID5 5.1932 + A RAID-5 set of N drives with a capacity of C MB per drive provides 5.1933 + the capacity of C * (N - 1) MB, and protects against a failure 5.1934 + of a single drive. For a given sector (row) number, (N - 1) drives 5.1935 + contain data sectors, and one drive contains the parity protection. 5.1936 + For a RAID-4 set, the parity blocks are present on a single drive, 5.1937 + while a RAID-5 set distributes the parity across the drives in one 5.1938 + of the available parity distribution methods. 5.1939 + 5.1940 + Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the 5.1941 + Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from 5.1942 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. There you will also 5.1943 + learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools. 5.1944 + 5.1945 + If you want to use such a RAID-4/RAID-5 set, say Y. This code is 5.1946 + also available as a module called raid5.o ( = code which can be 5.1947 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.1948 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.1949 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.1950 + 5.1951 + If unsure, say Y. 5.1952 + 5.1953 +Multipath I/O support 5.1954 +CONFIG_MD_MULTIPATH 5.1955 + Multipath-IO is the ability of certain devices to address the same 5.1956 + physical disk over multiple 'IO paths'. The code ensures that such 5.1957 + paths can be defined and handled at runtime, and ensures that a 5.1958 + transparent failover to the backup path(s) happens if a IO errors 5.1959 + arrives on the primary path. 5.1960 + 5.1961 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.1962 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.1963 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.1964 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.1965 + multipath.o 5.1966 + 5.1967 + If unsure, say N. 5.1968 + 5.1969 +Support for IDE Raid controllers 5.1970 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID 5.1971 + Say Y or M if you have an IDE Raid controller and want linux 5.1972 + to use its softwareraid feature. You must also select an 5.1973 + appropriate for your board low-level driver below. 5.1974 + 5.1975 + Note, that Linux does not use the Raid implementation in BIOS, and 5.1976 + the main purpose for this feature is to retain compatibility and 5.1977 + data integrity with other OS-es, using the same disk array. Linux 5.1978 + has its own Raid drivers, which you should use if you need better 5.1979 + performance. 5.1980 + 5.1981 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.1982 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.1983 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.1984 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.1985 + ataraid.o 5.1986 + 5.1987 +Support Promise software RAID (Fasttrak(tm)) 5.1988 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID_PDC 5.1989 + Say Y or M if you have a Promise Fasttrak (tm) Raid controller 5.1990 + and want linux to use the softwareraid feature of this card. 5.1991 + This driver uses /dev/ataraid/dXpY (X and Y numbers) as device 5.1992 + names. 5.1993 + 5.1994 + If you choose to compile this as a module, the module will be called 5.1995 + pdcraid.o. 5.1996 + 5.1997 +Highpoint 370 software RAID 5.1998 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID_HPT 5.1999 + Say Y or M if you have a Highpoint HPT 370 Raid controller 5.2000 + and want linux to use the softwareraid feature of this card. 5.2001 + This driver uses /dev/ataraid/dXpY (X and Y numbers) as device 5.2002 + names. 5.2003 + 5.2004 + If you choose to compile this as a module, the module will be called 5.2005 + hptraid.o. 5.2006 + 5.2007 +Support for Acer PICA 1 chipset 5.2008 +CONFIG_ACER_PICA_61 5.2009 + This is a machine with a R4400 133/150 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux 5.2010 + kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on 5.2011 + the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at 5.2012 + <http://oss.sgi.com/mips/>. 5.2013 + 5.2014 +Support for Algorithmics P4032 (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.2015 +CONFIG_ALGOR_P4032 5.2016 + This is an evaluation board of the British company Algorithmics. 5.2017 + The board uses the R4300 and a R5230 CPUs. For more information 5.2018 + about this board see <http://www.algor.co.uk/>. 5.2019 + 5.2020 +Support for BAGET MIPS series 5.2021 +CONFIG_BAGET_MIPS 5.2022 + This enables support for the Baget, a Russian embedded system. For 5.2023 + more details about the Baget see the Linux/MIPS FAQ on 5.2024 + <http://oss.sgi.com/mips/>. 5.2025 + 5.2026 +Baget AMD LANCE support 5.2027 +CONFIG_BAGETLANCE 5.2028 + Say Y to enable kernel support for AMD Lance Ethernet cards on the 5.2029 + MIPS-32-based Baget embedded system. This chipset is better known 5.2030 + via the NE2100 cards. 5.2031 + 5.2032 +Support for DECstations 5.2033 +CONFIG_DECSTATION 5.2034 + This enables support for DEC's MIPS based workstations. For details 5.2035 + see the Linux/MIPS FAQ on <http://oss.sgi.com/mips/> and the 5.2036 + DECstation porting pages on <http://decstation.unix-ag.org/>. 5.2037 + 5.2038 + If you have one of the following DECstation Models you definitely 5.2039 + want to choose R4xx0 for the CPU Type: 5.2040 + 5.2041 + DECstation 5000/50 5.2042 + DECstation 5000/150 5.2043 + DECstation 5000/260 5.2044 + DECsystem 5900/260 5.2045 + 5.2046 + otherwise choose R3000. 5.2047 + 5.2048 +Support for Cobalt Micro Server 5.2049 +CONFIG_COBALT_MICRO_SERVER 5.2050 + Support for MIPS-based Cobalt boxes (they have been bought by Sun 5.2051 + and are now the "Server Appliance Business Unit") including the 2700 5.2052 + series -- versions 1 of the Qube and Raq. To compile a Linux kernel 5.2053 + for this hardware, say Y here. 5.2054 + 5.2055 +Support for Cobalt 2800 5.2056 +CONFIG_COBALT_28 5.2057 + Support for the second generation of MIPS-based Cobalt boxes (they 5.2058 + have been bought by Sun and are now the "Server Appliance Business 5.2059 + Unit") including the 2800 series -- versions 2 of the Qube and Raq. 5.2060 + To compile a Linux kernel for this hardware, say Y here. 5.2061 + 5.2062 +Support for the Momentum Computer Ocelot SBC 5.2063 +CONFIG_MOMENCO_OCELOT 5.2064 + The Ocelot is a MIPS-based Single Board Computer (SBC) made by 5.2065 + Momentum Computer <http://www.momenco.com/>. 5.2066 + 5.2067 +Support for NEC DDB Vrc-5074 5.2068 +CONFIG_DDB5074 5.2069 + This enables support for the VR5000-based NEC DDB Vrc-5074 5.2070 + evaluation board. 5.2071 + 5.2072 +Support for NEC DDB Vrc-5476 5.2073 +CONFIG_DDB5476 5.2074 + This enables support for the R5432-based NEC DDB Vrc-5476 5.2075 + evaluation board. 5.2076 + 5.2077 + Features : kernel debugging, serial terminal, NFS root fs, on-board 5.2078 + ether port (Need an additional patch at <http://linux.junsun.net/>), 5.2079 + USB, AC97, PCI, PCI VGA card & framebuffer console, IDE controller, 5.2080 + PS2 keyboard, PS2 mouse, etc. 5.2081 + 5.2082 +Support for NEC DDB Vrc-5477 5.2083 +CONFIG_DDB5477 5.2084 + This enables support for the R5432-based NEC DDB Vrc-5477 5.2085 + evaluation board. 5.2086 + 5.2087 + Features : kernel debugging, serial terminal, NFS root fs, on-board 5.2088 + ether port (Need an additional patch at <http://linux.junsun.net/>), 5.2089 + USB, AC97, PCI, etc. 5.2090 + 5.2091 +Support for MIPS Atlas board 5.2092 +CONFIG_MIPS_ATLAS 5.2093 + This enables support for the QED R5231-based MIPS Atlas evaluation 5.2094 + board. 5.2095 + 5.2096 +Support for MIPS Malta board 5.2097 +CONFIG_MIPS_MALTA 5.2098 + This enables support for the VR5000-based MIPS Malta evaluation 5.2099 + board. 5.2100 + 5.2101 +Support for Galileo Evaluation board or CoSine Orion 5.2102 +CONFIG_ORION 5.2103 + Say Y if configuring for the Galileo evaluation board 5.2104 + or CoSine Orion. More information is available at 5.2105 + <http://tochna.technion.ac.il/project/linux/html/linux.html>. 5.2106 + 5.2107 + Otherwise, say N. 5.2108 + 5.2109 +Support for Mips Magnum 4000 5.2110 +CONFIG_MIPS_MAGNUM_4000 5.2111 + This is a machine with a R4000 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux 5.2112 + kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on 5.2113 + the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at 5.2114 + <http://oss.sgi.com/mips/>. 5.2115 + 5.2116 +Enable Qtronix 990P Keyboard Support 5.2117 +CONFIG_QTRONIX_KEYBOARD 5.2118 + Images of Qtronix keyboards are at 5.2119 + <http://www.qtronix.com/keyboard.html>. 5.2120 + 5.2121 +Support for Olivetti M700 5.2122 +CONFIG_OLIVETTI_M700 5.2123 + This is a machine with a R4000 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux 5.2124 + kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on 5.2125 + the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at 5.2126 + <http://oss.sgi.com/mips/>. 5.2127 + 5.2128 +Support for SNI RM200 PCI 5.2129 +CONFIG_SNI_RM200_PCI 5.2130 + The SNI RM200 PCI was a MIPS-based platform manufactured by Siemens 5.2131 + Nixdorf Informationssysteme (SNI), parent company of Pyramid 5.2132 + Technology and now in turn merged with Fujitsu. Say Y here to 5.2133 + support this machine type. 5.2134 + 5.2135 +Support for SGI-IP22 (Indy/Indigo2) 5.2136 +CONFIG_SGI_IP22 5.2137 + This are the SGI Indy, Challenge S and Indigo2, as well as certain 5.2138 + OEM variants like the Tandem CMN B006S. To compile a Linux kernel 5.2139 + that runs on these, say Y here. 5.2140 + 5.2141 +Support for SGI IP27 (Origin200/2000) 5.2142 +CONFIG_SGI_IP27 5.2143 + This are the SGI Origin 200, Origin 2000 and Onyx 2 Graphics 5.2144 + workstations. To compile a Linux kernel that runs on these, say Y 5.2145 + here. 5.2146 + 5.2147 +IP27 N-Mode 5.2148 +CONFIG_SGI_SN0_N_MODE 5.2149 + The nodes of Origin 200, Origin 2000 and Onyx 2 systems can be 5.2150 + configured in either N-Modes which allows for more nodes or M-Mode 5.2151 + which allows for more memory. Your system is most probably 5.2152 + running in M-Mode, so you should say N here. 5.2153 + 5.2154 +Lasi Ethernet 5.2155 +CONFIG_LASI_82596 5.2156 + Say Y here to support the on-board Intel 82596 ethernet controller 5.2157 + built into Hewlett-Packard PA-RISC machines. 5.2158 + 5.2159 +MIPS JAZZ onboard SONIC Ethernet support 5.2160 +CONFIG_MIPS_JAZZ_SONIC 5.2161 + This is the driver for the onboard card of MIPS Magnum 4000, 5.2162 + Acer PICA, Olivetti M700-10 and a few other identical OEM systems. 5.2163 + 5.2164 +MIPS JAZZ FAS216 SCSI support 5.2165 +CONFIG_JAZZ_ESP 5.2166 + This is the driver for the onboard SCSI host adapter of MIPS Magnum 5.2167 + 4000, Acer PICA, Olivetti M700-10 and a few other identical OEM 5.2168 + systems. 5.2169 + 5.2170 +MIPS GT96100 support 5.2171 +CONFIG_MIPS_GT96100 5.2172 + Say Y here to support the Galileo Technology GT96100 communications 5.2173 + controller card. There is a web page at <http://www.galileot.com/>. 5.2174 + 5.2175 +MIPS GT96100 Ethernet support 5.2176 +CONFIG_MIPS_GT96100ETH 5.2177 + Say Y here to support the Ethernet subsystem on your GT96100 card. 5.2178 + 5.2179 +Zalon SCSI support 5.2180 +CONFIG_SCSI_ZALON 5.2181 + The Zalon is an interface chip that sits between the PA-RISC 5.2182 + processor and the NCR 53c720 SCSI controller on K-series PA-RISC 5.2183 + boards (these are used, among other places, on some HP 780 5.2184 + workstations). Say Y here to make sure it gets initialized 5.2185 + correctly before the Linux kernel tries to talk to the controller. 5.2186 + 5.2187 +Kernel floating-point instruction emulation 5.2188 +CONFIG_MIPS_FPU_EMULATOR 5.2189 + This option enables the MIPS software floating support. Due to 5.2190 + the way floating point works you should always enable this option 5.2191 + unless you exactly know what you're doing. 5.2192 + 5.2193 +SGI PROM Console Support 5.2194 +CONFIG_SGI_PROM_CONSOLE 5.2195 + Say Y here to set up the boot console on serial port 0. 5.2196 + 5.2197 +DZ11 Serial Support 5.2198 +CONFIG_DZ 5.2199 + DZ11-family serial controllers for VAXstations, including the 5.2200 + DC7085, M7814, and M7819. 5.2201 + 5.2202 +TURBOchannel support 5.2203 +CONFIG_TC 5.2204 + TurboChannel is a DEC (now Compaq) bus for Alpha and MIPS processors. 5.2205 + Documentation on writing device drivers for TurboChannel is available at: 5.2206 + <http://www.cs.arizona.edu/computer.help/policy/DIGITAL_unix/AA-PS3HD-TET1_html/TITLE.html>. 5.2207 + 5.2208 +# Choice: galileo_clock 5.2209 +75 5.2210 +CONFIG_SYSCLK_75 5.2211 + Configure the kernel for clock speed of your Galileo board. 5.2212 + The choices are 75MHz, 83.3MHz, and 100MHz. 5.2213 + 5.2214 +83.3 5.2215 +CONFIG_SYSCLK_83 5.2216 + Configure the Galileo kernel for a clock speed of 83.3 MHz. 5.2217 + 5.2218 +100 5.2219 +CONFIG_SYSCLK_100 5.2220 + Configure the Galileo kernel for a clock speed of 100 MHz. 5.2221 + 5.2222 +Z85C30 Serial Support 5.2223 +CONFIG_ZS 5.2224 + Documentation on the Zilog 85C350 serial communications controller 5.2225 + is downloadable at <http://www.zilog.com/pdfs/serial/z85c30.pdf>. 5.2226 + 5.2227 +PCMCIA SCSI adapter support 5.2228 +CONFIG_SCSI_PCMCIA 5.2229 + Say Y here if you intend to attach a PCMCIA or CardBus card to your 5.2230 + computer which acts as a SCSI host adapter. These are credit card 5.2231 + size devices often used with laptops. 5.2232 + 5.2233 + Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 5.2234 + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 5.2235 + the questions PCMCIA SCSI host adapters. 5.2236 + 5.2237 +Adaptec APA1480 CardBus support 5.2238 +CONFIG_PCMCIA_APA1480 5.2239 + Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of CardBus SCSI host 5.2240 + adapter to your computer. 5.2241 + 5.2242 + This driver is also available as a module called apa1480_cb.o ( = 5.2243 + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.2244 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.2245 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.2246 + 5.2247 +NinjaSCSI-3 / NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) PCMCIA support 5.2248 +CONFIG_PCMCIA_NINJA_SCSI 5.2249 + If you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA SCSI host adapter to 5.2250 + your computer, say Y here and read 5.2251 + <file:Documentation/README.nsp_cs.eng>. 5.2252 + 5.2253 + This driver is also available as a module called nsp_cs.o ( = 5.2254 + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.2255 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.2256 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.2257 + 5.2258 +Adaptec AHA152X PCMCIA support 5.2259 +CONFIG_PCMCIA_AHA152X 5.2260 + Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA SCSI host 5.2261 + adapter to your computer. 5.2262 + 5.2263 + This driver is also available as a module called aha152x_cs.o ( = 5.2264 + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.2265 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.2266 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.2267 + 5.2268 +Qlogic PCMCIA support 5.2269 +CONFIG_PCMCIA_QLOGIC 5.2270 + Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA SCSI host 5.2271 + adapter to your computer. 5.2272 + 5.2273 + This driver is also available as a module called qlogic_cs.o ( = 5.2274 + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.2275 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.2276 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.2277 + 5.2278 +Future Domain PCMCIA support 5.2279 +CONFIG_PCMCIA_FDOMAIN 5.2280 + Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA SCSI host 5.2281 + adapter to your computer. 5.2282 + 5.2283 + This driver is also available as a module called fdomain_cs.o ( = 5.2284 + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.2285 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.2286 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.2287 + 5.2288 +# Choice: mipstype 5.2289 +CPU type 5.2290 +CONFIG_CPU_R3000 5.2291 + Please make sure to pick the right CPU type. Linux/MIPS is not 5.2292 + designed to be generic, i.e. Kernels compiled for R3000 CPUs will 5.2293 + *not* work on R4000 machines and vice versa. However, since most 5.2294 + of the supported machines have an R4000 (or similar) CPU, R4x00 5.2295 + might be a safe bet. If the resulting kernel does not work, 5.2296 + try to recompile with R3000. 5.2297 + 5.2298 + R3000 MIPS Technologies R3000-series processors, 5.2299 + including the 3041, 3051, and 3081. 5.2300 + 5.2301 + R6000 MIPS Technologies R6000-series processors, 5.2302 + including the 64474, 64475, 64574 and 64575. 5.2303 + 5.2304 + R4300 MIPS Technologies R4300-series processors. 5.2305 + 5.2306 + R4x00 MIPS Technologies R4000-series processors other than 4300, 5.2307 + including the 4640, 4650, and 4700. 5.2308 + 5.2309 + R5000 MIPS Technologies R5000-series processors other than the 5.2310 + Nevada. 5.2311 + 5.2312 + R52xx MIPS Technologies R52xx-series ("Nevada") processors. 5.2313 + 5.2314 + R10000 MIPS Technologies R10000-series processors. 5.2315 + 5.2316 +R6000 5.2317 +CONFIG_CPU_R6000 5.2318 + MIPS Technologies R6000-series processors, including the 64474, 5.2319 + 64475, 64574 and 64575. 5.2320 + 5.2321 +R4300 5.2322 +CONFIG_CPU_R4300 5.2323 + MIPS Technologies R4300-series processors. 5.2324 + 5.2325 +R4x00 5.2326 +CONFIG_CPU_R4X00 5.2327 + MIPS Technologies R4000-series processors other than 4300, including 5.2328 + the 4640, 4650, and 4700. 5.2329 + 5.2330 +R5000 5.2331 +CONFIG_CPU_R5000 5.2332 + MIPS Technologies R5000-series processors other than the Nevada. 5.2333 + 5.2334 +R52x0 5.2335 +CONFIG_CPU_NEVADA 5.2336 + MIPS Technologies R52x0-series ("Nevada") processors. 5.2337 + 5.2338 +R8000 5.2339 +CONFIG_CPU_R8000 5.2340 + MIPS Technologies R8000-series processors. 5.2341 + 5.2342 +R10000 5.2343 +CONFIG_CPU_R10000 5.2344 + MIPS Technologies R10000-series processors. 5.2345 + 5.2346 +Discontiguous Memory Support 5.2347 +CONFIG_DISCONTIGMEM 5.2348 + Say Y to support efficient handling of discontiguous physical memory, 5.2349 + for architectures which are either NUMA (Non-Uniform Memory Access) 5.2350 + or have huge holes in the physical address space for other reasons. 5.2351 + See <file:Documentation/vm/numa> for more. 5.2352 + 5.2353 +Mapped kernel support 5.2354 +CONFIG_MAPPED_KERNEL 5.2355 + Change the way a Linux kernel is loaded unto memory on a MIPS64 5.2356 + machine. This is required in order to support text replication and 5.2357 + NUMA. If you need to understand it, read the source code. 5.2358 + 5.2359 +Kernel text replication support 5.2360 +CONFIG_REPLICATE_KTEXT 5.2361 + Say Y here to enable replicating the kernel text across multiple 5.2362 + nodes in a NUMA cluster. This trades memory for speed. 5.2363 + 5.2364 +Exception handler replication support 5.2365 +CONFIG_REPLICATE_EXHANDLERS 5.2366 + Say Y here to enable replicating the kernel exception handlers 5.2367 + across multiple nodes in a NUMA cluster. This trades memory for 5.2368 + speed. 5.2369 + 5.2370 +NUMA support? 5.2371 +CONFIG_NUMA 5.2372 + Say Y to compile the kernel to support NUMA (Non-Uniform Memory 5.2373 + Access). This option is for configuring high-end multiprocessor 5.2374 + server machines. If in doubt, say N. 5.2375 + 5.2376 +R41xx 5.2377 +CONFIG_CPU_VR41XX 5.2378 + The options selects support for the NEC VR41xx series of processors. 5.2379 + Only choose this option if you have one of these processors as a 5.2380 + kernel built with this option will not run on any other type of 5.2381 + processor or vice versa. 5.2382 + 5.2383 +CPU feature configuration 5.2384 +CONFIG_CPU_ADVANCED 5.2385 + Saying yes here allows you to select support for various features 5.2386 + your CPU may or may not have. Most people should say N here. 5.2387 + 5.2388 +ll and sc instructions available 5.2389 +CONFIG_CPU_HAS_LLSC 5.2390 + MIPS R4000 series and later provide the Load Linked (ll) 5.2391 + and Store Conditional (sc) instructions. More information is 5.2392 + available at <http://www.go-ecs.com/mips/miptek1.htm>. 5.2393 + 5.2394 + Say Y here if your CPU has the ll and sc instructions. Say Y here 5.2395 + for better performance, N if you don't know. You must say Y here 5.2396 + for multiprocessor machines. 5.2397 + 5.2398 +lld and scd instructions available 5.2399 +CONFIG_CPU_HAS_LLDSCD 5.2400 + Say Y here if your CPU has the lld and scd instructions, the 64-bit 5.2401 + equivalents of ll and sc. Say Y here for better performance, N if 5.2402 + you don't know. You must say Y here for multiprocessor machines. 5.2403 + 5.2404 +Writeback Buffer available 5.2405 +CONFIG_CPU_HAS_WB 5.2406 + Say N here for slightly better performance. You must say Y here for 5.2407 + machines which require flushing of write buffers in software. Saying 5.2408 + Y is the safe option; N may result in kernel malfunction and crashes. 5.2409 + 5.2410 +Support for large 64-bit configurations 5.2411 +CONFIG_MIPS_INSANE_LARGE 5.2412 + MIPS R10000 does support a 44 bit / 16TB address space as opposed to 5.2413 + previous 64-bit processors which only supported 40 bit / 1TB. If you 5.2414 + need processes of more than 1TB virtual address space, say Y here. 5.2415 + This will result in additional memory usage, so it is not 5.2416 + recommended for normal users. 5.2417 + 5.2418 +Generate little endian code 5.2419 +CONFIG_CPU_LITTLE_ENDIAN 5.2420 + Some MIPS machines can be configured for either little or big endian 5.2421 + byte order. These modes require different kernels. Say Y if your 5.2422 + machine is little endian, N if it's a big endian machine. 5.2423 + 5.2424 +Use power LED as a heartbeat 5.2425 +CONFIG_HEARTBEAT 5.2426 + Use the power-on LED on your machine as a load meter. The exact 5.2427 + behaviour is platform-dependent, but normally the flash frequency is 5.2428 + a hyperbolic function of the 5-minute load average. 5.2429 + 5.2430 +Networking support 5.2431 +CONFIG_NET 5.2432 + Unless you really know what you are doing, you should say Y here. 5.2433 + The reason is that some programs need kernel networking support even 5.2434 + when running on a stand-alone machine that isn't connected to any 5.2435 + other computer. If you are upgrading from an older kernel, you 5.2436 + should consider updating your networking tools too because changes 5.2437 + in the kernel and the tools often go hand in hand. The tools are 5.2438 + contained in the package net-tools, the location and version number 5.2439 + of which are given in <file:Documentation/Changes>. 5.2440 + 5.2441 + For a general introduction to Linux networking, it is highly 5.2442 + recommended to read the NET-HOWTO, available from 5.2443 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.2444 + 5.2445 +Socket filtering 5.2446 +CONFIG_FILTER 5.2447 + The Linux Socket Filter is derived from the Berkeley Packet Filter. 5.2448 + If you say Y here, user-space programs can attach a filter to any 5.2449 + socket and thereby tell the kernel that it should allow or disallow 5.2450 + certain types of data to get through the socket. Linux Socket 5.2451 + Filtering works on all socket types except TCP for now. See the 5.2452 + text file <file:Documentation/networking/filter.txt> for more 5.2453 + information. 5.2454 + 5.2455 + You need to say Y here if you want to use PPP packet filtering 5.2456 + (see the CONFIG_PPP_FILTER option below). 5.2457 + 5.2458 + If unsure, say N. 5.2459 + 5.2460 +Network packet filtering (replaces ipchains) 5.2461 +CONFIG_NETFILTER 5.2462 + Netfilter is a framework for filtering and mangling network packets 5.2463 + that pass through your Linux box. 5.2464 + 5.2465 + The most common use of packet filtering is to run your Linux box as 5.2466 + a firewall protecting a local network from the Internet. The type of 5.2467 + firewall provided by this kernel support is called a "packet 5.2468 + filter", which means that it can reject individual network packets 5.2469 + based on type, source, destination etc. The other kind of firewall, 5.2470 + a "proxy-based" one, is more secure but more intrusive and more 5.2471 + bothersome to set up; it inspects the network traffic much more 5.2472 + closely, modifies it and has knowledge about the higher level 5.2473 + protocols, which a packet filter lacks. Moreover, proxy-based 5.2474 + firewalls often require changes to the programs running on the local 5.2475 + clients. Proxy-based firewalls don't need support by the kernel, but 5.2476 + they are often combined with a packet filter, which only works if 5.2477 + you say Y here. 5.2478 + 5.2479 + You should also say Y here if you intend to use your Linux box as 5.2480 + the gateway to the Internet for a local network of machines without 5.2481 + globally valid IP addresses. This is called "masquerading": if one 5.2482 + of the computers on your local network wants to send something to 5.2483 + the outside, your box can "masquerade" as that computer, i.e. it 5.2484 + forwards the traffic to the intended outside destination, but 5.2485 + modifies the packets to make it look like they came from the 5.2486 + firewall box itself. It works both ways: if the outside host 5.2487 + replies, the Linux box will silently forward the traffic to the 5.2488 + correct local computer. This way, the computers on your local net 5.2489 + are completely invisible to the outside world, even though they can 5.2490 + reach the outside and can receive replies. It is even possible to 5.2491 + run globally visible servers from within a masqueraded local network 5.2492 + using a mechanism called portforwarding. Masquerading is also often 5.2493 + called NAT (Network Address Translation). 5.2494 + 5.2495 + Another use of Netfilter is in transparent proxying: if a machine on 5.2496 + the local network tries to connect to an outside host, your Linux 5.2497 + box can transparently forward the traffic to a local server, 5.2498 + typically a caching proxy server. 5.2499 + 5.2500 + Various modules exist for netfilter which replace the previous 5.2501 + masquerading (ipmasqadm), packet filtering (ipchains), transparent 5.2502 + proxying, and portforwarding mechanisms. Please see 5.2503 + <file:Documentation/Changes> under "iptables" for the location of 5.2504 + these packages. 5.2505 + 5.2506 + Make sure to say N to "Fast switching" below if you intend to say Y 5.2507 + here, as Fast switching currently bypasses netfilter. 5.2508 + 5.2509 + Chances are that you should say Y here if you compile a kernel which 5.2510 + will run as a router and N for regular hosts. If unsure, say N. 5.2511 + 5.2512 +Network packet filtering debugging 5.2513 +CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG 5.2514 + You can say Y here if you want to get additional messages useful in 5.2515 + debugging the netfilter code. 5.2516 + 5.2517 +Connection tracking (required for masq/NAT) 5.2518 +CONFIG_IP_NF_CONNTRACK 5.2519 + Connection tracking keeps a record of what packets have passed 5.2520 + through your machine, in order to figure out how they are related 5.2521 + into connections. 5.2522 + 5.2523 + This is required to do Masquerading or other kinds of Network 5.2524 + Address Translation (except for Fast NAT). It can also be used to 5.2525 + enhance packet filtering (see `Connection state match support' 5.2526 + below). 5.2527 + 5.2528 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2529 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2530 + 5.2531 +Amanda protocol support 5.2532 +CONFIG_IP_NF_AMANDA 5.2533 + If you are running the Amanda backup package (http://www.amanda.org/) 5.2534 + on this machine or machines that will be MASQUERADED through this 5.2535 + machine, then you may want to enable this feature. This allows the 5.2536 + connection tracking and natting code to allow the sub-channels that 5.2537 + Amanda requires for communication of the backup data, messages and 5.2538 + index. 5.2539 + 5.2540 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2541 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2542 + 5.2543 + 5.2544 +IRC Send/Chat protocol support 5.2545 +CONFIG_IP_NF_IRC 5.2546 + There is a commonly-used extension to IRC called 5.2547 + Direct Client-to-Client Protocol (DCC). This enables users to send 5.2548 + files to each other, and also chat to each other without the need 5.2549 + of a server. DCC Sending is used anywhere you send files over IRC, 5.2550 + and DCC Chat is most commonly used by Eggdrop bots. If you are 5.2551 + using NAT, this extension will enable you to send files and initiate 5.2552 + chats. Note that you do NOT need this extension to get files or 5.2553 + have others initiate chats, or everything else in IRC. 5.2554 + 5.2555 + If you want to compile it as a module, say 'M' here and read 5.2556 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say 'N'. 5.2557 + 5.2558 +TFTP protocol support 5.2559 +CONFIG_IP_NF_TFTP 5.2560 + TFTP connection tracking helper, this is required depending 5.2561 + on how restrictive your ruleset is. 5.2562 + If you are using a tftp client behind -j SNAT or -j MASQUERADING 5.2563 + you will need this. 5.2564 + 5.2565 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2566 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `Y'. 5.2567 + 5.2568 +FTP protocol support 5.2569 +CONFIG_IP_NF_FTP 5.2570 + Tracking FTP connections is problematic: special helpers are 5.2571 + required for tracking them, and doing masquerading and other forms 5.2572 + of Network Address Translation on them. 5.2573 + 5.2574 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2575 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `Y'. 5.2576 + 5.2577 +User space queueing via NETLINK 5.2578 +CONFIG_IP_NF_QUEUE 5.2579 + Netfilter has the ability to queue packets to user space: the 5.2580 + netlink device can be used to access them using this driver. 5.2581 + 5.2582 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2583 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2584 + 5.2585 +IP tables support (required for filtering/masq/NAT) 5.2586 +CONFIG_IP_NF_IPTABLES 5.2587 + iptables is a general, extensible packet identification framework. 5.2588 + The packet filtering and full NAT (masquerading, port forwarding, 5.2589 + etc) subsystems now use this: say `Y' or `M' here if you want to use 5.2590 + either of those. 5.2591 + 5.2592 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2593 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2594 + 5.2595 +limit match support 5.2596 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_LIMIT 5.2597 + limit matching allows you to control the rate at which a rule can be 5.2598 + matched: mainly useful in combination with the LOG target ("LOG 5.2599 + target support", below) and to avoid some Denial of Service attacks. 5.2600 + 5.2601 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2602 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2603 + 5.2604 +skb->pkt_type packet match support 5.2605 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_PKTTYPE 5.2606 + This patch allows you to match packet in accrodance 5.2607 + to its "class", eg. BROADCAST, MULTICAST, ... 5.2608 + 5.2609 + Typical usage: 5.2610 + iptables -A INPUT -m pkttype --pkt-type broadcast -j LOG 5.2611 + 5.2612 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2613 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2614 + 5.2615 +MAC address match support 5.2616 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_MAC 5.2617 + MAC matching allows you to match packets based on the source 5.2618 + Ethernet address of the packet. 5.2619 + 5.2620 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2621 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2622 + 5.2623 +Netfilter MARK match support 5.2624 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_MARK 5.2625 + Netfilter mark matching allows you to match packets based on the 5.2626 + `nfmark' value in the packet. This can be set by the MARK target 5.2627 + (see below). 5.2628 + 5.2629 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2630 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2631 + 5.2632 +Multiple port match support 5.2633 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_MULTIPORT 5.2634 + Multiport matching allows you to match TCP or UDP packets based on 5.2635 + a series of source or destination ports: normally a rule can only 5.2636 + match a single range of ports. 5.2637 + 5.2638 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2639 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2640 + 5.2641 +TTL match support 5.2642 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TTL 5.2643 + This adds CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TTL option, which enabled the user 5.2644 + to match packets by their TTL value. 5.2645 + 5.2646 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2647 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2648 + 5.2649 +LENGTH match support 5.2650 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_LENGTH 5.2651 + This option allows you to match the length of a packet against a 5.2652 + specific value or range of values. 5.2653 + 5.2654 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2655 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2656 + 5.2657 +AH/ESP match support 5.2658 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_AH_ESP 5.2659 + These two match extensions (`ah' and `esp') allow you to match a 5.2660 + range of SPIs inside AH or ESP headers of IPSec packets. 5.2661 + 5.2662 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2663 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2664 + 5.2665 +DSCP match support 5.2666 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_DSCP 5.2667 + This option adds a `DSCP' match, which allows you to match against 5.2668 + the IPv4 header DSCP field (DSCP codepoint). 5.2669 + 5.2670 + The DSCP codepoint can have any value between 0x0 and 0x4f. 5.2671 + 5.2672 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2673 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2674 + 5.2675 + 5.2676 + 5.2677 +ECN match support 5.2678 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_ECN 5.2679 + This option adds a `ECN' match, which allows you to match against 5.2680 + the IPv4 and TCP header ECN fields. 5.2681 + 5.2682 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2683 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2684 + 5.2685 + 5.2686 + 5.2687 +TOS match support 5.2688 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TOS 5.2689 + TOS matching allows you to match packets based on the Type Of 5.2690 + Service fields of the IP packet. 5.2691 + 5.2692 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2693 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2694 + 5.2695 +conntrack match support 5.2696 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_CONNTRACK 5.2697 + This is a general conntrack match module, a superset of the state match. 5.2698 + 5.2699 + It allows matching on additional conntrack information, which is 5.2700 + useful in complex configurations, such as NAT gateways with multiple 5.2701 + internet links or tunnels. 5.2702 + 5.2703 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2704 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2705 + 5.2706 + 5.2707 +Connection state match support 5.2708 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_STATE 5.2709 + Connection state matching allows you to match packets based on their 5.2710 + relationship to a tracked connection (ie. previous packets). This 5.2711 + is a powerful tool for packet classification. 5.2712 + 5.2713 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2714 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2715 + 5.2716 +Unclean match support 5.2717 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_UNCLEAN 5.2718 + Unclean packet matching matches any strange or invalid packets, by 5.2719 + looking at a series of fields in the IP, TCP, UDP and ICMP headers. 5.2720 + 5.2721 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2722 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2723 + 5.2724 +Owner match support 5.2725 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_OWNER 5.2726 + Packet owner matching allows you to match locally-generated packets 5.2727 + based on who created them: the user, group, process or session. 5.2728 + 5.2729 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2730 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2731 + 5.2732 +Packet filtering 5.2733 +CONFIG_IP_NF_FILTER 5.2734 + Packet filtering defines a table `filter', which has a series of 5.2735 + rules for simple packet filtering at local input, forwarding and 5.2736 + local output. See the man page for iptables(8). 5.2737 + 5.2738 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2739 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2740 + 5.2741 +REJECT target support 5.2742 +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_REJECT 5.2743 + The REJECT target allows a filtering rule to specify that an ICMP 5.2744 + error should be issued in response to an incoming packet, rather 5.2745 + than silently being dropped. 5.2746 + 5.2747 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2748 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2749 + 5.2750 +MIRROR target support 5.2751 +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MIRROR 5.2752 + The MIRROR target allows a filtering rule to specify that an 5.2753 + incoming packet should be bounced back to the sender. 5.2754 + 5.2755 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2756 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2757 + 5.2758 +Local NAT support 5.2759 +CONFIG_IP_NF_NAT_LOCAL 5.2760 + This option enables support for NAT of locally originated connections. 5.2761 + Enable this if you need to use destination NAT on connections 5.2762 + originating from local processes on the nat box itself. 5.2763 + 5.2764 + Please note that you will need a recent version (>= 1.2.6a) 5.2765 + of the iptables userspace program in order to use this feature. 5.2766 + See <http://www.iptables.org/> for download instructions. 5.2767 + 5.2768 + If unsure, say 'N'. 5.2769 + 5.2770 + 5.2771 +Full NAT (Network Address Translation) 5.2772 +CONFIG_IP_NF_NAT 5.2773 + The Full NAT option allows masquerading, port forwarding and other 5.2774 + forms of full Network Address Port Translation. It is controlled by 5.2775 + the `nat' table in iptables: see the man page for iptables(8). 5.2776 + 5.2777 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2778 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2779 + 5.2780 +MASQUERADE target support 5.2781 +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE 5.2782 + Masquerading is a special case of NAT: all outgoing connections are 5.2783 + changed to seem to come from a particular interface's address, and 5.2784 + if the interface goes down, those connections are lost. This is 5.2785 + only useful for dialup accounts with dynamic IP address (ie. your IP 5.2786 + address will be different on next dialup). 5.2787 + 5.2788 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2789 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2790 + 5.2791 +Basic SNMP-ALG support 5.2792 +CONFIG_IP_NF_NAT_SNMP_BASIC 5.2793 + 5.2794 + This module implements an Application Layer Gateway (ALG) for 5.2795 + SNMP payloads. In conjunction with NAT, it allows a network 5.2796 + management system to access multiple private networks with 5.2797 + conflicting addresses. It works by modifying IP addresses 5.2798 + inside SNMP payloads to match IP-layer NAT mapping. 5.2799 + 5.2800 + This is the "basic" form of SNMP-ALG, as described in RFC 2962 5.2801 + 5.2802 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2803 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2804 + 5.2805 +REDIRECT target support 5.2806 +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_REDIRECT 5.2807 + REDIRECT is a special case of NAT: all incoming connections are 5.2808 + mapped onto the incoming interface's address, causing the packets to 5.2809 + come to the local machine instead of passing through. This is 5.2810 + useful for transparent proxies. 5.2811 + 5.2812 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2813 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2814 + 5.2815 +Packet mangling 5.2816 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MANGLE 5.2817 + This option adds a `mangle' table to iptables: see the man page for 5.2818 + iptables(8). This table is used for various packet alterations 5.2819 + which can effect how the packet is routed. 5.2820 + 5.2821 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2822 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2823 + 5.2824 +DSCP target support 5.2825 +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_DSCP 5.2826 + This option adds a `DSCP' target, which allows you to create rules in 5.2827 + the iptables mangle table. The selected packet has the DSCP field set 5.2828 + to the hex value provided on the command line; unlike the TOS target 5.2829 + which will only set the legal values within ip.h. 5.2830 + 5.2831 + The DSCP field can be set to any value between 0x0 and 0x4f. It does 5.2832 + take into account that bits 6 and 7 are used by ECN. 5.2833 + 5.2834 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2835 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2836 + 5.2837 + 5.2838 + 5.2839 +ECN target support 5.2840 +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ECN 5.2841 + This option adds a `ECN' target, which can be used in the iptables mangle 5.2842 + table. 5.2843 + 5.2844 + You can use this target to remove the ECN bits from the IPv4 header of 5.2845 + an IP packet. This is particularly useful, if you need to work around 5.2846 + existing ECN blackholes on the internet, but don't want to disable 5.2847 + ECN support in general. 5.2848 + 5.2849 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2850 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2851 + 5.2852 + 5.2853 + 5.2854 +TOS target support 5.2855 +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_TOS 5.2856 + This option adds a `TOS' target, which allows you to create rules in 5.2857 + the `mangle' table which alter the Type Of Service field of an IP 5.2858 + packet prior to routing. 5.2859 + 5.2860 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2861 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2862 + 5.2863 +MARK target support 5.2864 +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MARK 5.2865 + This option adds a `MARK' target, which allows you to create rules 5.2866 + in the `mangle' table which alter the netfilter mark (nfmark) field 5.2867 + associated with the packet prior to routing. This can change 5.2868 + the routing method (see `Use netfilter MARK value as routing 5.2869 + key') and can also be used by other subsystems to change their 5.2870 + behaviour. 5.2871 + 5.2872 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2873 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2874 + 5.2875 +TCPMSS target support 5.2876 +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_TCPMSS 5.2877 + This option adds a `TCPMSS' target, which allows you to alter the 5.2878 + MSS value of TCP SYN packets, to control the maximum size for that 5.2879 + connection (usually limiting it to your outgoing interface's MTU 5.2880 + minus 40). 5.2881 + 5.2882 + This is used to overcome criminally braindead ISPs or servers which 5.2883 + block ICMP Fragmentation Needed packets. The symptoms of this 5.2884 + problem are that everything works fine from your Linux 5.2885 + firewall/router, but machines behind it can never exchange large 5.2886 + packets: 5.2887 + 1) Web browsers connect, then hang with no data received. 5.2888 + 2) Small mail works fine, but large emails hang. 5.2889 + 3) ssh works fine, but scp hangs after initial handshaking. 5.2890 + 5.2891 + Workaround: activate this option and add a rule to your firewall 5.2892 + configuration like: 5.2893 + 5.2894 + iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp --tcp-flags SYN,RST SYN \ 5.2895 + -j TCPMSS --clamp-mss-to-pmtu 5.2896 + 5.2897 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2898 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2899 + 5.2900 +Helper match support 5.2901 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_HELPER 5.2902 + Helper matching allows you to match packets in dynamic connections 5.2903 + tracked by a conntrack-helper, ie. ip_conntrack_ftp 5.2904 + 5.2905 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2906 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `Y'. 5.2907 + 5.2908 +TCPMSS match support 5.2909 +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TCPMSS 5.2910 + This option adds a `tcpmss' match, which allows you to examine the 5.2911 + MSS value of TCP SYN packets, which control the maximum packet size 5.2912 + for that connection. 5.2913 + 5.2914 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2915 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2916 + 5.2917 +ULOG target support 5.2918 +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ULOG 5.2919 + This option adds a `ULOG' target, which allows you to create rules in 5.2920 + any iptables table. The packet is passed to a userspace logging 5.2921 + daemon using netlink multicast sockets; unlike the LOG target 5.2922 + which can only be viewed through syslog. 5.2923 + 5.2924 + The appropriate userspace logging daemon (ulogd) may be obtained from 5.2925 + <http://www.gnumonks.org/projects/ulogd> 5.2926 + 5.2927 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2928 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2929 + 5.2930 +LOG target support 5.2931 +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_LOG 5.2932 + This option adds a `LOG' target, which allows you to create rules in 5.2933 + any iptables table which records the packet header to the syslog. 5.2934 + 5.2935 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2936 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2937 + 5.2938 +ipchains (2.2-style) support 5.2939 +CONFIG_IP_NF_COMPAT_IPCHAINS 5.2940 + This option places ipchains (with masquerading and redirection 5.2941 + support) back into the kernel, using the new netfilter 5.2942 + infrastructure. It is not recommended for new installations (see 5.2943 + `Packet filtering'). With this enabled, you should be able to use 5.2944 + the ipchains tool exactly as in 2.2 kernels. 5.2945 + 5.2946 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2947 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2948 + 5.2949 +ipfwadm (2.0-style) support 5.2950 +CONFIG_IP_NF_COMPAT_IPFWADM 5.2951 + This option places ipfwadm (with masquerading and redirection 5.2952 + support) back into the kernel, using the new netfilter 5.2953 + infrastructure. It is not recommended for new installations (see 5.2954 + `Packet filtering'). With this enabled, you should be able to use 5.2955 + the ipfwadm tool exactly as in 2.0 kernels. 5.2956 + 5.2957 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2958 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2959 + 5.2960 +EUI64 address check (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.2961 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_EUI64 5.2962 + This module performs checking on the IPv6 source address 5.2963 + Compares the last 64 bits with the EUI64 (delivered 5.2964 + from the MAC address) address 5.2965 + 5.2966 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2967 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2968 + 5.2969 +MAC address match support 5.2970 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MAC 5.2971 + mac matching allows you to match packets based on the source 5.2972 + Ethernet address of the packet. 5.2973 + 5.2974 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2975 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2976 + 5.2977 +length match support 5.2978 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_LENGTH 5.2979 + This option allows you to match the length of a packet against a 5.2980 + specific value or range of values. 5.2981 + 5.2982 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2983 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2984 + 5.2985 +Netfilter MARK match support 5.2986 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MARK 5.2987 + Netfilter mark matching allows you to match packets based on the 5.2988 + `nfmark' value in the packet. This can be set by the MARK target 5.2989 + (see below). 5.2990 + 5.2991 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.2992 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.2993 + 5.2994 +Multiple port match support 5.2995 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MULTIPORT 5.2996 + Multiport matching allows you to match TCP or UDP packets based on 5.2997 + a series of source or destination ports: normally a rule can only 5.2998 + match a single range of ports. 5.2999 + 5.3000 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.3001 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.3002 + 5.3003 +IPV6 queue handler (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.3004 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_QUEUE 5.3005 + 5.3006 + This option adds a queue handler to the kernel for IPv6 5.3007 + packets which lets us to receive the filtered packets 5.3008 + with QUEUE target using libiptc as we can do with 5.3009 + the IPv4 now. 5.3010 + 5.3011 + (C) Fernando Anton 2001 5.3012 + IPv64 Project - Work based in IPv64 draft by Arturo Azcorra. 5.3013 + Universidad Carlos III de Madrid 5.3014 + Universidad Politecnica de Alcala de Henares 5.3015 + email: fanton@it.uc3m.es 5.3016 + 5.3017 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.3018 + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 5.3019 + 5.3020 +Owner match support 5.3021 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_OWNER 5.3022 + Packet owner matching allows you to match locally-generated packets 5.3023 + based on who created them: the user, group, process or session. 5.3024 + 5.3025 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.3026 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.3027 + 5.3028 +Packet filtering 5.3029 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_FILTER 5.3030 + Packet filtering defines a table `filter', which has a series of 5.3031 + rules for simple packet filtering at local input, forwarding and 5.3032 + local output. See the man page for iptables(8). 5.3033 + 5.3034 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.3035 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.3036 + 5.3037 +Packet mangling 5.3038 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MANGLE 5.3039 + This option adds a `mangle' table to iptables: see the man page for 5.3040 + iptables(8). This table is used for various packet alterations 5.3041 + which can effect how the packet is routed. 5.3042 + 5.3043 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.3044 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.3045 + 5.3046 +MARK target support 5.3047 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MARK 5.3048 + This option adds a `MARK' target, which allows you to create rules 5.3049 + in the `mangle' table which alter the netfilter mark (nfmark) field 5.3050 + associated with the packet packet prior to routing. This can change 5.3051 + the routing method (see `Use netfilter MARK value as routing 5.3052 + key') and can also be used by other subsystems to change their 5.3053 + behaviour. 5.3054 + 5.3055 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.3056 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.3057 + 5.3058 +TCP Explicit Congestion Notification support 5.3059 +CONFIG_INET_ECN 5.3060 + Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) allows routers to notify 5.3061 + clients about network congestion, resulting in fewer dropped packets 5.3062 + and increased network performance. This option adds ECN support to 5.3063 + the Linux kernel, as well as a sysctl (/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn) 5.3064 + which allows ECN support to be disabled at runtime. 5.3065 + 5.3066 + Note that, on the Internet, there are many broken firewalls which 5.3067 + refuse connections from ECN-enabled machines, and it may be a while 5.3068 + before these firewalls are fixed. Until then, to access a site 5.3069 + behind such a firewall (some of which are major sites, at the time 5.3070 + of this writing) you will have to disable this option, either by 5.3071 + saying N now or by using the sysctl. 5.3072 + 5.3073 + If in doubt, say N. 5.3074 + 5.3075 +IPv6 tables support (required for filtering/masq/NAT) 5.3076 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_IPTABLES 5.3077 + ip6tables is a general, extensible packet identification framework. 5.3078 + Currently only the packet filtering and packet mangling subsystem 5.3079 + for IPv6 use this, but connection tracking is going to follow. 5.3080 + Say 'Y' or 'M' here if you want to use either of those. 5.3081 + 5.3082 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.3083 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.3084 + 5.3085 +IPv6 limit match support 5.3086 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_LIMIT 5.3087 + limit matching allows you to control the rate at which a rule can be 5.3088 + matched: mainly useful in combination with the LOG target ("LOG 5.3089 + target support", below) and to avoid some Denial of Service attacks. 5.3090 + 5.3091 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.3092 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.3093 + 5.3094 +LOG target support 5.3095 +CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_LOG 5.3096 + This option adds a `LOG' target, which allows you to create rules in 5.3097 + any iptables table which records the packet header to the syslog. 5.3098 + 5.3099 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.3100 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 5.3101 + 5.3102 +SYN flood protection 5.3103 +CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES 5.3104 + Normal TCP/IP networking is open to an attack known as "SYN 5.3105 + flooding". This denial-of-service attack prevents legitimate remote 5.3106 + users from being able to connect to your computer during an ongoing 5.3107 + attack and requires very little work from the attacker, who can 5.3108 + operate from anywhere on the Internet. 5.3109 + 5.3110 + SYN cookies provide protection against this type of attack. If you 5.3111 + say Y here, the TCP/IP stack will use a cryptographic challenge 5.3112 + protocol known as "SYN cookies" to enable legitimate users to 5.3113 + continue to connect, even when your machine is under attack. There 5.3114 + is no need for the legitimate users to change their TCP/IP software; 5.3115 + SYN cookies work transparently to them. For technical information 5.3116 + about SYN cookies, check out <http://cr.yp.to/syncookies.html>. 5.3117 + 5.3118 + If you are SYN flooded, the source address reported by the kernel is 5.3119 + likely to have been forged by the attacker; it is only reported as 5.3120 + an aid in tracing the packets to their actual source and should not 5.3121 + be taken as absolute truth. 5.3122 + 5.3123 + SYN cookies may prevent correct error reporting on clients when the 5.3124 + server is really overloaded. If this happens frequently better turn 5.3125 + them off. 5.3126 + 5.3127 + If you say Y here, note that SYN cookies aren't enabled by default; 5.3128 + you can enable them by saying Y to "/proc file system support" and 5.3129 + "Sysctl support" below and executing the command 5.3130 + 5.3131 + echo 1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies 5.3132 + 5.3133 + at boot time after the /proc file system has been mounted. 5.3134 + 5.3135 + If unsure, say N. 5.3136 + 5.3137 +# Choice: alphatype 5.3138 +Alpha system type 5.3139 +CONFIG_ALPHA_GENERIC 5.3140 + This is the system type of your hardware. A "generic" kernel will 5.3141 + run on any supported Alpha system. However, if you configure a 5.3142 + kernel for your specific system, it will be faster and smaller. 5.3143 + 5.3144 + To find out what type of Alpha system you have, you may want to 5.3145 + check out the Linux/Alpha FAQ, accessible on the WWW from 5.3146 + <http://www.alphalinux.org/>. In summary: 5.3147 + 5.3148 + Alcor/Alpha-XLT AS 600 5.3149 + Alpha-XL XL-233, XL-266 5.3150 + AlphaBook1 Alpha laptop 5.3151 + Avanti AS 200, AS 205, AS 250, AS 255, AS 300, AS 400 5.3152 + Cabriolet AlphaPC64, AlphaPCI64 5.3153 + DP264 DP264 5.3154 + EB164 EB164 21164 evaluation board 5.3155 + EB64+ EB64+ 21064 evaluation board 5.3156 + EB66 EB66 21066 evaluation board 5.3157 + EB66+ EB66+ 21066 evaluation board 5.3158 + Jensen DECpc 150, DEC 2000 model 300, 5.3159 + DEC 2000 model 500 5.3160 + LX164 AlphaPC164-LX 5.3161 + Miata Personal Workstation 433a, 433au, 500a, 5.3162 + 500au, 600a, or 600au 5.3163 + Mikasa AS 1000 5.3164 + Noname AXPpci33, UDB (Multia) 5.3165 + Noritake AS 1000A, AS 600A, AS 800 5.3166 + PC164 AlphaPC164 5.3167 + Rawhide AS 1200, AS 4000, AS 4100 5.3168 + Ruffian RPX164-2, AlphaPC164-UX, AlphaPC164-BX 5.3169 + SX164 AlphaPC164-SX 5.3170 + Sable AS 2000, AS 2100 5.3171 + Shark DS 20L 5.3172 + Takara Takara 5.3173 + Titan Privateer 5.3174 + Wildfire AlphaServer GS 40/80/160/320 5.3175 + 5.3176 + If you don't know what to do, choose "generic". 5.3177 + 5.3178 +# Most of the information on these variants is from 5.3179 +# <http://www.alphalinux.org/docs/alpha-howto.html> 5.3180 +Alcor/Alpha-XLT 5.3181 +CONFIG_ALPHA_ALCOR 5.3182 + For systems using the Digital ALCOR chipset: 5 chips (4, 64-bit data 5.3183 + slices (Data Switch, DSW) - 208-pin PQFP and 1 control (Control, I/O 5.3184 + Address, CIA) - a 383 pin plastic PGA). It provides a DRAM 5.3185 + controller (256-bit memory bus) and a PCI interface. It also does 5.3186 + all the work required to support an external Bcache and to maintain 5.3187 + memory coherence when a PCI device DMAs into (or out of) memory. 5.3188 + 5.3189 +Alpha-XL 5.3190 +CONFIG_ALPHA_XL 5.3191 + XL-233 and XL-266-based Alpha systems. 5.3192 + 5.3193 +AlphaBook1 5.3194 +CONFIG_ALPHA_BOOK1 5.3195 + Dec AlphaBook1/Burns Alpha-based laptops. 5.3196 + 5.3197 +Avanti 5.3198 +CONFIG_ALPHA_AVANTI 5.3199 + Avanti AS 200, AS 205, AS 250, AS 255, AS 300, and AS 400-based 5.3200 + Alphas. Info at 5.3201 + <http://www.unix-ag.org/Linux-Alpha/Architectures/Avanti.html>. 5.3202 + 5.3203 +Cabriolet 5.3204 +CONFIG_ALPHA_CABRIOLET 5.3205 + Cabriolet AlphaPC64, AlphaPCI64 systems. Derived from EB64+ but now 5.3206 + baby-AT with Flash boot ROM, no on-board SCSI or Ethernet. 3 ISA 5.3207 + slots, 4 PCI slots (one pair are on a shared slot), uses plug-in 5.3208 + Bcache SIMMs. Requires power supply with 3.3V output. 5.3209 + 5.3210 +DP264 5.3211 +CONFIG_ALPHA_DP264 5.3212 + Various 21264 systems with the tsunami core logic chipset. 5.3213 + API Networks: 264DP, UP2000(+), CS20; 5.3214 + Compaq: DS10(E,L), XP900, XP1000, DS20(E), ES40. 5.3215 + 5.3216 +EB164 5.3217 +CONFIG_ALPHA_EB164 5.3218 + EB164 21164 evaluation board from DEC. Uses 21164 and ALCOR. Has 5.3219 + ISA and PCI expansion (3 ISA slots, 2 64-bit PCI slots (one is 5.3220 + shared with an ISA slot) and 2 32-bit PCI slots. Uses plus-in 5.3221 + Bcache SIMMs. I/O sub-system provides SuperI/O (2S, 1P, FD), KBD, 5.3222 + MOUSE (PS2 style), RTC/NVRAM. Boot ROM is Flash. PC-AT-sized 5.3223 + motherboard. Requires power supply with 3.3V output. 5.3224 + 5.3225 +EB64+ 5.3226 +CONFIG_ALPHA_EB64P 5.3227 + Uses 21064 or 21064A and APECs. Has ISA and PCI expansion (3 ISA, 5.3228 + 2 PCI, one pair are on a shared slot). Supports 36-bit DRAM SIMs. 5.3229 + ISA bus generated by Intel SaturnI/O PCI-ISA bridge. On-board SCSI 5.3230 + (NCR 810 on PCI) Ethernet (Digital 21040), KBD, MOUSE (PS2 style), 5.3231 + SuperI/O (2S, 1P, FD), RTC/NVRAM. Boot ROM is EPROM. PC-AT size. 5.3232 + Runs from standard PC power supply. 5.3233 + 5.3234 +EB66 5.3235 +CONFIG_ALPHA_EB66 5.3236 + A Digital DS group board. Uses 21066 or 21066A. I/O sub-system is 5.3237 + identical to EB64+. Baby PC-AT size. Runs from standard PC power 5.3238 + supply. The EB66 schematic was published as a marketing poster 5.3239 + advertising the 21066 as "the first microprocessor in the world with 5.3240 + embedded PCI". 5.3241 + 5.3242 +EB66+ 5.3243 +CONFIG_ALPHA_EB66P 5.3244 + Later variant of the EB66 board. 5.3245 + 5.3246 +Eiger 5.3247 +CONFIG_ALPHA_EIGER 5.3248 + Apparently an obscure OEM single-board computer based on the 5.3249 + Typhoon/Tsunami chipset family. Information on it is scanty. 5.3250 + 5.3251 +Jensen 5.3252 +CONFIG_ALPHA_JENSEN 5.3253 + DEC PC 150 AXP (aka Jensen): This is a very old Digital system - one 5.3254 + of the first-generation Alpha systems. A number of these systems 5.3255 + seem to be available on the second- hand market. The Jensen is a 5.3256 + floor-standing tower system which originally used a 150MHz 21064 It 5.3257 + used programmable logic to interface a 486 EISA I/O bridge to the 5.3258 + CPU. 5.3259 + 5.3260 +LX164 5.3261 +CONFIG_ALPHA_LX164 5.3262 + A technical overview of this board is available at 5.3263 + <http://www.unix-ag.org/Linux-Alpha/Architectures/LX164.html>. 5.3264 + 5.3265 +Miata 5.3266 +CONFIG_ALPHA_MIATA 5.3267 + The Digital PersonalWorkStation (PWS 433a, 433au, 500a, 500au, 600a, 5.3268 + or 600au). There is an Installation HOWTO for this hardware at 5.3269 + <http://members.brabant.chello.nl/~s.vandereijk/miata.html>. 5.3270 + 5.3271 +Mikasa 5.3272 +CONFIG_ALPHA_MIKASA 5.3273 + AlphaServer 1000-based Alpha systems. 5.3274 + 5.3275 +Nautilus 5.3276 +CONFIG_ALPHA_NAUTILUS 5.3277 + Alpha systems based on the AMD 751 & ALI 1543C chipsets. 5.3278 + 5.3279 +Noname 5.3280 +CONFIG_ALPHA_NONAME 5.3281 + The AXPpci33 (aka NoName), is based on the EB66 (includes the Multia 5.3282 + UDB). This design was produced by Digital's Technical OEM (TOEM) 5.3283 + group. It uses the 21066 processor running at 166MHz or 233MHz. It 5.3284 + is a baby-AT size, and runs from a standard PC power supply. It has 5.3285 + 5 ISA slots and 3 PCI slots (one pair are a shared slot). There are 5.3286 + 2 versions, with either PS/2 or large DIN connectors for the 5.3287 + keyboard. 5.3288 + 5.3289 +Noritake 5.3290 +CONFIG_ALPHA_NORITAKE 5.3291 + AlphaServer 1000A, AlphaServer 600A, and AlphaServer 800-based 5.3292 + systems. 5.3293 + 5.3294 +Rawhide 5.3295 +CONFIG_ALPHA_RAWHIDE 5.3296 + AlphaServer 1200, AlphaServer 4000 and AlphaServer 4100 machines. 5.3297 + See HOWTO at 5.3298 + <http://www.alphalinux.org/docs/rawhide/4100_install.shtml>. 5.3299 + 5.3300 +Ruffian 5.3301 +CONFIG_ALPHA_RUFFIAN 5.3302 + Samsung APC164UX. There is a page on known problems and workarounds 5.3303 + at <http://www.alphalinux.org/faq/FAQ-11.html>. 5.3304 + 5.3305 +Sable 5.3306 +CONFIG_ALPHA_SABLE 5.3307 + Digital AlphaServer 2000 and 2100-based systems. 5.3308 + 5.3309 +Takara 5.3310 +CONFIG_ALPHA_TAKARA 5.3311 + Alpha 11164-based OEM single-board computer. 5.3312 + 5.3313 +Wildfire 5.3314 +CONFIG_ALPHA_WILDFIRE 5.3315 + AlphaServer GS 40/80/160/320 SMP based on the EV67 core. 5.3316 + 5.3317 +EV5 CPU daughtercard (model 5/xxx) 5.3318 +CONFIG_ALPHA_PRIMO 5.3319 + Say Y if you have an AS 1000 5/xxx or an AS 1000A 5/xxx. 5.3320 + 5.3321 +EV5 CPU(s) (model 5/xxx) 5.3322 +CONFIG_ALPHA_GAMMA 5.3323 + Say Y if you have an AS 2000 5/xxx or an AS 2100 5/xxx. 5.3324 + 5.3325 +EV67 (or later) CPU (speed > 600MHz)? 5.3326 +CONFIG_ALPHA_EV67 5.3327 + Is this a machine based on the EV67 core? If in doubt, select N here 5.3328 + and the machine will be treated as an EV6. 5.3329 + 5.3330 +Use SRM as bootloader 5.3331 +CONFIG_ALPHA_SRM 5.3332 + There are two different types of booting firmware on Alphas: SRM, 5.3333 + which is command line driven, and ARC, which uses menus and arrow 5.3334 + keys. Details about the Linux/Alpha booting process are contained in 5.3335 + the Linux/Alpha FAQ, accessible on the WWW from 5.3336 + <http://www.alphalinux.org/>. 5.3337 + 5.3338 + The usual way to load Linux on an Alpha machine is to use MILO 5.3339 + (a bootloader that lets you pass command line parameters to the 5.3340 + kernel just like lilo does for the x86 architecture) which can be 5.3341 + loaded either from ARC or can be installed directly as a permanent 5.3342 + firmware replacement from floppy (which requires changing a certain 5.3343 + jumper on the motherboard). If you want to do either of these, say N 5.3344 + here. If MILO doesn't work on your system (true for Jensen 5.3345 + motherboards), you can bypass it altogether and boot Linux directly 5.3346 + from an SRM console; say Y here in order to do that. Note that you 5.3347 + won't be able to boot from an IDE disk using SRM. 5.3348 + 5.3349 + If unsure, say N. 5.3350 + 5.3351 +Legacy kernel start address 5.3352 +CONFIG_ALPHA_LEGACY_START_ADDRESS 5.3353 + The 2.4 kernel changed the kernel start address from 0x310000 5.3354 + to 0x810000 to make room for the Wildfire's larger SRM console. 5.3355 + 5.3356 + If you're using aboot 0.7 or later, the bootloader will examine the 5.3357 + ELF headers to determine where to transfer control. Unfortunately, 5.3358 + most older bootloaders -- APB or MILO -- hardcoded the kernel start 5.3359 + address rather than examining the ELF headers, and the result is a 5.3360 + hard lockup. 5.3361 + 5.3362 + Say Y if you have a broken bootloader. Say N if you do not, or if 5.3363 + you wish to run on Wildfire. 5.3364 + 5.3365 +Large VMALLOC support 5.3366 +CONFIG_ALPHA_LARGE_VMALLOC 5.3367 + Process creation and other aspects of virtual memory management can 5.3368 + be streamlined if we restrict the kernel to one PGD for all vmalloc 5.3369 + allocations. This equates to about 8GB. 5.3370 + 5.3371 + Under normal circumstances, this is so far and above what is needed 5.3372 + as to be laughable. However, there are certain applications (such 5.3373 + as benchmark-grade in-kernel web serving) that can make use of as 5.3374 + much vmalloc space as is available. 5.3375 + 5.3376 + Say N unless you know you need gobs and gobs of vmalloc space. 5.3377 + 5.3378 +Non-standard serial port support 5.3379 +CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD 5.3380 + Say Y here if you have any non-standard serial boards -- boards 5.3381 + which aren't supported using the standard "dumb" serial driver. 5.3382 + This includes intelligent serial boards such as Cyclades, 5.3383 + Digiboards, etc. These are usually used for systems that need many 5.3384 + serial ports because they serve many terminals or dial-in 5.3385 + connections. 5.3386 + 5.3387 + Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 5.3388 + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 5.3389 + the questions about non-standard serial boards. 5.3390 + 5.3391 + Most people can say N here. 5.3392 + 5.3393 +Extended dumb serial driver options 5.3394 +CONFIG_SERIAL_EXTENDED 5.3395 + If you wish to use any non-standard features of the standard "dumb" 5.3396 + driver, say Y here. This includes HUB6 support, shared serial 5.3397 + interrupts, special multiport support, support for more than the 5.3398 + four COM 1/2/3/4 boards, etc. 5.3399 + 5.3400 + Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 5.3401 + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 5.3402 + the questions about serial driver options. If unsure, say N. 5.3403 + 5.3404 +Support more than 4 serial ports 5.3405 +CONFIG_SERIAL_MANY_PORTS 5.3406 + Say Y here if you have dumb serial boards other than the four 5.3407 + standard COM 1/2/3/4 ports. This may happen if you have an AST 5.3408 + FourPort, Accent Async, Boca (read the Boca mini-HOWTO, available 5.3409 + from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>), or other custom 5.3410 + serial port hardware which acts similar to standard serial port 5.3411 + hardware. If you only use the standard COM 1/2/3/4 ports, you can 5.3412 + say N here to save some memory. You can also say Y if you have an 5.3413 + "intelligent" multiport card such as Cyclades, Digiboards, etc. 5.3414 + 5.3415 +Support for sharing serial interrupts 5.3416 +CONFIG_SERIAL_SHARE_IRQ 5.3417 + Some serial boards have hardware support which allows multiple dumb 5.3418 + serial ports on the same board to share a single IRQ. To enable 5.3419 + support for this in the serial driver, say Y here. 5.3420 + 5.3421 +Auto-detect IRQ on standard ports (unsafe) 5.3422 +CONFIG_SERIAL_DETECT_IRQ 5.3423 + Say Y here if you want the kernel to try to guess which IRQ 5.3424 + to use for your serial port. 5.3425 + 5.3426 + This is considered unsafe; it is far better to configure the IRQ in 5.3427 + a boot script using the setserial command. 5.3428 + 5.3429 + If unsure, say N. 5.3430 + 5.3431 +Support special multiport boards 5.3432 +CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTIPORT 5.3433 + Some multiport serial ports have special ports which are used to 5.3434 + signal when there are any serial ports on the board which need 5.3435 + servicing. Say Y here to enable the serial driver to take advantage 5.3436 + of those special I/O ports. 5.3437 + 5.3438 +SGI Zilog85C30 serial support 5.3439 +CONFIG_SGI_SERIAL 5.3440 + If you want to use your SGI's built-in serial ports under Linux, 5.3441 + answer Y. 5.3442 + 5.3443 +SGI Newport Graphics support 5.3444 +CONFIG_SGI_NEWPORT_GFX 5.3445 + If you have an SGI machine and you want to compile the graphics 5.3446 + drivers, say Y here. This will include the code for the 5.3447 + /dev/graphics and /dev/gfx drivers into the kernel for supporting 5.3448 + virtualized access to your graphics hardware. 5.3449 + 5.3450 +SGI Newport Console support 5.3451 +CONFIG_SGI_NEWPORT_CONSOLE 5.3452 + Say Y here if you want the console on the Newport aka XL graphics 5.3453 + card of your Indy. Most people say Y here. 5.3454 + 5.3455 +SGI DS1286 RTC support 5.3456 +CONFIG_SGI_DS1286 5.3457 + If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with 5.3458 + major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you 5.3459 + will get access to the real time clock built into your computer. 5.3460 + Every SGI has such a clock built in. It reports status information 5.3461 + via the file /proc/rtc and its behaviour is set by various ioctls on 5.3462 + /dev/rtc. 5.3463 + 5.3464 +Indy/I2 Hardware Watchdog 5.3465 +CONFIG_INDYDOG 5.3466 + Hardwaredriver for the Indy's/I2's watchdog. This is a 5.3467 + watchdog timer that will reboot the machine after a 60 second 5.3468 + timer expired and no process has written to /dev/watchdog during 5.3469 + that time. 5.3470 + 5.3471 +Support the Bell Technologies HUB6 card 5.3472 +CONFIG_HUB6 5.3473 + Say Y here to enable support in the dumb serial driver to support 5.3474 + the HUB6 card. 5.3475 + 5.3476 +PCMCIA serial device support 5.3477 +CONFIG_PCMCIA_SERIAL_CS 5.3478 + Say Y here to enable support for 16-bit PCMCIA serial devices, 5.3479 + including serial port cards, modems, and the modem functions of 5.3480 + multi-function Ethernet/modem cards. (PCMCIA- or PC-cards are 5.3481 + credit-card size devices often used with laptops.) 5.3482 + 5.3483 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.3484 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.3485 + The module will be called serial_cs.o. If you want to compile it as 5.3486 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.3487 + If unsure, say N. 5.3488 + 5.3489 +CONFIG_SYNCLINK_CS 5.3490 + Enable support for the SyncLink PC Card serial adapter, running 5.3491 + asynchronous and HDLC communications up to 512Kbps. The port is 5.3492 + selectable for RS-232, V.35, RS-449, RS-530, and X.21 5.3493 + 5.3494 + This driver may be built as a module ( = code which can be 5.3495 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.3496 + The module will be called synclinkmp.o. If you want to do that, say M 5.3497 + here. 5.3498 + 5.3499 +ACP Modem (Mwave) support 5.3500 +CONFIG_MWAVE 5.3501 + The ACP modem (Mwave) for Linux is a WinModem. It is composed of a 5.3502 + kernel driver and a user level application. Together these components 5.3503 + support direct attachment to public switched telephone networks (PSTNs) 5.3504 + and support selected world wide countries. 5.3505 + 5.3506 + This version of the ACP Modem driver supports the IBM Thinkpad 600E, 5.3507 + 600, and 770 that include on board ACP modem hardware. 5.3508 + 5.3509 + The modem also supports the standard communications port interface 5.3510 + (ttySx) and is compatible with the Hayes AT Command Set. 5.3511 + 5.3512 + The user level application needed to use this driver can be found at 5.3513 + the IBM Linux Technology Center (LTC) web site: 5.3514 + <http://www.ibm.com/linux/ltc/>. 5.3515 + 5.3516 + If you own one of the above IBM Thinkpads which has the Mwave chipset 5.3517 + in it, say Y. 5.3518 + 5.3519 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.3520 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.3521 + The module will be called mwave.o. If you want to compile it as 5.3522 + a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. 5.3523 + 5.3524 +/dev/agpgart (AGP Support) 5.3525 +CONFIG_AGP 5.3526 + AGP (Accelerated Graphics Port) is a bus system mainly used to 5.3527 + connect graphics cards to the rest of the system. 5.3528 + 5.3529 + If you have an AGP system and you say Y here, it will be possible to 5.3530 + use the AGP features of your 3D rendering video card. This code acts 5.3531 + as a sort of "AGP driver" for the motherboard's chipset. 5.3532 + 5.3533 + If you need more texture memory than you can get with the AGP GART 5.3534 + (theoretically up to 256 MB, but in practice usually 64 or 128 MB 5.3535 + due to kernel allocation issues), you could use PCI accesses 5.3536 + and have up to a couple gigs of texture space. 5.3537 + 5.3538 + Note that this is the only means to have XFree4/GLX use 5.3539 + write-combining with MTRR support on the AGP bus. Without it, OpenGL 5.3540 + direct rendering will be a lot slower but still faster than PIO. 5.3541 + 5.3542 + You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 5.3543 + use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 5.3544 + 5.3545 + This driver is available as a module. If you want to compile it as 5.3546 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 5.3547 + module will be called agpgart.o. 5.3548 + 5.3549 +Intel 440LX/BX/GX/815/820/830/840/845/850/860 support 5.3550 +CONFIG_AGP_INTEL 5.3551 + This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the 5.3552 + XFree86 4.x on Intel 440LX/BX/GX, 815, 820, 830, 840, 845, 850 and 860 chipsets. 5.3553 + 5.3554 + You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 5.3555 + use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 5.3556 + 5.3557 +Intel 460GX support 5.3558 +CONFIG_AGP_I460 5.3559 + This option gives you AGP support for the Intel 460GX chipset. This 5.3560 + chipset, the first to support Intel Itanium processors, is new and 5.3561 + this option is correspondingly a little experimental. 5.3562 + 5.3563 + If you don't have a 460GX based machine (such as BigSur) with an AGP 5.3564 + slot then this option isn't going to do you much good. If you're 5.3565 + dying to do Direct Rendering on IA-64, this is what you're looking for. 5.3566 + 5.3567 +Intel I810/I815 DC100/I810e support 5.3568 +CONFIG_AGP_I810 5.3569 + This option gives you AGP support for the Xserver on the Intel 810 5.3570 + 815 and 830m chipset boards for their on-board integrated graphics. This 5.3571 + is required to do any useful video modes with these boards. 5.3572 + 5.3573 +VIA chipset support 5.3574 +CONFIG_AGP_VIA 5.3575 + This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the 5.3576 + XFree86 4.x on VIA MPV3/Apollo Pro chipsets. 5.3577 + 5.3578 + You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 5.3579 + use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 5.3580 + 5.3581 +AMD Irongate, 761, and 762 support 5.3582 +CONFIG_AGP_AMD 5.3583 + This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the 5.3584 + XFree86 4.x on AMD Irongate, 761, and 762 chipsets. 5.3585 + 5.3586 + You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 5.3587 + use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 5.3588 + 5.3589 +CONFIG_AGP_AMD_8151 5.3590 + This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of 5.3591 + XFree86 on AMD K8 with an AGP 8151 chipset. 5.3592 + 5.3593 + You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 5.3594 + use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 5.3595 + 5.3596 +Generic SiS support 5.3597 +CONFIG_AGP_SIS 5.3598 + This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the "soon 5.3599 + to be released" XFree86 4.x on Silicon Integrated Systems [SiS] 5.3600 + chipsets. 5.3601 + 5.3602 + Note that 5591/5592 AGP chipsets are NOT supported. 5.3603 + 5.3604 + You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 5.3605 + use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 5.3606 + 5.3607 +Serverworks LE/HE support 5.3608 +CONFIG_AGP_SWORKS 5.3609 + Say Y here to support the Serverworks AGP card. See 5.3610 + <http://www.serverworks.com/> for product descriptions and images. 5.3611 + 5.3612 +ALI chipset support 5.3613 +CONFIG_AGP_ALI 5.3614 + This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the 5.3615 + XFree86 4.x on the following ALi chipsets. The supported chipsets 5.3616 + include M1541, M1621, M1631, M1632, M1641,M1647,and M1651. 5.3617 + For the ALi-chipset question, ALi suggests you refer to 5.3618 + <http://www.ali.com.tw/eng/support/index.shtml>. 5.3619 + 5.3620 + The M1541 chipset can do AGP 1x and 2x, but note that there is an 5.3621 + acknowledged incompatibility with Matrox G200 cards. Due to 5.3622 + timing issues, this chipset cannot do AGP 2x with the G200. 5.3623 + This is a hardware limitation. AGP 1x seems to be fine, though. 5.3624 + 5.3625 + You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 5.3626 + use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 5.3627 + 5.3628 +CONFIG_AGP_HP_ZX1 5.3629 + This option gives you AGP GART support for the HP ZX1 chipset 5.3630 + for IA64 processors. 5.3631 + 5.3632 +Support for ISA-bus hardware 5.3633 +CONFIG_ISA 5.3634 + Find out whether you have ISA slots on your motherboard. ISA is the 5.3635 + name of a bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff 5.3636 + inside your box. Other bus systems are PCI, EISA, MicroChannel 5.3637 + (MCA) or VESA. ISA is an older system, now being displaced by PCI; 5.3638 + newer boards don't support it. If you have ISA, say Y, otherwise N. 5.3639 + 5.3640 +Support for PCI bus hardware 5.3641 +CONFIG_PCI 5.3642 + Find out whether you have a PCI motherboard. PCI is the name of a 5.3643 + bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff inside 5.3644 + your box. Other bus systems are ISA, EISA, MicroChannel (MCA) or 5.3645 + VESA. If you have PCI, say Y, otherwise N. 5.3646 + 5.3647 + The PCI-HOWTO, available from 5.3648 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable 5.3649 + information about which PCI hardware does work under Linux and which 5.3650 + doesn't. 5.3651 + 5.3652 +PCI support 5.3653 +CONFIG_PCI_INTEGRATOR 5.3654 + Find out whether you have a PCI motherboard. PCI is the name of a 5.3655 + bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff inside 5.3656 + your box. Other bus systems are ISA, EISA, MicroChannel (MCA) or 5.3657 + VESA. If you have PCI, say Y, otherwise N. 5.3658 + 5.3659 + The PCI-HOWTO, available from 5.3660 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable 5.3661 + information about which PCI hardware does work under Linux and which 5.3662 + doesn't. 5.3663 + 5.3664 +QSpan PCI 5.3665 +CONFIG_PCI_QSPAN 5.3666 + Find out whether you have a PCI motherboard. PCI is the name of a 5.3667 + bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff inside 5.3668 + your box. Other bus systems are ISA, EISA, MicroChannel (MCA) or 5.3669 + VESA. If you have PCI, say Y, otherwise N. 5.3670 + 5.3671 + The PCI-HOWTO, available from 5.3672 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable 5.3673 + information about which PCI hardware does work under Linux and which 5.3674 + doesn't. 5.3675 + 5.3676 +# Choice: pci_access 5.3677 +PCI access mode 5.3678 +CONFIG_PCI_GOBIOS 5.3679 + On PCI systems, the BIOS can be used to detect the PCI devices and 5.3680 + determine their configuration. However, some old PCI motherboards 5.3681 + have BIOS bugs and may crash if this is done. Also, some embedded 5.3682 + PCI-based systems don't have any BIOS at all. Linux can also try to 5.3683 + detect the PCI hardware directly without using the BIOS. 5.3684 + 5.3685 + With this option, you can specify how Linux should detect the PCI 5.3686 + devices. If you choose "BIOS", the BIOS will be used, if you choose 5.3687 + "Direct", the BIOS won't be used, and if you choose "Any", the 5.3688 + kernel will try the direct access method and falls back to the BIOS 5.3689 + if that doesn't work. If unsure, go with the default, which is 5.3690 + "Any". 5.3691 + 5.3692 +PCI device name database 5.3693 +CONFIG_PCI_NAMES 5.3694 + By default, the kernel contains a database of all known PCI device 5.3695 + names to make the information in /proc/pci, /proc/ioports and 5.3696 + similar files comprehensible to the user. This database increases 5.3697 + size of the kernel image by about 80KB, but it gets freed after the 5.3698 + system boots up, so it doesn't take up kernel memory. Anyway, if you 5.3699 + are building an installation floppy or kernel for an embedded system 5.3700 + where kernel image size really matters, you can disable this feature 5.3701 + and you'll get device ID numbers instead of names. 5.3702 + 5.3703 + When in doubt, say Y. 5.3704 + 5.3705 +Generic PCI hotplug support 5.3706 +CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI 5.3707 + Say Y here if you have a motherboard with a PCI Hotplug controller. 5.3708 + This allows you to add and remove PCI cards while the machine is 5.3709 + powered up and running. The file system pcihpfs must be mounted 5.3710 + in order to interact with any PCI Hotplug controllers. 5.3711 + 5.3712 + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.3713 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.3714 + The module will be called pci_hotplug.o. If you want to compile it 5.3715 + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.3716 + 5.3717 + When in doubt, say N. 5.3718 + 5.3719 +Compaq PCI Hotplug driver 5.3720 +CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_COMPAQ 5.3721 + Say Y here if you have a motherboard with a Compaq PCI Hotplug 5.3722 + controller. 5.3723 + 5.3724 + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.3725 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.3726 + The module will be called cpqphp.o. If you want to compile it 5.3727 + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.3728 + 5.3729 + When in doubt, say N. 5.3730 + 5.3731 +PCI Compaq Hotplug controller NVRAM support 5.3732 +CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_COMPAQ_NVRAM 5.3733 + Say Y here if you have a Compaq server that has a PCI Hotplug 5.3734 + controller. This will allow the PCI Hotplug driver to store the PCI 5.3735 + system configuration options in NVRAM. 5.3736 + 5.3737 + When in doubt, say N. 5.3738 + 5.3739 +ACPI PCI Hotplug driver 5.3740 +CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_ACPI 5.3741 + Say Y here if you have a system that supports PCI Hotplug using 5.3742 + ACPI. 5.3743 + 5.3744 + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.3745 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.3746 + The module will be called acpiphp.o. If you want to compile it 5.3747 + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.3748 + 5.3749 +MCA support 5.3750 +CONFIG_MCA 5.3751 + MicroChannel Architecture is found in some IBM PS/2 machines and 5.3752 + laptops. It is a bus system similar to PCI or ISA. See 5.3753 + <file:Documentation/mca.txt> (and especially the web page given 5.3754 + there) before attempting to build an MCA bus kernel. 5.3755 + 5.3756 +Support for EISA-bus hardware 5.3757 +CONFIG_EISA 5.3758 + The Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus was 5.3759 + developed as an open alternative to the IBM MicroChannel bus. 5.3760 + 5.3761 + The EISA bus provided some of the features of the IBM MicroChannel 5.3762 + bus while maintaining backward compatibility with cards made for 5.3763 + the older ISA bus. The EISA bus saw limited use between 1988 and 5.3764 + 1995 when it was made obsolete by the PCI bus. 5.3765 + 5.3766 + Say Y here if you are building a kernel for an EISA-based machine. 5.3767 + 5.3768 + Otherwise, say N. 5.3769 + 5.3770 +SGI Visual Workstation support 5.3771 +CONFIG_VISWS 5.3772 + The SGI Visual Workstation series is an IA32-based workstation 5.3773 + based on SGI systems chips with some legacy PC hardware attached. 5.3774 + Say Y here to create a kernel to run on the SGI 320 or 540. 5.3775 + A kernel compiled for the Visual Workstation will not run on other 5.3776 + PC boards and vice versa. 5.3777 + See <file:Documentation/sgi-visws.txt> for more. 5.3778 + 5.3779 +SGI Visual Workstation framebuffer support 5.3780 +CONFIG_FB_SGIVW 5.3781 + SGI Visual Workstation support for framebuffer graphics. 5.3782 + 5.3783 +I2O support 5.3784 +CONFIG_I2O 5.3785 + The Intelligent Input/Output (I2O) architecture allows hardware 5.3786 + drivers to be split into two parts: an operating system specific 5.3787 + module called the OSM and an hardware specific module called the 5.3788 + HDM. The OSM can talk to a whole range of HDM's, and ideally the 5.3789 + HDM's are not OS dependent. This allows for the same HDM driver to 5.3790 + be used under different operating systems if the relevant OSM is in 5.3791 + place. In order for this to work, you need to have an I2O interface 5.3792 + adapter card in your computer. This card contains a special I/O 5.3793 + processor (IOP), thus allowing high speeds since the CPU does not 5.3794 + have to deal with I/O. 5.3795 + 5.3796 + If you say Y here, you will get a choice of interface adapter 5.3797 + drivers and OSM's with the following questions. 5.3798 + 5.3799 + This support is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.3800 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.3801 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.3802 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. You will get modules called 5.3803 + i2o_core.o and i2o_config.o. 5.3804 + 5.3805 + If unsure, say N. 5.3806 + 5.3807 +I2O PCI support 5.3808 +CONFIG_I2O_PCI 5.3809 + Say Y for support of PCI bus I2O interface adapters. Currently this 5.3810 + is the only variety supported, so you should say Y. 5.3811 + 5.3812 + This support is also available as a module called i2o_pci.o ( = code 5.3813 + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.3814 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.3815 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.3816 + 5.3817 +I2O Block OSM 5.3818 +CONFIG_I2O_BLOCK 5.3819 + Include support for the I2O Block OSM. The Block OSM presents disk 5.3820 + and other structured block devices to the operating system. 5.3821 + 5.3822 + This support is also available as a module called i2o_block.o ( = 5.3823 + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.3824 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.3825 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.3826 + 5.3827 +I2O LAN OSM 5.3828 +CONFIG_I2O_LAN 5.3829 + Include support for the LAN OSM. You will also need to include 5.3830 + support for token ring or FDDI if you wish to use token ring or FDDI 5.3831 + I2O cards with this driver. 5.3832 + 5.3833 + This support is also available as a module called i2o_lan.o ( = code 5.3834 + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.3835 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.3836 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.3837 + 5.3838 +I2O SCSI OSM 5.3839 +CONFIG_I2O_SCSI 5.3840 + Allows direct SCSI access to SCSI devices on a SCSI or FibreChannel 5.3841 + I2O controller. You can use both the SCSI and Block OSM together if 5.3842 + you wish. 5.3843 + 5.3844 + This support is also available as a module called i2o_scsi.o ( = 5.3845 + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.3846 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.3847 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.3848 + 5.3849 +I2O /proc support 5.3850 +CONFIG_I2O_PROC 5.3851 + If you say Y here and to "/proc file system support", you will be 5.3852 + able to read I2O related information from the virtual directory 5.3853 + /proc/i2o. 5.3854 + 5.3855 + This support is also available as a module called i2o_proc.o ( = 5.3856 + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.3857 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.3858 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.3859 + 5.3860 +Plug and Play support 5.3861 +CONFIG_PNP 5.3862 + Plug and Play (PnP) is a standard for peripherals which allows those 5.3863 + peripherals to be configured by software, e.g. assign IRQ's or other 5.3864 + parameters. No jumpers on the cards are needed, instead the values 5.3865 + are provided to the cards from the BIOS, from the operating system, 5.3866 + or using a user-space utility. 5.3867 + 5.3868 + Say Y here if you would like Linux to configure your Plug and Play 5.3869 + devices. You should then also say Y to "ISA Plug and Play support", 5.3870 + below. Alternatively, you can say N here and configure your PnP 5.3871 + devices using the user space utilities contained in the isapnptools 5.3872 + package. 5.3873 + 5.3874 + This support is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.3875 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.3876 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.3877 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.3878 + 5.3879 +ISA Plug and Play support 5.3880 +CONFIG_ISAPNP 5.3881 + Say Y here if you would like support for ISA Plug and Play devices. 5.3882 + Some information is in <file:Documentation/isapnp.txt>. 5.3883 + 5.3884 + This support is also available as a module called isapnp.o ( = 5.3885 + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.3886 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.3887 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.3888 + 5.3889 + If unsure, say Y. 5.3890 + 5.3891 +PNPBIOS support 5.3892 +CONFIG_PNPBIOS 5.3893 + Linux uses the PNPBIOS as defined in "Plug and Play BIOS 5.3894 + Specification Version 1.0A May 5, 1994" to autodetect built-in 5.3895 + mainboard resources (e.g. parallel port resources). 5.3896 + 5.3897 + Other features (e.g. change resources, ESCD, event notification, 5.3898 + Docking station information, ISAPNP services) are not used. 5.3899 + 5.3900 + Note: ACPI is expected to supersede PNPBIOS some day, currently it 5.3901 + co-exists nicely. 5.3902 + 5.3903 + See latest pcmcia-cs (stand-alone package) for a nice "lspnp" tools, 5.3904 + or have a look at /proc/bus/pnp. 5.3905 + 5.3906 + If unsure, say Y. 5.3907 + 5.3908 +Support for hot-pluggable devices 5.3909 +CONFIG_HOTPLUG 5.3910 + Say Y here if you want to plug devices into your computer while 5.3911 + the system is running, and be able to use them quickly. In many 5.3912 + cases, the devices can likewise be unplugged at any time too. 5.3913 + 5.3914 + One well known example of this is PCMCIA- or PC-cards, credit-card 5.3915 + size devices such as network cards, modems or hard drives which are 5.3916 + plugged into slots found on all modern laptop computers. Another 5.3917 + example, used on modern desktops as well as laptops, is USB. 5.3918 + 5.3919 + Enable HOTPLUG and KMOD, and build a modular kernel. Get agent 5.3920 + software (at <http://linux-hotplug.sourceforge.net/>) and install it. 5.3921 + Then your kernel will automatically call out to a user mode "policy 5.3922 + agent" (/sbin/hotplug) to load modules and set up software needed 5.3923 + to use devices as you hotplug them. 5.3924 + 5.3925 +PCMCIA/CardBus support 5.3926 +CONFIG_PCMCIA 5.3927 + Say Y here if you want to attach PCMCIA- or PC-cards to your Linux 5.3928 + computer. These are credit-card size devices such as network cards, 5.3929 + modems or hard drives often used with laptops computers. There are 5.3930 + actually two varieties of these cards: the older 16 bit PCMCIA cards 5.3931 + and the newer 32 bit CardBus cards. If you want to use CardBus 5.3932 + cards, you need to say Y here and also to "CardBus support" below. 5.3933 + 5.3934 + To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David 5.3935 + Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> 5.3936 + for location). Please also read the PCMCIA-HOWTO, available from 5.3937 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.3938 + 5.3939 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.3940 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.3941 + When compiled this way, there will be modules called pcmcia_core.o 5.3942 + and ds.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and 5.3943 + read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.3944 + 5.3945 +CardBus card and (Yenta) bridge support 5.3946 +CONFIG_CARDBUS 5.3947 + CardBus is a bus mastering architecture for PC-cards, which allows 5.3948 + for 32 bit PC-cards (the original PCMCIA standard specifies only 5.3949 + a 16 bit wide bus). Many newer PC-cards are actually CardBus cards. 5.3950 + 5.3951 + This option enables support for CardBus PC Cards, as well as support 5.3952 + for CardBus host bridges. Virtually all modern PCMCIA bridges are 5.3953 + CardBus compatible. A "bridge" is the hardware inside your computer 5.3954 + that PCMCIA cards are plugged into. 5.3955 + 5.3956 + To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David 5.3957 + Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> 5.3958 + for location). 5.3959 + 5.3960 + If unsure, say Y. 5.3961 + 5.3962 +i82092 compatible bridge support 5.3963 +CONFIG_I82092 5.3964 + This provides support for the Intel I82092AA PCI-to-PCMCIA bridge device, 5.3965 + found in some older laptops and more commonly in evaluation boards for the 5.3966 + chip. 5.3967 + 5.3968 +i82365 compatible host bridge support 5.3969 +CONFIG_I82365 5.3970 + Say Y here to include support for ISA-bus PCMCIA host bridges that 5.3971 + are register compatible with the Intel i82365. These are found on 5.3972 + older laptops and ISA-bus card readers for desktop systems. A 5.3973 + "bridge" is the hardware inside your computer that PCMCIA cards are 5.3974 + plugged into. If unsure, say N. 5.3975 + 5.3976 +Databook TCIC host bridge support 5.3977 +CONFIG_TCIC 5.3978 + Say Y here to include support for the Databook TCIC family of PCMCIA 5.3979 + host bridges. These are only found on a handful of old systems. 5.3980 + "Bridge" is the name used for the hardware inside your computer that 5.3981 + PCMCIA cards are plugged into. If unsure, say N. 5.3982 + 5.3983 +System V IPC 5.3984 +CONFIG_SYSVIPC 5.3985 + Inter Process Communication is a suite of library functions and 5.3986 + system calls which let processes (running programs) synchronize and 5.3987 + exchange information. It is generally considered to be a good thing, 5.3988 + and some programs won't run unless you say Y here. In particular, if 5.3989 + you want to run the DOS emulator dosemu under Linux (read the 5.3990 + DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from 5.3991 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>), you'll need to say Y 5.3992 + here. 5.3993 + 5.3994 + You can find documentation about IPC with "info ipc" and also in 5.3995 + section 6.4 of the Linux Programmer's Guide, available from 5.3996 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#guide>. 5.3997 + 5.3998 +BSD Process Accounting 5.3999 +CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT 5.4000 + If you say Y here, a user level program will be able to instruct the 5.4001 + kernel (via a special system call) to write process accounting 5.4002 + information to a file: whenever a process exits, information about 5.4003 + that process will be appended to the file by the kernel. The 5.4004 + information includes things such as creation time, owning user, 5.4005 + command name, memory usage, controlling terminal etc. (the complete 5.4006 + list is in the struct acct in <file:include/linux/acct.h>). It is 5.4007 + up to the user level program to do useful things with this 5.4008 + information. This is generally a good idea, so say Y. 5.4009 + 5.4010 +Sysctl support 5.4011 +CONFIG_SYSCTL 5.4012 + The sysctl interface provides a means of dynamically changing 5.4013 + certain kernel parameters and variables on the fly without requiring 5.4014 + a recompile of the kernel or reboot of the system. The primary 5.4015 + interface consists of a system call, but if you say Y to "/proc 5.4016 + file system support", a tree of modifiable sysctl entries will be 5.4017 + generated beneath the /proc/sys directory. They are explained in the 5.4018 + files in <file:Documentation/sysctl/>. Note that enabling this 5.4019 + option will enlarge the kernel by at least 8 KB. 5.4020 + 5.4021 + As it is generally a good thing, you should say Y here unless 5.4022 + building a kernel for install/rescue disks or your system is very 5.4023 + limited in memory. 5.4024 + 5.4025 +# Choice: kcore 5.4026 +Kernel core (/proc/kcore) format 5.4027 +CONFIG_KCORE_ELF 5.4028 + If you enabled support for /proc file system then the file 5.4029 + /proc/kcore will contain the kernel core image. This can be used 5.4030 + in gdb: 5.4031 + 5.4032 + $ cd /usr/src/linux ; gdb vmlinux /proc/kcore 5.4033 + 5.4034 + You have two choices here: ELF and A.OUT. Selecting ELF will make 5.4035 + /proc/kcore appear in ELF core format as defined by the Executable 5.4036 + and Linking Format specification. Selecting A.OUT will choose the 5.4037 + old "a.out" format which may be necessary for some old versions 5.4038 + of binutils or on some architectures. 5.4039 + 5.4040 + This is especially useful if you have compiled the kernel with the 5.4041 + "-g" option to preserve debugging information. It is mainly used 5.4042 + for examining kernel data structures on the live kernel so if you 5.4043 + don't understand what this means or are not a kernel hacker, just 5.4044 + leave it at its default value ELF. 5.4045 + 5.4046 +Select a.out format for /proc/kcore 5.4047 +CONFIG_KCORE_AOUT 5.4048 + Not necessary unless you're using a very out-of-date binutils 5.4049 + version. You probably want KCORE_ELF. 5.4050 + 5.4051 +Kernel support for ELF binaries 5.4052 +CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF 5.4053 + ELF (Executable and Linkable Format) is a format for libraries and 5.4054 + executables used across different architectures and operating 5.4055 + systems. Saying Y here will enable your kernel to run ELF binaries 5.4056 + and enlarge it by about 13 KB. ELF support under Linux has now all 5.4057 + but replaced the traditional Linux a.out formats (QMAGIC and ZMAGIC) 5.4058 + because it is portable (this does *not* mean that you will be able 5.4059 + to run executables from different architectures or operating systems 5.4060 + however) and makes building run-time libraries very easy. Many new 5.4061 + executables are distributed solely in ELF format. You definitely 5.4062 + want to say Y here. 5.4063 + 5.4064 + Information about ELF is contained in the ELF HOWTO available from 5.4065 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.4066 + 5.4067 + If you find that after upgrading from Linux kernel 1.2 and saying Y 5.4068 + here, you still can't run any ELF binaries (they just crash), then 5.4069 + you'll have to install the newest ELF runtime libraries, including 5.4070 + ld.so (check the file <file:Documentation/Changes> for location and 5.4071 + latest version). 5.4072 + 5.4073 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.4074 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.4075 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.4076 + will be called binfmt_elf.o. Saying M or N here is dangerous because 5.4077 + some crucial programs on your system might be in ELF format. 5.4078 + 5.4079 +Kernel support for a.out binaries 5.4080 +CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT 5.4081 + A.out (Assembler.OUTput) is a set of formats for libraries and 5.4082 + executables used in the earliest versions of UNIX. Linux used the 5.4083 + a.out formats QMAGIC and ZMAGIC until they were replaced with the 5.4084 + ELF format. 5.4085 + 5.4086 + As more and more programs are converted to ELF, the use for a.out 5.4087 + will gradually diminish. If you disable this option it will reduce 5.4088 + your kernel by one page. This is not much and by itself does not 5.4089 + warrant removing support. However its removal is a good idea if you 5.4090 + wish to ensure that absolutely none of your programs will use this 5.4091 + older executable format. If you don't know what to answer at this 5.4092 + point then answer Y. If someone told you "You need a kernel with 5.4093 + QMAGIC support" then you'll have to say Y here. You may answer M to 5.4094 + compile a.out support as a module and later load the module when you 5.4095 + want to use a program or library in a.out format. The module will be 5.4096 + called binfmt_aout.o. Saying M or N here is dangerous though, 5.4097 + because some crucial programs on your system might still be in A.OUT 5.4098 + format. 5.4099 + 5.4100 +OSF/1 v4 readv/writev compatibility 5.4101 +CONFIG_OSF4_COMPAT 5.4102 + Say Y if you are using OSF/1 binaries (like Netscape and Acrobat) 5.4103 + with v4 shared libraries freely available from Compaq. If you're 5.4104 + going to use shared libraries from Tru64 version 5.0 or later, say N. 5.4105 + 5.4106 +Kernel support for Linux/Intel ELF binaries 5.4107 +CONFIG_BINFMT_EM86 5.4108 + Say Y here if you want to be able to execute Linux/Intel ELF 5.4109 + binaries just like native Alpha binaries on your Alpha machine. For 5.4110 + this to work, you need to have the emulator /usr/bin/em86 in place. 5.4111 + 5.4112 + You can get the same functionality by saying N here and saying Y to 5.4113 + "Kernel support for MISC binaries". 5.4114 + 5.4115 + You may answer M to compile the emulation support as a module and 5.4116 + later load the module when you want to use a Linux/Intel binary. The 5.4117 + module will be called binfmt_em86.o. If unsure, say Y. 5.4118 + 5.4119 +Kernel support for SOM binaries 5.4120 +CONFIG_BINFMT_SOM 5.4121 + SOM is a binary executable format inherited from HP/UX. Say Y here 5.4122 + to be able to load and execute SOM binaries directly. 5.4123 + 5.4124 +Kernel support for MISC binaries 5.4125 +CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC 5.4126 + If you say Y here, it will be possible to plug wrapper-driven binary 5.4127 + formats into the kernel. You will like this especially when you use 5.4128 + programs that need an interpreter to run like Java, Python or 5.4129 + Emacs-Lisp. It's also useful if you often run DOS executables under 5.4130 + the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from 5.4131 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>). Once you have 5.4132 + registered such a binary class with the kernel, you can start one of 5.4133 + those programs simply by typing in its name at a shell prompt; Linux 5.4134 + will automatically feed it to the correct interpreter. 5.4135 + 5.4136 + You can do other nice things, too. Read the file 5.4137 + <file:Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt> to learn how to use this 5.4138 + feature, and <file:Documentation/java.txt> for information about how 5.4139 + to include Java support. 5.4140 + 5.4141 + You must say Y to "/proc file system support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) to 5.4142 + use this part of the kernel. 5.4143 + 5.4144 + You may say M here for module support and later load the module when 5.4145 + you have use for it; the module is called binfmt_misc.o. If you 5.4146 + don't know what to answer at this point, say Y. 5.4147 + 5.4148 +Kernel support for JAVA binaries 5.4149 +CONFIG_BINFMT_JAVA 5.4150 + If you say Y here, the kernel will load and execute Java J-code 5.4151 + binaries directly. Note: this option is obsolete and scheduled for 5.4152 + removal, use CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC instead. 5.4153 + 5.4154 +Solaris binary emulation 5.4155 +CONFIG_SOLARIS_EMUL 5.4156 + This is experimental code which will enable you to run (many) 5.4157 + Solaris binaries on your SPARC Linux machine. 5.4158 + 5.4159 + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4160 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.4161 + The module will be called solaris.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.4162 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.4163 + 5.4164 +SUN SME environment monitoring 5.4165 +CONFIG_ENVCTRL 5.4166 + Kernel support for temperature and fan monitoring on Sun SME 5.4167 + machines. 5.4168 + 5.4169 + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4170 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.4171 + The module will be called envctrl.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.4172 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.4173 + 5.4174 +# Choice: x86type 5.4175 +Processor family 5.4176 +CONFIG_M386 5.4177 + This is the processor type of your CPU. This information is used for 5.4178 + optimizing purposes. In order to compile a kernel that can run on 5.4179 + all x86 CPU types (albeit not optimally fast), you can specify 5.4180 + "386" here. 5.4181 + 5.4182 + The kernel will not necessarily run on earlier architectures than 5.4183 + the one you have chosen, e.g. a Pentium optimized kernel will run on 5.4184 + a PPro, but not necessarily on a i486. 5.4185 + 5.4186 + Here are the settings recommended for greatest speed: 5.4187 + - "386" for the AMD/Cyrix/Intel 386DX/DXL/SL/SLC/SX, Cyrix/TI 5.4188 + 486DLC/DLC2, UMC 486SX-S and NexGen Nx586. Only "386" kernels 5.4189 + will run on a 386 class machine. 5.4190 + - "486" for the AMD/Cyrix/IBM/Intel 486DX/DX2/DX4 or 5.4191 + SL/SLC/SLC2/SLC3/SX/SX2 and UMC U5D or U5S. 5.4192 + - "586" for generic Pentium CPUs, possibly lacking the TSC 5.4193 + (time stamp counter) register. 5.4194 + - "Pentium-Classic" for the Intel Pentium. 5.4195 + - "Pentium-MMX" for the Intel Pentium MMX. 5.4196 + - "Pentium-Pro" for the Intel Pentium Pro/Celeron/Pentium II. 5.4197 + - "Pentium-III" for the Intel Pentium III 5.4198 + and Celerons based on the Coppermine core. 5.4199 + - "Pentium-4" for the Intel Pentium 4. 5.4200 + - "K6" for the AMD K6, K6-II and K6-III (aka K6-3D). 5.4201 + - "Athlon" for the AMD K7 family (Athlon/Duron/Thunderbird). 5.4202 + - "Elan" for the AMD Elan family (Elan SC400/SC410). 5.4203 + - "Crusoe" for the Transmeta Crusoe series. 5.4204 + - "Winchip-C6" for original IDT Winchip. 5.4205 + - "Winchip-2" for IDT Winchip 2. 5.4206 + - "Winchip-2A" for IDT Winchips with 3dNow! capabilities. 5.4207 + - "CyrixIII" for VIA Cyrix III or VIA C3. 5.4208 + - "VIA C3-2 for VIA C3-2 "Nehemiah" (model 9 and above). 5.4209 + 5.4210 + If you don't know what to do, choose "386". 5.4211 + 5.4212 +486 5.4213 +CONFIG_M486 5.4214 + Select this for a x486 processor, ether Intel or one of the 5.4215 + compatible processors from AMD, Cyrix, IBM, or Intel. Includes DX, 5.4216 + DX2, and DX4 variants; also SL/SLC/SLC2/SLC3/SX/SX2 and UMC U5D or 5.4217 + U5S. 5.4218 + 5.4219 +586/K5/5x86/6x86/6x86MX 5.4220 +CONFIG_M586 5.4221 + Select this for an x586 or x686 processor such as the AMD K5, the 5.4222 + Intel 5x86 or 6x86, or the Intel 6x86MX. This choice does not 5.4223 + assume the RDTSC instruction. 5.4224 + 5.4225 +Pentium Classic 5.4226 +CONFIG_M586TSC 5.4227 + Select this for a Pentium Classic processor with the RDTSC (Read 5.4228 + Time Stamp Counter) instruction for benchmarking. 5.4229 + 5.4230 +VIA C3-2 (Nehemiah) 5.4231 +CONFIG_MVIAC3_2 5.4232 + Select this for a VIA C3 "Nehemiah". Selecting this enables usage of SSE 5.4233 + and tells gcc to treat the CPU as a 686. 5.4234 + 5.4235 + Note, this kernel will not boot on older (pre model 9) C3s. 5.4236 + 5.4237 +32-bit PDC 5.4238 +CONFIG_PDC_NARROW 5.4239 + Saying Y here will allow developers with a C180, C200, C240, C360, 5.4240 + J200, J210, and/or a J2240 to test 64-bit kernels by providing a 5.4241 + wrapper for the 32-bit PDC calls. Since the machines which require 5.4242 + this option do not support over 4G of RAM, this option is targeted 5.4243 + for developers of these machines wishing to test changes on both 5.4244 + 32-bit and 64-bit configurations. 5.4245 + 5.4246 + If unsure, say N. 5.4247 + 5.4248 +VGA text console 5.4249 +CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE 5.4250 + Saying Y here will allow you to use Linux in text mode through a 5.4251 + display that complies with the generic VGA standard. Virtually 5.4252 + everyone wants that. 5.4253 + 5.4254 + The program SVGATextMode can be used to utilize SVGA video cards to 5.4255 + their full potential in text mode. Download it from 5.4256 + <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/utils/console/>. 5.4257 + 5.4258 + Say Y. 5.4259 + 5.4260 +Distribute interrupts on all CPUs by default 5.4261 +CONFIG_IRQ_ALL_CPUS 5.4262 + This option gives the kernel permission to distribute IRQs across 5.4263 + multiple CPUs. Saying N here will route all IRQs to the first 5.4264 + CPU. Generally SMP PowerMacs can answer Y. SMP IBM CHRP boxes or 5.4265 + Power3 boxes should say N for now. 5.4266 + 5.4267 +Video mode selection support 5.4268 +CONFIG_VIDEO_SELECT 5.4269 + This enables support for text mode selection on kernel startup. If 5.4270 + you want to take advantage of some high-resolution text mode your 5.4271 + card's BIOS offers, but the traditional Linux utilities like 5.4272 + SVGATextMode don't, you can say Y here and set the mode using the 5.4273 + "vga=" option from your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) or set 5.4274 + "vga=ask" which brings up a video mode menu on kernel startup. (Try 5.4275 + "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about 5.4276 + how to pass options to the kernel.) 5.4277 + 5.4278 + Read the file <file:Documentation/svga.txt> for more information 5.4279 + about the Video mode selection support. If unsure, say N. 5.4280 + 5.4281 +Support for frame buffer devices 5.4282 +CONFIG_FB 5.4283 + The frame buffer device provides an abstraction for the graphics 5.4284 + hardware. It represents the frame buffer of some video hardware and 5.4285 + allows application software to access the graphics hardware through 5.4286 + a well-defined interface, so the software doesn't need to know 5.4287 + anything about the low-level (hardware register) stuff. 5.4288 + 5.4289 + Frame buffer devices work identically across the different 5.4290 + architectures supported by Linux and make the implementation of 5.4291 + application programs easier and more portable; at this point, an X 5.4292 + server exists which uses the frame buffer device exclusively. 5.4293 + On several non-X86 architectures, the frame buffer device is the 5.4294 + only way to use the graphics hardware. 5.4295 + 5.4296 + The device is accessed through special device nodes, usually located 5.4297 + in the /dev directory, i.e. /dev/fb*. 5.4298 + 5.4299 + You need an utility program called fbset to make full use of frame 5.4300 + buffer devices. Please read <file:Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt> 5.4301 + and the Framebuffer-HOWTO at 5.4302 + <http://www.tahallah.demon.co.uk/programming/prog.html> for more 5.4303 + information. 5.4304 + 5.4305 + Say Y here and to the driver for your graphics board below if you 5.4306 + are compiling a kernel for a non-x86 architecture. 5.4307 + 5.4308 + If you are compiling for the x86 architecture, you can say Y if you 5.4309 + want to play with it, but it is not essential. Please note that 5.4310 + running graphical applications that directly touch the hardware 5.4311 + (e.g. an accelerated X server) and that are not frame buffer 5.4312 + device-aware may cause unexpected results. If unsure, say N. 5.4313 + 5.4314 +Acorn VIDC support 5.4315 +CONFIG_FB_ACORN 5.4316 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the Acorn VIDC graphics 5.4317 + hardware found in Acorn RISC PCs and other ARM-based machines. If 5.4318 + unsure, say N. 5.4319 + 5.4320 +Permedia2 support 5.4321 +CONFIG_FB_PM2 5.4322 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the Permedia2 AGP frame 5.4323 + buffer card from ASK, aka `Graphic Blaster Exxtreme'. There is a 5.4324 + product page at 5.4325 + <http://www.ask.com.hk/product/Permedia%202/permedia2.htm>. 5.4326 + 5.4327 +Enable FIFO disconnect feature 5.4328 +CONFIG_FB_PM2_FIFO_DISCONNECT 5.4329 + Support the Permedia2 FIFOI disconnect feature (see CONFIG_FB_PM2). 5.4330 + 5.4331 +Generic Permedia2 PCI board support 5.4332 +CONFIG_FB_PM2_PCI 5.4333 + Say Y to enable support for Permedia2 AGP frame buffer card from 5.4334 + 3Dlabs (aka `Graphic Blaster Exxtreme') on the PCI bus. 5.4335 + 5.4336 +Phase5 CVisionPPC/BVisionPPC support 5.4337 +CONFIG_FB_PM2_CVPPC 5.4338 + Say Y to enable support for the Amiga Phase 5 CVisionPPC BVisionPPC 5.4339 + framebuffer cards. Phase 5 is no longer with us, alas. 5.4340 + 5.4341 +Amiga native chipset support 5.4342 +CONFIG_FB_AMIGA 5.4343 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the builtin graphics 5.4344 + chipset found in Amigas. 5.4345 + 5.4346 + The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4347 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5.4348 + module will be called amifb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.4349 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.4350 + 5.4351 +Amiga OCS chipset support 5.4352 +CONFIG_FB_AMIGA_OCS 5.4353 + This enables support for the original Agnus and Denise video chips, 5.4354 + found in the Amiga 1000 and most A500's and A2000's. If you intend 5.4355 + to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise say N. 5.4356 + 5.4357 +Amiga ECS chipset support 5.4358 +CONFIG_FB_AMIGA_ECS 5.4359 + This enables support for the Enhanced Chip Set, found in later 5.4360 + A500's, later A2000's, the A600, the A3000, the A3000T and CDTV. If 5.4361 + you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise 5.4362 + say N. 5.4363 + 5.4364 +Amiga AGA chipset support 5.4365 +CONFIG_FB_AMIGA_AGA 5.4366 + This enables support for the Advanced Graphics Architecture (also 5.4367 + known as the AGA or AA) Chip Set, found in the A1200, A4000, A4000T 5.4368 + and CD32. If you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; 5.4369 + otherwise say N. 5.4370 + 5.4371 +Amiga CyberVision support 5.4372 +CONFIG_FB_CYBER 5.4373 + This enables support for the Cybervision 64 graphics card from 5.4374 + Phase5. Please note that its use is not all that intuitive (i.e. if 5.4375 + you have any questions, be sure to ask!). Say N unless you have a 5.4376 + Cybervision 64 or plan to get one before you next recompile the 5.4377 + kernel. Please note that this driver DOES NOT support the 5.4378 + Cybervision 64 3D card, as they use incompatible video chips. 5.4379 + 5.4380 +CyberPro 20x0 support 5.4381 +CONFIG_FB_CYBER2000 5.4382 + This enables support for the Integraphics CyberPro 20x0 and 5000 5.4383 + VGA chips used in the Rebel.com Netwinder and other machines. 5.4384 + Say Y if you have a NetWinder or a graphics card containing this 5.4385 + device, otherwise say N. 5.4386 + 5.4387 +Amiga CyberVision3D support 5.4388 +CONFIG_FB_VIRGE 5.4389 + This enables support for the Cybervision 64/3D graphics card from 5.4390 + Phase5. Please note that its use is not all that intuitive (i.e. if 5.4391 + you have any questions, be sure to ask!). Say N unless you have a 5.4392 + Cybervision 64/3D or plan to get one before you next recompile the 5.4393 + kernel. Please note that this driver DOES NOT support the older 5.4394 + Cybervision 64 card, as they use incompatible video chips. 5.4395 + 5.4396 +Amiga RetinaZ3 support 5.4397 +CONFIG_FB_RETINAZ3 5.4398 + This enables support for the Retina Z3 graphics card. Say N unless 5.4399 + you have a Retina Z3 or plan to get one before you next recompile 5.4400 + the kernel. 5.4401 + 5.4402 +Cirrus Logic generic driver 5.4403 +CONFIG_FB_CLGEN 5.4404 + This enables support for Cirrus Logic GD542x/543x based boards on 5.4405 + Amiga: SD64, Piccolo, Picasso II/II+, Picasso IV, or EGS Spectrum. 5.4406 + 5.4407 + If you have a PCI-based system, this enables support for these 5.4408 + chips: GD-543x, GD-544x, GD-5480. 5.4409 + 5.4410 + Please read the file <file:Documentation/fb/clgenfb.txt>. 5.4411 + 5.4412 + Say N unless you have such a graphics board or plan to get one 5.4413 + before you next recompile the kernel. 5.4414 + 5.4415 +Apollo support 5.4416 +CONFIG_APOLLO 5.4417 + Say Y here if you want to run Linux on an MC680x0-based Apollo 5.4418 + Domain workstation such as the DN3500. 5.4419 + 5.4420 +Apollo 3c505 "EtherLink Plus" support 5.4421 +CONFIG_APOLLO_ELPLUS 5.4422 + Say Y or M here if your Apollo has a 3Com 3c505 ISA Ethernet card. 5.4423 + If you don't have one made for Apollos, you can use one from a PC, 5.4424 + except that your Apollo won't be able to boot from it (because the 5.4425 + code in the ROM will be for a PC). 5.4426 + 5.4427 +Atari native chipset support 5.4428 +CONFIG_FB_ATARI 5.4429 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the builtin graphics 5.4430 + chipset found in Ataris. 5.4431 + 5.4432 +Amiga FrameMaster II/Rainbow II support 5.4433 +CONFIG_FB_FM2 5.4434 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the Amiga FrameMaster 5.4435 + card from BSC (exhibited 1992 but not shipped as a CBM product). 5.4436 + 5.4437 +Open Firmware frame buffer device support 5.4438 +CONFIG_FB_OF 5.4439 + Say Y if you want support with Open Firmware for your graphics 5.4440 + board. 5.4441 + 5.4442 +S3 Trio frame buffer device support 5.4443 +CONFIG_FB_S3TRIO 5.4444 + If you have a S3 Trio say Y. Say N for S3 Virge. 5.4445 + 5.4446 +3Dfx Banshee/Voodoo3 display support 5.4447 +CONFIG_FB_3DFX 5.4448 + This driver supports graphics boards with the 3Dfx Banshee/Voodoo3 5.4449 + chips. Say Y if you have such a graphics board. 5.4450 + 5.4451 + The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4452 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5.4453 + module will be called tdfxfb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.4454 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.4455 + 5.4456 +nVidia Riva support 5.4457 +CONFIG_FB_RIVA 5.4458 + This driver supports graphics boards with the nVidia Riva/Geforce 5.4459 + chips. 5.4460 + Say Y if you have such a graphics board. 5.4461 + 5.4462 + The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4463 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5.4464 + module will be called rivafb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.4465 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.4466 + 5.4467 +Trident Blade/Image support 5.4468 +CONFIG_FB_TRIDENT 5.4469 + This driver is supposed to support graphics boards with the 5.4470 + Trident CyberXXXX/Image/CyberBlade chips mostly found in laptops 5.4471 + but also on some motherboards.Read <file:Documentation/fb/tridentfb.txt> 5.4472 + 5.4473 + Say Y if you have such a graphics board. 5.4474 + 5.4475 + The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4476 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5.4477 + module will be called tridentfb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.4478 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.4479 + 5.4480 +ATI Mach64 display support 5.4481 +CONFIG_FB_ATY 5.4482 + This driver supports graphics boards with the ATI Mach64 chips. 5.4483 + Say Y if you have such a graphics board. 5.4484 + 5.4485 + The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4486 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5.4487 + module will be called atyfb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.4488 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.4489 + 5.4490 +ATI Rage128 display support 5.4491 +CONFIG_FB_ATY128 5.4492 + This driver supports graphics boards with the ATI Rage128 chips. 5.4493 + Say Y if you have such a graphics board and read 5.4494 + <file:Documentation/fb/aty128fb.txt>. 5.4495 + 5.4496 + The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4497 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5.4498 + module will be called aty128fb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.4499 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.4500 + 5.4501 +Maxine (Personal DECstation) onboard framebuffer support 5.4502 +CONFIG_FB_MAXINE 5.4503 + Say Y here to directly support the on-board framebuffer in the 5.4504 + Maxine (5000/20, /25, /33) version of the DECstation. There is a 5.4505 + page dedicated to Linux on DECstations at <http://decstation.unix-ag.org/>. 5.4506 + 5.4507 +PMAG-BA TURBOchannel framebuffer support 5.4508 +CONFIG_FB_PMAG_BA 5.4509 + Say Y here to directly support the on-board PMAG-BA framebuffer in 5.4510 + the 5000/1xx versions of the DECstation. There is a page dedicated 5.4511 + to Linux on DECstations at <http://decstation.unix-ag.org/>. 5.4512 + 5.4513 +PMAGB-B TURBOchannel framebuffer support 5.4514 +CONFIG_FB_PMAGB_B 5.4515 + Say Y here to directly support the on-board PMAGB-B framebuffer in 5.4516 + the 5000/1xx versions of the DECstation. There is a page dedicated 5.4517 + to Linux on DECstations at <http://decstation.unix-ag.org/>. 5.4518 + 5.4519 +FutureTV PCI card 5.4520 +CONFIG_ARCH_FTVPCI 5.4521 + Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on a FutureTV (nee Nexus 5.4522 + Electronics) StrongARM PCI card. 5.4523 + 5.4524 +ANAKIN Vehicle Telematics Platform 5.4525 +CONFIG_ARCH_ANAKIN 5.4526 + The Anakin is a StrongArm based SA110 - 2 DIN Vehicle Telematics Platform. 5.4527 + 64MB SDRAM - 4 Mb Flash - Compact Flash Interface - 1 MB VRAM 5.4528 + 5.4529 + On board peripherals: 5.4530 + * Front display: 400x234 16 bit TFT touchscreen 5.4531 + * External independent second screen interface 5.4532 + * CAN controller SJA1000 5.4533 + * USB host controller 5.4534 + * 6 channel video codec with hardware overlay 5.4535 + * Smartcard reader 5.4536 + * IrDa 5.4537 + 5.4538 + Modules interfaced over the Multi Media Extension slots: 5.4539 + * A communication card 5.4540 + Wavecom GPRS modem 5.4541 + uBlock GPS 5.4542 + Bosch DAB module 5.4543 + * An audio card ( 4 * 40W, AC97 Codec, I2S) 5.4544 + 5.4545 +Altera Excalibur XA10 Dev Board 5.4546 +ARCH_CAMELOT 5.4547 + This enables support for Altera's Excalibur XA10 development board. 5.4548 + If you would like to build your kernel to run on one of these boards 5.4549 + then you must say 'Y' here. Otherwise say 'N' 5.4550 + 5.4551 +Link-Up Systems LCD support 5.4552 +CONFIG_FB_L7200 5.4553 + This driver supports the L7200 Color LCD. 5.4554 + Say Y if you want graphics support. 5.4555 + 5.4556 +NeoMagic display support (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.4557 +CONFIG_FB_NEOMAGIC 5.4558 + This driver supports notebooks with NeoMagic PCI chips. 5.4559 + Say Y if you have such a graphics card. 5.4560 + 5.4561 + The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4562 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5.4563 + module will be called neofb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.4564 + module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. 5.4565 + 5.4566 +PowerMac "control" frame buffer device support 5.4567 +CONFIG_FB_CONTROL 5.4568 + This driver supports a frame buffer for the graphics adapter in the 5.4569 + Power Macintosh 7300 and others. 5.4570 + 5.4571 +PowerMac "platinum" frame buffer device support 5.4572 +CONFIG_FB_PLATINUM 5.4573 + This driver supports a frame buffer for the "platinum" graphics 5.4574 + adapter in some Power Macintoshes. 5.4575 + 5.4576 +PowerMac "valkyrie" frame buffer device support 5.4577 +CONFIG_FB_VALKYRIE 5.4578 + This driver supports a frame buffer for the "valkyrie" graphics 5.4579 + adapter in some Power Macintoshes. 5.4580 + 5.4581 +Chips 65550 display support 5.4582 +CONFIG_FB_CT65550 5.4583 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the Chips & Technologies 5.4584 + 65550 graphics chip in PowerBooks. 5.4585 + 5.4586 +TGA frame buffer support 5.4587 +CONFIG_FB_TGA 5.4588 + This is the frame buffer device driver for generic TGA graphic 5.4589 + cards. Say Y if you have one of those. 5.4590 + 5.4591 +VESA VGA graphics console 5.4592 +CONFIG_FB_VESA 5.4593 + This is the frame buffer device driver for generic VESA 2.0 5.4594 + compliant graphic cards. The older VESA 1.2 cards are not supported. 5.4595 + You will get a boot time penguin logo at no additional cost. Please 5.4596 + read <file:Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt>. If unsure, say Y. 5.4597 + 5.4598 +VGA 16-color planar support 5.4599 +CONFIG_FBCON_VGA_PLANES 5.4600 + This low level frame buffer console driver enable the kernel to use 5.4601 + the 16-color planar modes of the old VGA cards where the bits of 5.4602 + each pixel are separated into 4 planes. 5.4603 + 5.4604 + Only answer Y here if you have a (very old) VGA card that isn't VESA 5.4605 + 2 compatible. 5.4606 + 5.4607 +VGA 16-color graphics console 5.4608 +CONFIG_FB_VGA16 5.4609 + This is the frame buffer device driver for VGA 16 color graphic 5.4610 + cards. Say Y if you have such a card. 5.4611 + 5.4612 + This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile it 5.4613 + as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the 5.4614 + running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read 5.4615 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.4616 + vga16fb.o. 5.4617 + 5.4618 +Generic STI frame buffer device support 5.4619 +CONFIG_FB_STI 5.4620 + STI refers to the HP "Standard Text Interface" which is a set of 5.4621 + BIOS routines contained in a ROM chip in HP PA-RISC based machines. 5.4622 + Enabling this option will implement the linux framebuffer device and 5.4623 + an fbcon color text console using calls to the STI BIOS routines. 5.4624 + The HP framebuffer device is sometimes planar, using a strange memory 5.4625 + layout, and changing the plane mask to create colored pixels 5.4626 + can require a call to the STI routines, so /dev/fb may not actually 5.4627 + be useful. However, on some systems packed pixel formats are supported. 5.4628 + It is sufficient for basic text console functions, including fonts. 5.4629 + 5.4630 + You should probably enable this option, unless you are having 5.4631 + trouble getting video when booting the kernel (make sure it isn't 5.4632 + just that you are running the console on the serial port, though). 5.4633 + Really old HP boxes may not have STI, and must use the PDC BIOS 5.4634 + console or the IODC BIOS. 5.4635 + 5.4636 +Select other compiled-in fonts 5.4637 +CONFIG_FBCON_FONTS 5.4638 + Say Y here if you would like to use fonts other than the default 5.4639 + your frame buffer console usually use. 5.4640 + 5.4641 + Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 5.4642 + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 5.4643 + the questions about foreign fonts. 5.4644 + 5.4645 + If unsure, say N (the default choices are safe). 5.4646 + 5.4647 +VGA 8x16 font 5.4648 +CONFIG_FONT_8x16 5.4649 + This is the "high resolution" font for the VGA frame buffer (the one 5.4650 + provided by the VGA text console 80x25 mode. 5.4651 + 5.4652 + If unsure, say Y. 5.4653 + 5.4654 +Support only 8 pixels wide fonts 5.4655 +CONFIG_FBCON_FONTWIDTH8_ONLY 5.4656 + Answer Y here will make the kernel provide only the 8x8 fonts (these 5.4657 + are the less readable). 5.4658 + 5.4659 + If unsure, say N. 5.4660 + 5.4661 +Sparc console 8x16 font 5.4662 +CONFIG_FONT_SUN8x16 5.4663 + This is the high resolution console font for Sun machines. Say Y. 5.4664 + 5.4665 +Sparc console 12x22 font (not supported by all drivers) 5.4666 +CONFIG_FONT_SUN12x22 5.4667 + This is the high resolution console font for Sun machines with very 5.4668 + big letters (like the letters used in the SPARC PROM). If the 5.4669 + standard font is unreadable for you, say Y, otherwise say N. 5.4670 + 5.4671 +VGA 8x8 font 5.4672 +CONFIG_FONT_8x8 5.4673 + This is the "high resolution" font for the VGA frame buffer (the one 5.4674 + provided by the text console 80x50 (and higher) modes). 5.4675 + 5.4676 + Note that this is a poor quality font. The VGA 8x16 font is quite a 5.4677 + lot more readable. 5.4678 + 5.4679 + Given the resolution provided by the frame buffer device, answer N 5.4680 + here is safe. 5.4681 + 5.4682 +Mac console 6x11 font (not supported by all drivers) 5.4683 +CONFIG_FONT_6x11 5.4684 + Small console font with Macintosh-style high-half glyphs. Some Mac 5.4685 + framebuffer drivers don't support this one at all. 5.4686 + 5.4687 +Pearl (old m68k) console 8x8 font 5.4688 +CONFIG_FONT_PEARL_8x8 5.4689 + Small console font with PC-style control-character and high-half 5.4690 + glyphs. 5.4691 + 5.4692 +Acorn console 8x8 font 5.4693 +CONFIG_FONT_ACORN_8x8 5.4694 + Small console font with PC-style control characters and high-half 5.4695 + glyphs. 5.4696 + 5.4697 +Backward compatibility mode for Xpmac 5.4698 +CONFIG_FB_COMPAT_XPMAC 5.4699 + If you use the Xpmac X server (common with mklinux), you'll need to 5.4700 + say Y here to use X. You should consider changing to XFree86 which 5.4701 + includes a server that supports the frame buffer device directly 5.4702 + (XF68_FBDev). 5.4703 + 5.4704 +Hercules (HGA) mono graphics support 5.4705 +CONFIG_FB_HGA 5.4706 + Say Y here if you have a Hercules mono graphics card. 5.4707 + 5.4708 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4709 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.4710 + The module will be called hgafb.o. If you want to compile it as 5.4711 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.4712 + 5.4713 + As this card technology is 15 years old, most people will answer N 5.4714 + here. 5.4715 + 5.4716 +Epson 1355 framebuffer support 5.4717 +CONFIG_FB_E1355 5.4718 + Build in support for the SED1355 Epson Research Embedded RAMDAC 5.4719 + LCD/CRT Controller (since redesignated as the S1D13505) as a 5.4720 + framebuffer. Product specs at 5.4721 + <http://www.erd.epson.com/vdc/html/products.htm>. 5.4722 + 5.4723 +Dreamcast Frame Buffer support 5.4724 +CONFIG_FB_DC 5.4725 + Say Y here to enable support for the framebuffer on the Sega 5.4726 + Dreamcast. This driver is also available as a module, dcfb.o. 5.4727 + 5.4728 +Register Base Address 5.4729 +CONFIG_E1355_REG_BASE 5.4730 + Epson SED1355/S1D13505 LCD/CRT controller register base address. 5.4731 + See the manuals at 5.4732 + <http://www.erd.epson.com/vdc/html/contents/S1D13505.htm> for 5.4733 + discussion. 5.4734 + 5.4735 +Framebuffer Base Address 5.4736 +CONFIG_E1355_FB_BASE 5.4737 + Epson SED1355/S1D13505 LCD/CRT controller memory base address. See 5.4738 + the manuals at 5.4739 + <http://www.erd.epson.com/vdc/html/contents/S1D13505.htm> for 5.4740 + discussion. 5.4741 + 5.4742 +NEC PowerVR 2 display support 5.4743 +CONFIG_FB_PVR2 5.4744 + Say Y here if you have a PowerVR 2 card in your box. If you plan to 5.4745 + run linux on your Dreamcast, you will have to say Y here. 5.4746 + This driver may or may not work on other PowerVR 2 cards, but is 5.4747 + totally untested. Use at your own risk. If unsure, say N. 5.4748 + 5.4749 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4750 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.4751 + The module will be called pvr2fb.o. If you want to compile it as 5.4752 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.4753 + 5.4754 + You can pass several parameters to the driver at boot time or at 5.4755 + module load time. The parameters look like "video=pvr2:XXX", where 5.4756 + the meaning of XXX can be found at the end of the main source file 5.4757 + (<file:drivers/video/pvr2fb.c>). Please see the file 5.4758 + <file:Documentation/fb/pvr2fb.txt>. 5.4759 + 5.4760 +Debug pvr2fb 5.4761 +CONFIG_FB_PVR2_DEBUG 5.4762 + Say Y here if you wish for the pvr2fb driver to print out debugging 5.4763 + messages. Most people will want to say N here. If unsure, you will 5.4764 + also want to say N. 5.4765 + 5.4766 +Matrox unified accelerated driver 5.4767 +CONFIG_FB_MATROX 5.4768 + Say Y here if you have a Matrox Millennium, Millennium II, Mystique, 5.4769 + Mystique 220, Productiva G100, Mystique G200, Millennium G200, 5.4770 + Matrox G400, G450 or G550 card in your box. At this time, support for 5.4771 + the G-series digital output is almost non-existant. 5.4772 + 5.4773 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4774 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.4775 + The module will be called matroxfb.o. If you want to compile it as 5.4776 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.4777 + 5.4778 + You can pass several parameters to the driver at boot time or at 5.4779 + module load time. The parameters look like "video=matrox:XXX", and 5.4780 + are described in <file:Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt>. 5.4781 + 5.4782 +Matrox Millennium I/II support 5.4783 +CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MILLENIUM 5.4784 + Say Y here if you have a Matrox Millennium or Matrox Millennium II 5.4785 + video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options" below, 5.4786 + you should check 4 bpp packed pixel, 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp 5.4787 + packed pixel, 24 bpp packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can 5.4788 + also use font widths different from 8. 5.4789 + 5.4790 +Matrox Mystique support 5.4791 +CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MYSTIQUE 5.4792 + Say Y here if you have a Matrox Mystique or Matrox Mystique 220 5.4793 + video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options" below, 5.4794 + you should check 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp 5.4795 + packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths 5.4796 + different from 8. 5.4797 + 5.4798 +Matrox G100/G200/G400/G450/G550 support 5.4799 +CONFIG_FB_MATROX_G100 5.4800 + Say Y here if you have a Matrox G100, G200, G400, G450, or G550 5.4801 + based video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options", 5.4802 + you should check 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp 5.4803 + packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths 5.4804 + different from 8. 5.4805 + 5.4806 + If you need support for G400 secondary head, you must first say Y to 5.4807 + "I2C support" and "I2C bit-banging support" in the character devices 5.4808 + section, and then to "Matrox I2C support" and "G400 second head 5.4809 + support" here in the framebuffer section. 5.4810 + 5.4811 + If you have G550, you must also compile support for G450/G550 secondary 5.4812 + head into kernel, otherwise picture will be shown only on the output you 5.4813 + are probably not using... 5.4814 + 5.4815 + If you need support for G450 or G550 secondary head, say Y to 5.4816 + "Matrox G450/G550 second head support" below. 5.4817 + 5.4818 +Matrox I2C support 5.4819 +CONFIG_FB_MATROX_I2C 5.4820 + This drivers creates I2C buses which are needed for accessing the 5.4821 + DDC (I2C) bus present on all Matroxes, an I2C bus which 5.4822 + interconnects Matrox optional devices, like MGA-TVO on G200 and 5.4823 + G400, and the secondary head DDC bus, present on G400 only. 5.4824 + 5.4825 + You can say Y or M here if you want to experiment with monitor 5.4826 + detection code. You must say Y or M here if you want to use either 5.4827 + second head of G400 or MGA-TVO on G200 or G400. 5.4828 + 5.4829 + If you compile it as module, it will create a module named 5.4830 + i2c-matroxfb.o. 5.4831 + 5.4832 +Matrox G400 second head support 5.4833 +CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MAVEN 5.4834 + WARNING !!! This support does not work with G450 !!! 5.4835 + 5.4836 + Say Y or M here if you want to use a secondary head (meaning two 5.4837 + monitors in parallel) on G400 or MGA-TVO add-on on G200. Secondary 5.4838 + head is not compatible with accelerated XFree 3.3.x SVGA servers - 5.4839 + secondary head output is blanked while you are in X. With XFree 5.4840 + 3.9.17 preview you can use both heads if you use SVGA over fbdev or 5.4841 + the fbdev driver on first head and the fbdev driver on second head. 5.4842 + 5.4843 + If you compile it as module, two modules are created, 5.4844 + matroxfb_crtc2.o and matroxfb_maven.o. Matroxfb_maven is needed for 5.4845 + both G200 and G400, matroxfb_crtc2 is needed only by G400. You must 5.4846 + also load i2c-matroxfb to get it to run. 5.4847 + 5.4848 + The driver starts in monitor mode and you must use the matroxset 5.4849 + tool (available at 5.4850 + <ftp://platan.vc.cvut.cz/pub/linux/matrox-latest/>) to switch it to 5.4851 + PAL or NTSC or to swap primary and secondary head outputs. 5.4852 + Secondary head driver also always start in 640x480 resolution, you 5.4853 + must use fbset to change it. 5.4854 + 5.4855 + Also do not forget that second head supports only 16 and 32 bpp 5.4856 + packed pixels, so it is a good idea to compile them into the kernel 5.4857 + too. You can use only some font widths, as the driver uses generic 5.4858 + painting procedures (the secondary head does not use acceleration 5.4859 + engine). 5.4860 + 5.4861 +Matrox G450 second head support 5.4862 +CONFIG_FB_MATROX_G450 5.4863 + Say Y or M here if you want to use a secondary head (meaning two 5.4864 + monitors in parallel) on G450, or if you are using analog output 5.4865 + of G550. 5.4866 + 5.4867 + If you compile it as module, two modules are created, 5.4868 + matroxfb_crtc2.o and matroxfb_g450.o. Both modules are needed if you 5.4869 + want two independent display devices. 5.4870 + 5.4871 + The driver starts in monitor mode and currently does not support 5.4872 + output in TV modes. You must use the matroxset tool (available 5.4873 + at <ftp://platan.vc.cvut.cz/pub/linux/matrox-latest/>) to swap 5.4874 + primary and secondary head outputs. Secondary head driver always 5.4875 + start in 640x480 resolution and you must use fbset to change it. 5.4876 + 5.4877 + Note on most G550 cards the analog output is the secondary head, 5.4878 + so you will need to say Y here to use it. 5.4879 + 5.4880 + Also do not forget that second head supports only 16 and 32 bpp 5.4881 + packed pixels, so it is a good idea to compile them into the kernel 5.4882 + too. You can use only some font widths, as the driver uses generic 5.4883 + painting procedures (the secondary head does not use acceleration 5.4884 + engine). 5.4885 + 5.4886 +Matrox unified driver multihead support 5.4887 +CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MULTIHEAD 5.4888 + Say Y here if you have more than one (supported) Matrox device in 5.4889 + your computer and you want to use all of them for different monitors 5.4890 + ("multihead"). If you have only one device, you should say N because 5.4891 + the driver compiled with Y is larger and a bit slower, especially on 5.4892 + ia32 (ix86). 5.4893 + 5.4894 + If you said M to "Matrox unified accelerated driver" and N here, you 5.4895 + will still be able to use several Matrox devices simultaneously: 5.4896 + insert several instances of the module matroxfb.o into the kernel 5.4897 + with insmod, supplying the parameter "dev=N" where N is 0, 1, etc. 5.4898 + for the different Matrox devices. This method is slightly faster but 5.4899 + uses 40 KB of kernel memory per Matrox card. 5.4900 + 5.4901 + There is no need for enabling 'Matrox multihead support' if you have 5.4902 + only one Matrox card in the box. 5.4903 + 5.4904 +3Dfx Voodoo Graphics / Voodoo2 frame buffer support 5.4905 +CONFIG_FB_VOODOO1 5.4906 + Say Y here if you have a 3Dfx Voodoo Graphics (Voodoo1/sst1) or 5.4907 + Voodoo2 (cvg) based graphics card. 5.4908 + 5.4909 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4910 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.4911 + The module will be called sstfb.o. If you want to compile it as 5.4912 + a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. 5.4913 + 5.4914 + WARNING: Do not use any application that uses the 3D engine 5.4915 + (namely glide) while using this driver. 5.4916 + Please read the file Documentation/fb/README-sstfb.txt for supported 5.4917 + options and other important info support. 5.4918 + 5.4919 +MDA text console (dual-headed) 5.4920 +CONFIG_MDA_CONSOLE 5.4921 + Say Y here if you have an old MDA or monochrome Hercules graphics 5.4922 + adapter in your system acting as a second head ( = video card). You 5.4923 + will then be able to use two monitors with your Linux system. Do not 5.4924 + say Y here if your MDA card is the primary card in your system; the 5.4925 + normal VGA driver will handle it. 5.4926 + 5.4927 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.4928 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.4929 + The module will be called mdacon.o. If you want to compile it as 5.4930 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.4931 + 5.4932 + If unsure, say N. 5.4933 + 5.4934 +SBUS and UPA framebuffers 5.4935 +CONFIG_FB_SBUS 5.4936 + Say Y if you want support for SBUS or UPA based frame buffer device. 5.4937 + 5.4938 +Creator/Creator3D support 5.4939 +CONFIG_FB_CREATOR 5.4940 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the Creator and Creator3D 5.4941 + graphics boards. 5.4942 + 5.4943 +CGsix (GX,TurboGX) support 5.4944 +CONFIG_FB_CGSIX 5.4945 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGsix (GX, TurboGX) 5.4946 + frame buffer. 5.4947 + 5.4948 +BWtwo support 5.4949 +CONFIG_FB_BWTWO 5.4950 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the BWtwo frame buffer. 5.4951 + 5.4952 +CGthree support 5.4953 +CONFIG_FB_CGTHREE 5.4954 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGthree frame buffer. 5.4955 + 5.4956 +CGfourteen (SX) support 5.4957 +CONFIG_FB_CGFOURTEEN 5.4958 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGfourteen frame 5.4959 + buffer on Desktop SPARCsystems with the SX graphics option. 5.4960 + 5.4961 +P9100 (Sparcbook 3 only) support 5.4962 +CONFIG_FB_P9100 5.4963 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the P9100 card 5.4964 + supported on Sparcbook 3 machines. 5.4965 + 5.4966 +Leo (ZX) support 5.4967 +CONFIG_FB_LEO 5.4968 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the SBUS-based Sun ZX 5.4969 + (leo) frame buffer cards. 5.4970 + 5.4971 +IGA 168x display support 5.4972 +CONFIG_FB_IGA 5.4973 + This is the framebuffer device for the INTERGRAPHICS 1680 and 5.4974 + successor frame buffer cards. 5.4975 + 5.4976 +TCX (SS4/SS5 only) support 5.4977 +CONFIG_FB_TCX 5.4978 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the TCX 24/8bit frame 5.4979 + buffer. 5.4980 + 5.4981 +HD64461 Frame Buffer support 5.4982 +CONFIG_FB_HIT 5.4983 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the Hitachi HD64461 LCD 5.4984 + frame buffer card. 5.4985 + 5.4986 +SIS acceleration 5.4987 +CONFIG_FB_SIS 5.4988 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the SiS 630 and 640 Super 5.4989 + Socket 7 UMA cards. Specs available at <http://www.sis.com.tw/>. 5.4990 + 5.4991 +SIS 630/540/730 support 5.4992 +CONFIG_FB_SIS_300 5.4993 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the SiS 630 and related 5.4994 + Super Socket 7 UMA cards. Specs available at 5.4995 + <http://www.sis.com.tw/>. 5.4996 + 5.4997 +SIS 315H/315 support 5.4998 +CONFIG_FB_SIS_315 5.4999 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the SiS 315 graphics 5.5000 + card. Specs available at <http://www.sis.com.tw/>. 5.5001 + 5.5002 +IMS Twin Turbo display support 5.5003 +CONFIG_FB_IMSTT 5.5004 + The IMS Twin Turbo is a PCI-based frame buffer card bundled with 5.5005 + many Macintosh and compatible computers. 5.5006 + 5.5007 +CONFIG_FB_TX3912 5.5008 + The TX3912 is a Toshiba RISC processor based on the MIPS 3900 core; 5.5009 + see <http://www.toshiba.com/taec/components/Generic/risc/tx3912.htm>. 5.5010 + 5.5011 + Say Y here to enable kernel support for the on-board framebuffer. 5.5012 + 5.5013 +Virtual Frame Buffer support (ONLY FOR TESTING!) 5.5014 +CONFIG_FB_VIRTUAL 5.5015 + This is a `virtual' frame buffer device. It operates on a chunk of 5.5016 + unswappable kernel memory instead of on the memory of a graphics 5.5017 + board. This means you cannot see any output sent to this frame 5.5018 + buffer device, while it does consume precious memory. The main use 5.5019 + of this frame buffer device is testing and debugging the frame 5.5020 + buffer subsystem. Do NOT enable it for normal systems! To protect 5.5021 + the innocent, it has to be enabled explicitly at boot time using the 5.5022 + kernel option `video=vfb:'. 5.5023 + 5.5024 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.5025 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5.5026 + module will be called vfb.o. If you want to compile it as a module, 5.5027 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.5028 + 5.5029 + If unsure, say N. 5.5030 + 5.5031 +Mach64 CT/VT/GT/LT (incl. 3D RAGE) support 5.5032 +CONFIG_FB_ATY_CT 5.5033 + Say Y here to support use of ATI's 64-bit Rage boards (or other 5.5034 + boards based on the Mach64 CT, VT, GT, and LT chipsets) as a 5.5035 + framebuffer device. The ATI product support page for these boards 5.5036 + is at <http://support.ati.com/products/pc/mach64/>. 5.5037 + 5.5038 +Sony Vaio Picturebook laptop LCD panel support 5.5039 +CONFIG_FB_ATY_CT_VAIO_LCD 5.5040 + Say Y here if you want to use the full width of the Sony Vaio 5.5041 + Picturebook laptops LCD panels (you will get a 128x30 console). 5.5042 + 5.5043 + Note that you need to activate this mode using the 'vga=0x301' 5.5044 + option from your boot loader (lilo or loadlin). See the 5.5045 + documentation of your boot loader about how to pass options to the 5.5046 + kernel. 5.5047 + 5.5048 +Mach64 GX support 5.5049 +CONFIG_FB_ATY_GX 5.5050 + Say Y here to support use of the ATI Mach64 Graphics Expression 5.5051 + board (or other boards based on the Mach64 GX chipset) as a 5.5052 + framebuffer device. The ATI product support page for these boards 5.5053 + is at 5.5054 + <http://support.ati.com/products/pc/mach64/graphics_xpression.html>. 5.5055 + 5.5056 +ATI Radeon display support 5.5057 +CONFIG_FB_RADEON 5.5058 + Choose this option if you want to use an ATI Radeon graphics card as 5.5059 + a framebuffer device. There are both PCI and AGP versions. You 5.5060 + don't need to choose this to run the Radeon in plain VGA mode. 5.5061 + There is a product page at 5.5062 + <http://www.ati.com/na/pages/products/pc/radeon32/index.html>. 5.5063 + 5.5064 +SA-1100 LCD support 5.5065 +CONFIG_FB_SA1100 5.5066 + This is a framebuffer device for the SA-1100 LCD Controller. 5.5067 + See <http://www.linux-fbdev.org/> for information on framebuffer 5.5068 + devices. 5.5069 + 5.5070 + If you plan to use the LCD display with your SA-1100 system, say 5.5071 + Y here. 5.5072 + 5.5073 +Advanced low level driver options 5.5074 +CONFIG_FBCON_ADVANCED 5.5075 + The frame buffer console uses character drawing routines that are 5.5076 + tailored to the specific organization of pixels in the memory of 5.5077 + your graphics hardware. These are called the low level frame buffer 5.5078 + console drivers. Note that they are used for text console output 5.5079 + only; they are NOT needed for graphical applications. 5.5080 + 5.5081 + If you say N here, the needed low level drivers are automatically 5.5082 + enabled, depending on what frame buffer devices you selected above. 5.5083 + This is recommended for most users. 5.5084 + 5.5085 + If you say Y here, you have more fine-grained control over which low 5.5086 + level drivers are enabled. You can e.g. leave out low level drivers 5.5087 + for color depths you do not intend to use for text consoles. 5.5088 + 5.5089 + Low level frame buffer console drivers can be modules ( = code which 5.5090 + can be inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you 5.5091 + want). The modules will be called fbcon-*.o. If you want to compile 5.5092 + (some of) them as modules, read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.5093 + 5.5094 + If unsure, say N. 5.5095 + 5.5096 +Monochrome support 5.5097 +CONFIG_FBCON_MFB 5.5098 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for monochrome 5.5099 + (2 colors) packed pixels. 5.5100 + 5.5101 +2 bpp packed pixels support 5.5102 +CONFIG_FBCON_CFB2 5.5103 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 2 bits per 5.5104 + pixel (4 colors) packed pixels. 5.5105 + 5.5106 +4 bpp packed pixels support 5.5107 +CONFIG_FBCON_CFB4 5.5108 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 4 bits per 5.5109 + pixel (16 colors) packed pixels. 5.5110 + 5.5111 +8 bpp packed pixels support 5.5112 +CONFIG_FBCON_CFB8 5.5113 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 8 bits per 5.5114 + pixel (256 colors) packed pixels. 5.5115 + 5.5116 +16 bpp packed pixels support 5.5117 +CONFIG_FBCON_CFB16 5.5118 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 15 or 16 bits 5.5119 + per pixel (32K or 64K colors, also known as `hicolor') packed 5.5120 + pixels. 5.5121 + 5.5122 +24 bpp packed pixels support 5.5123 +CONFIG_FBCON_CFB24 5.5124 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 24 bits per 5.5125 + pixel (16M colors, also known as `truecolor') packed pixels. It is 5.5126 + NOT for `sparse' 32 bits per pixel mode. 5.5127 + 5.5128 +32 bpp packed pixels support 5.5129 +CONFIG_FBCON_CFB32 5.5130 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 32 bits per 5.5131 + pixel (16M colors, also known as `truecolor') sparse packed pixels. 5.5132 + 5.5133 +Amiga bitplanes support 5.5134 +CONFIG_FBCON_AFB 5.5135 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1 to 8 5.5136 + bitplanes (2 to 256 colors) on Amiga. 5.5137 + 5.5138 +Amiga interleaved bitplanes support 5.5139 +CONFIG_FBCON_ILBM 5.5140 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1 to 8 5.5141 + interleaved bitplanes (2 to 256 colors) on Amiga. 5.5142 + 5.5143 +Atari interleaved bitplanes (2 planes) support 5.5144 +CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P2 5.5145 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 2 interleaved 5.5146 + bitplanes (4 colors) on Atari. 5.5147 + 5.5148 +Atari interleaved bitplanes (4 planes) support 5.5149 +CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P4 5.5150 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 4 interleaved 5.5151 + bitplanes (16 colors) on Atari. 5.5152 + 5.5153 +Atari interleaved bitplanes (8 planes) support 5.5154 +CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P8 5.5155 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 8 interleaved 5.5156 + bitplanes (256 colors) on Atari. 5.5157 + 5.5158 +Mac variable bpp packed pixels support 5.5159 +CONFIG_FBCON_MAC 5.5160 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1/2/4/8/16/32 5.5161 + bits per pixel packed pixels on Mac. It supports variable font 5.5162 + widths for low resolution screens. 5.5163 + 5.5164 +Permedia3 support (EXPERIMENTAL) 5.5165 +CONFIG_FB_PM3 5.5166 + This is the frame buffer device driver for the 3DLabs Permedia3 5.5167 + chipset, used in Formac ProFormance III, 3DLabs Oxygen VX1 & 5.5168 + similar boards, 3DLabs Permedia3 Create!, Appian Jeronimo 2000 5.5169 + and maybe other boards. 5.5170 + 5.5171 +HGA monochrome support 5.5172 +CONFIG_FBCON_HGA 5.5173 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for Hercules mono 5.5174 + graphics cards. 5.5175 + 5.5176 +VGA characters/attributes support 5.5177 +CONFIG_FBCON_VGA 5.5178 + This is the low level frame buffer console driver for VGA text mode; 5.5179 + it is used by frame buffer device drivers that support VGA text 5.5180 + mode. 5.5181 + 5.5182 +Parallel-port support 5.5183 +CONFIG_PARPORT 5.5184 + If you want to use devices connected to your machine's parallel port 5.5185 + (the connector at the computer with 25 holes), e.g. printer, ZIP 5.5186 + drive, PLIP link (Parallel Line Internet Protocol is mainly used to 5.5187 + create a mini network by connecting the parallel ports of two local 5.5188 + machines) etc., then you need to say Y here; please read 5.5189 + <file:Documentation/parport.txt> and 5.5190 + <file:drivers/parport/BUGS-parport>. 5.5191 + 5.5192 + For extensive information about drivers for many devices attaching 5.5193 + to the parallel port see <http://www.torque.net/linux-pp.html> on 5.5194 + the WWW. 5.5195 + 5.5196 + It is possible to share a single parallel port among several devices 5.5197 + and it is safe to compile all the corresponding drivers into the 5.5198 + kernel. If you want to compile parallel port support as a module 5.5199 + ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running 5.5200 + kernel whenever you want), say M here and read 5.5201 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.5202 + parport.o. If you have more than one parallel port and want to 5.5203 + specify which port and IRQ to be used by this driver at module load 5.5204 + time, take a look at <file:Documentation/parport.txt>. 5.5205 + 5.5206 + If unsure, say Y. 5.5207 + 5.5208 +PC-style hardware 5.5209 +CONFIG_PARPORT_PC 5.5210 + You should say Y here if you have a PC-style parallel port. All IBM 5.5211 + PC compatible computers and some Alphas have PC-style parallel 5.5212 + ports. 5.5213 + 5.5214 + This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile it 5.5215 + as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the 5.5216 + running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read 5.5217 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.5218 + parport_pc.o. 5.5219 + 5.5220 + If unsure, say Y. 5.5221 + 5.5222 +Parallel+serial PCI multi-IO card support 5.5223 +CONFIG_PARPORT_SERIAL 5.5224 + This adds support for multi-IO PCI cards that have parallel and 5.5225 + serial ports. You should say Y or M here. If you say M, the module 5.5226 + will be called parport_serial.o. 5.5227 + 5.5228 +Use FIFO/DMA if available 5.5229 +CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_FIFO 5.5230 + Many parallel port chipsets provide hardware that can speed up 5.5231 + printing. Say Y here if you want to take advantage of that. 5.5232 + 5.5233 + As well as actually having a FIFO, or DMA capability, the kernel 5.5234 + will need to know which IRQ the parallel port has. By default, 5.5235 + parallel port interrupts will not be used, and so neither will the 5.5236 + FIFO. See <file:Documentation/parport.txt> to find out how to 5.5237 + specify which IRQ/DMA to use. 5.5238 + 5.5239 +SuperIO chipset support 5.5240 +CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_SUPERIO 5.5241 + Saying Y here enables some probes for Super-IO chipsets in order to 5.5242 + find out things like base addresses, IRQ lines and DMA channels. It 5.5243 + is safe to say N. 5.5244 + 5.5245 +Support for PCMCIA management for PC-style ports 5.5246 +CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_PCMCIA 5.5247 + Say Y here if you need PCMCIA support for your PC-style parallel 5.5248 + ports. If unsure, say N. 5.5249 + 5.5250 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.5251 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.5252 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.5253 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.5254 + parport_cs.o 5.5255 + 5.5256 +Support foreign hardware 5.5257 +CONFIG_PARPORT_OTHER 5.5258 + Say Y here if you want to be able to load driver modules to support 5.5259 + other non-standard types of parallel ports. This causes a 5.5260 + performance loss, so most people say N. 5.5261 + 5.5262 +Amiga built-in parallel port support 5.5263 +CONFIG_PARPORT_AMIGA 5.5264 + Say Y here if you need support for the parallel port hardware on 5.5265 + Amiga machines. This code is also available as a module (say M), 5.5266 + called parport_amiga.o. If in doubt, saying N is the safe plan. 5.5267 + 5.5268 +Atari built-in parallel port support 5.5269 +CONFIG_PARPORT_ATARI 5.5270 + Say Y here if you need support for the parallel port hardware on 5.5271 + Atari machines. This code is also available as a module (say M), 5.5272 + called parport_atari.o. If in doubt, saying N is the safe plan. 5.5273 + 5.5274 +Multiface III parallel port support 5.5275 +CONFIG_PARPORT_MFC3 5.5276 + Say Y here if you need parallel port support for the MFC3 card. 5.5277 + This code is also available as a module (say M), called 5.5278 + parport_mfc3.o. If in doubt, saying N is the safe plan. 5.5279 + 5.5280 +Support IEEE 1284 status readback 5.5281 +CONFIG_PRINTER_READBACK 5.5282 + If you have a device on your parallel port that support this 5.5283 + protocol, this option will allow the device to report its status. It 5.5284 + is safe to say Y. 5.5285 + 5.5286 +IEEE 1284 transfer modes 5.5287 +CONFIG_PARPORT_1284 5.5288 + If you have a printer that supports status readback or device ID, or 5.5289 + want to use a device that uses enhanced parallel port transfer modes 5.5290 + such as EPP and ECP, say Y here to enable advanced IEEE 1284 5.5291 + transfer modes. Also say Y if you want device ID information to 5.5292 + appear in /proc/sys/dev/parport/*/autoprobe*. It is safe to say N. 5.5293 + 5.5294 +Enable loadable module support 5.5295 +CONFIG_MODULES 5.5296 + Kernel modules are small pieces of compiled code which can be 5.5297 + inserted in or removed from the running kernel, using the programs 5.5298 + insmod and rmmod. This is described in the file 5.5299 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>, including the fact that you have 5.5300 + to say "make modules" in order to compile the modules that you chose 5.5301 + during kernel configuration. Modules can be device drivers, file 5.5302 + systems, binary executable formats, and so on. If you think that you 5.5303 + may want to make use of modules with this kernel in the future, then 5.5304 + say Y here. If unsure, say Y. 5.5305 + 5.5306 +Set version information on all symbols for modules 5.5307 +CONFIG_MODVERSIONS 5.5308 + Usually, modules have to be recompiled whenever you switch to a new 5.5309 + kernel. Saying Y here makes it possible, and safe, to use the 5.5310 + same modules even after compiling a new kernel; this requires the 5.5311 + program modprobe. All the software needed for module support is in 5.5312 + the modutils package (check the file <file:Documentation/Changes> 5.5313 + for location and latest version). NOTE: if you say Y here but don't 5.5314 + have the program genksyms (which is also contained in the above 5.5315 + mentioned modutils package), then the building of your kernel will 5.5316 + fail. If you are going to use modules that are generated from 5.5317 + non-kernel sources, you would benefit from this option. Otherwise 5.5318 + it's not that important. So, N ought to be a safe bet. 5.5319 + 5.5320 +Kernel module loader support 5.5321 +CONFIG_KMOD 5.5322 + Normally when you have selected some drivers and/or file systems to 5.5323 + be created as loadable modules, you also have the responsibility to 5.5324 + load the corresponding modules (using the programs insmod or 5.5325 + modprobe) before you can use them. If you say Y here however, the 5.5326 + kernel will be able to load modules for itself: when a part of the 5.5327 + kernel needs a module, it runs modprobe with the appropriate 5.5328 + arguments, thereby loading the module if it is available. (This is a 5.5329 + replacement for kerneld.) Say Y here and read about configuring it 5.5330 + in <file:Documentation/kmod.txt>. 5.5331 + 5.5332 +ARP daemon support 5.5333 +CONFIG_ARPD 5.5334 + Normally, the kernel maintains an internal cache which maps IP 5.5335 + addresses to hardware addresses on the local network, so that 5.5336 + Ethernet/Token Ring/ etc. frames are sent to the proper address on 5.5337 + the physical networking layer. For small networks having a few 5.5338 + hundred directly connected hosts or less, keeping this address 5.5339 + resolution (ARP) cache inside the kernel works well. However, 5.5340 + maintaining an internal ARP cache does not work well for very large 5.5341 + switched networks, and will use a lot of kernel memory if TCP/IP 5.5342 + connections are made to many machines on the network. 5.5343 + 5.5344 + If you say Y here, the kernel's internal ARP cache will never grow 5.5345 + to more than 256 entries (the oldest entries are expired in a LIFO 5.5346 + manner) and communication will be attempted with the user space ARP 5.5347 + daemon arpd. Arpd then answers the address resolution request either 5.5348 + from its own cache or by asking the net. 5.5349 + 5.5350 + This code is experimental and also obsolete. If you want to use it, 5.5351 + you need to find a version of the daemon arpd on the net somewhere, 5.5352 + and you should also say Y to "Kernel/User network link driver", 5.5353 + below. If unsure, say N. 5.5354 + 5.5355 +TCP/IP networking 5.5356 +CONFIG_INET 5.5357 + These are the protocols used on the Internet and on most local 5.5358 + Ethernets. It is highly recommended to say Y here (this will enlarge 5.5359 + your kernel by about 144 KB), since some programs (e.g. the X window 5.5360 + system) use TCP/IP even if your machine is not connected to any 5.5361 + other computer. You will get the so-called loopback device which 5.5362 + allows you to ping yourself (great fun, that!). 5.5363 + 5.5364 + For an excellent introduction to Linux networking, please read the 5.5365 + NET-3-HOWTO, available from 5.5366 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.5367 + 5.5368 + This option is also necessary if you want to use the full power of 5.5369 + term (term is a program which gives you almost full Internet 5.5370 + connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on some 5.5371 + Internet connected Unix computer; for more information, read 5.5372 + <http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html>). 5.5373 + 5.5374 + If you say Y here and also to "/proc file system support" and 5.5375 + "Sysctl support" below, you can change various aspects of the 5.5376 + behaviour of the TCP/IP code by writing to the (virtual) files in 5.5377 + /proc/sys/net/ipv4/*; the options are explained in the file 5.5378 + <file:Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt>. 5.5379 + 5.5380 + Short answer: say Y. 5.5381 + 5.5382 +IP multicasting 5.5383 +CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST 5.5384 + This is code for addressing several networked computers at once, 5.5385 + enlarging your kernel by about 2 KB. You need multicasting if you 5.5386 + intend to participate in the MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top 5.5387 + of the Internet which carries audio and video broadcasts. More 5.5388 + information about the MBONE is on the WWW at 5.5389 + <http://www-itg.lbl.gov/mbone/>. Information about the multicast 5.5390 + capabilities of the various network cards is contained in 5.5391 + <file:Documentation/networking/multicast.txt>. For most people, it's 5.5392 + safe to say N. 5.5393 + 5.5394 +Advanced router 5.5395 +CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER 5.5396 + If you intend to run your Linux box mostly as a router, i.e. as a 5.5397 + computer that forwards and redistributes network packets, say Y; you 5.5398 + will then be presented with several options that allow more precise 5.5399 + control about the routing process. 5.5400 + 5.5401 + The answer to this question won't directly affect the kernel: 5.5402 + answering N will just cause the configurator to skip all the 5.5403 + questions about advanced routing. 5.5404 + 5.5405 + Note that your box can only act as a router if you enable IP 5.5406 + forwarding in your kernel; you can do that by saying Y to "/proc 5.5407 + file system support" and "Sysctl support" below and executing the 5.5408 + line 5.5409 + 5.5410 + echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward 5.5411 + 5.5412 + at boot time after the /proc file system has been mounted. 5.5413 + 5.5414 + If you turn on IP forwarding, you will also get the rp_filter, which 5.5415 + automatically rejects incoming packets if the routing table entry 5.5416 + for their source address doesn't match the network interface they're 5.5417 + arriving on. This has security advantages because it prevents the 5.5418 + so-called IP spoofing, however it can pose problems if you use 5.5419 + asymmetric routing (packets from you to a host take a different path 5.5420 + than packets from that host to you) or if you operate a non-routing 5.5421 + host which has several IP addresses on different interfaces. To turn 5.5422 + rp_filter off use: 5.5423 + 5.5424 + echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/<device>/rp_filter 5.5425 + or 5.5426 + echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter 5.5427 + 5.5428 + If unsure, say N here. 5.5429 + 5.5430 +Policy routing 5.5431 +CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES 5.5432 + Normally, a router decides what to do with a received packet based 5.5433 + solely on the packet's final destination address. If you say Y here, 5.5434 + the Linux router will also be able to take the packet's source 5.5435 + address into account. Furthermore, if you also say Y to "Use TOS 5.5436 + value as routing key" below, the TOS (Type-Of-Service) field of the 5.5437 + packet can be used for routing decisions as well. In addition, if 5.5438 + you say Y here and to "Fast network address translation" below, 5.5439 + the router will also be able to modify source and destination 5.5440 + addresses of forwarded packets. 5.5441 + 5.5442 + If you are interested in this, please see the preliminary 5.5443 + documentation at <http://www.compendium.com.ar/policy-routing.txt> 5.5444 + and <ftp://post.tepkom.ru/pub/vol2/Linux/docs/advanced-routing.tex>. 5.5445 + You will need supporting software from 5.5446 + <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/>. 5.5447 + 5.5448 + If unsure, say N. 5.5449 + 5.5450 +Equal cost multipath 5.5451 +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH 5.5452 + Normally, the routing tables specify a single action to be taken in 5.5453 + a deterministic manner for a given packet. If you say Y here 5.5454 + however, it becomes possible to attach several actions to a packet 5.5455 + pattern, in effect specifying several alternative paths to travel 5.5456 + for those packets. The router considers all these paths to be of 5.5457 + equal "cost" and chooses one of them in a non-deterministic fashion 5.5458 + if a matching packet arrives. 5.5459 + 5.5460 +Use TOS value as routing key 5.5461 +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_TOS 5.5462 + The header of every IP packet carries a TOS (Type Of Service) value 5.5463 + with which the packet requests a certain treatment, e.g. low 5.5464 + latency (for interactive traffic), high throughput, or high 5.5465 + reliability. If you say Y here, you will be able to specify 5.5466 + different routes for packets with different TOS values. 5.5467 + 5.5468 +Use netfilter MARK value as routing key 5.5469 +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_FWMARK 5.5470 + If you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for 5.5471 + packets with different mark values (see iptables(8), MARK target). 5.5472 + 5.5473 +Verbose route monitoring 5.5474 +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_VERBOSE 5.5475 + If you say Y here, which is recommended, then the kernel will print 5.5476 + verbose messages regarding the routing, for example warnings about 5.5477 + received packets which look strange and could be evidence of an 5.5478 + attack or a misconfigured system somewhere. The information is 5.5479 + handled by the klogd daemon which is responsible for kernel messages 5.5480 + ("man klogd"). 5.5481 + 5.5482 +Large routing tables 5.5483 +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_LARGE_TABLES 5.5484 + If you have routing zones that grow to more than about 64 entries, 5.5485 + you may want to say Y here to speed up the routing process. 5.5486 + 5.5487 +Fast network address translation 5.5488 +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_NAT 5.5489 + If you say Y here, your router will be able to modify source and 5.5490 + destination addresses of packets that pass through it, in a manner 5.5491 + you specify. General information about Network Address Translation 5.5492 + can be gotten from the document 5.5493 + <http://www.csn.tu-chemnitz.de/~mha/linux-ip-nat/diplom/nat.html>. 5.5494 + 5.5495 +Kernel level IP autoconfiguration 5.5496 +CONFIG_IP_PNP 5.5497 + This enables automatic configuration of IP addresses of devices and 5.5498 + of the routing table during kernel boot, based on either information 5.5499 + supplied on the kernel command line or by BOOTP or RARP protocols. 5.5500 + You need to say Y only for diskless machines requiring network 5.5501 + access to boot (in which case you want to say Y to "Root file system 5.5502 + on NFS" as well), because all other machines configure the network 5.5503 + in their startup scripts. 5.5504 + 5.5505 +BOOTP support 5.5506 +CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP 5.5507 + If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the 5.5508 + one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the 5.5509 + net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be 5.5510 + discovered automatically at boot time using the BOOTP protocol (a 5.5511 + special protocol designed for doing this job), say Y here. In case 5.5512 + the boot ROM of your network card was designed for booting Linux and 5.5513 + does BOOTP itself, providing all necessary information on the kernel 5.5514 + command line, you can say N here. If unsure, say Y. Note that if you 5.5515 + want to use BOOTP, a BOOTP server must be operating on your network. 5.5516 + Read <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for details. 5.5517 + 5.5518 +DHCP support 5.5519 +CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP 5.5520 + If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the 5.5521 + one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the 5.5522 + net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be 5.5523 + discovered automatically at boot time using the DHCP protocol (a 5.5524 + special protocol designed for doing this job), say Y here. In case 5.5525 + the boot ROM of your network card was designed for booting Linux and 5.5526 + does DHCP itself, providing all necessary information on the kernel 5.5527 + command line, you can say N here. 5.5528 + 5.5529 + If unsure, say Y. Note that if you want to use DHCP, a DHCP server 5.5530 + must be operating on your network. Read 5.5531 + <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for details. 5.5532 + 5.5533 +RARP support 5.5534 +CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP 5.5535 + If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the 5.5536 + one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the 5.5537 + net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be 5.5538 + discovered automatically at boot time using the RARP protocol (an 5.5539 + older protocol which is being obsoleted by BOOTP and DHCP), say Y 5.5540 + here. Note that if you want to use RARP, a RARP server must be 5.5541 + operating on your network. Read <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for 5.5542 + details. 5.5543 + 5.5544 +IP tunneling 5.5545 +CONFIG_NET_IPIP 5.5546 + Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within 5.5547 + another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the 5.5548 + encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements 5.5549 + encapsulation of IP within IP, which sounds kind of pointless, but 5.5550 + can be useful if you want to make your (or some other) machine 5.5551 + appear on a different network than it physically is, or to use 5.5552 + mobile-IP facilities (allowing laptops to seamlessly move between 5.5553 + networks without changing their IP addresses; check out 5.5554 + <http://anchor.cs.binghamton.edu/~mobileip/LJ/index.html>). 5.5555 + 5.5556 + Saying Y to this option will produce two modules ( = code which can 5.5557 + be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 5.5558 + want). Most people won't need this and can say N. 5.5559 + 5.5560 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.5561 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.5562 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.5563 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.5564 + ipip.o 5.5565 + 5.5566 +GRE tunnels over IP 5.5567 +CONFIG_NET_IPGRE 5.5568 + Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within 5.5569 + another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the 5.5570 + encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements 5.5571 + GRE (Generic Routing Encapsulation) and at this time allows 5.5572 + encapsulating of IPv4 or IPv6 over existing IPv4 infrastructure. 5.5573 + This driver is useful if the other endpoint is a Cisco router: Cisco 5.5574 + likes GRE much better than the other Linux tunneling driver ("IP 5.5575 + tunneling" above). In addition, GRE allows multicast redistribution 5.5576 + through the tunnel. 5.5577 + 5.5578 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.5579 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.5580 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.5581 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.5582 + ip_gre.o 5.5583 + 5.5584 +Broadcast GRE over IP 5.5585 +CONFIG_NET_IPGRE_BROADCAST 5.5586 + One application of GRE/IP is to construct a broadcast WAN (Wide Area 5.5587 + Network), which looks like a normal Ethernet LAN (Local Area 5.5588 + Network), but can be distributed all over the Internet. If you want 5.5589 + to do that, say Y here and to "IP multicast routing" below. 5.5590 + 5.5591 +IP multicast routing 5.5592 +CONFIG_IP_MROUTE 5.5593 + This is used if you want your machine to act as a router for IP 5.5594 + packets that have several destination addresses. It is needed on the 5.5595 + MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top of the Internet which carries 5.5596 + audio and video broadcasts. In order to do that, you would most 5.5597 + likely run the program mrouted. Information about the multicast 5.5598 + capabilities of the various network cards is contained in 5.5599 + <file:Documentation/networking/multicast.txt>. If you haven't heard 5.5600 + about it, you don't need it. 5.5601 + 5.5602 +PIM-SM version 1 support 5.5603 +CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V1 5.5604 + Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM (Protocol Independent 5.5605 + Multicast) version 1. This multicast routing protocol is used widely 5.5606 + because Cisco supports it. You need special software to use it 5.5607 + (pimd-v1). Please see <http://netweb.usc.edu/pim/> for more 5.5608 + information about PIM. 5.5609 + 5.5610 + Say Y if you want to use PIM-SM v1. Note that you can say N here if 5.5611 + you just want to use Dense Mode PIM. 5.5612 + 5.5613 +PIM-SM version 2 support 5.5614 +CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V2 5.5615 + Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM version 2. In order to use 5.5616 + this, you need an experimental routing daemon supporting it (pimd or 5.5617 + gated-5). This routing protocol is not used widely, so say N unless 5.5618 + you want to play with it. 5.5619 + 5.5620 +Unix domain sockets 5.5621 +CONFIG_UNIX 5.5622 + If you say Y here, you will include support for Unix domain sockets; 5.5623 + sockets are the standard Unix mechanism for establishing and 5.5624 + accessing network connections. Many commonly used programs such as 5.5625 + the X Window system and syslog use these sockets even if your 5.5626 + machine is not connected to any network. Unless you are working on 5.5627 + an embedded system or something similar, you therefore definitely 5.5628 + want to say Y here. 5.5629 + 5.5630 + However, the socket support is also available as a module ( = code 5.5631 + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.5632 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.5633 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be 5.5634 + called unix.o. If you try building this as a module and you have 5.5635 + said Y to "Kernel module loader support" above, be sure to add 5.5636 + 'alias net-pf-1 unix' to your /etc/modules.conf file. Note that 5.5637 + several important services won't work correctly if you say M here 5.5638 + and then neglect to load the module. 5.5639 + 5.5640 + Say Y unless you know what you are doing. 5.5641 + 5.5642 +The IPv6 protocol 5.5643 +CONFIG_IPV6 5.5644 + This is experimental support for the next version of the Internet 5.5645 + Protocol: IP version 6 (also called IPng "IP next generation"). 5.5646 + Features of this new protocol include: expanded address space, 5.5647 + authentication and privacy, and seamless interoperability with the 5.5648 + current version of IP (IP version 4). For general information about 5.5649 + IPv6, see <http://playground.sun.com/pub/ipng/html/ipng-main.html>; 5.5650 + for specific information about IPv6 under Linux read the HOWTO at 5.5651 + <http://www.bieringer.de/linux/IPv6/> and the file net/ipv6/README 5.5652 + in the kernel source. 5.5653 + 5.5654 + If you want to use IPv6, please upgrade to the newest net-tools as 5.5655 + given in <file:Documentation/Changes>. You will still be able to do 5.5656 + regular IPv4 networking as well. 5.5657 + 5.5658 + This protocol support is also available as a module ( = code which 5.5659 + can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 5.5660 + want). The module will be called ipv6.o. If you want to compile it 5.5661 + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.5662 + 5.5663 + It is safe to say N here for now. 5.5664 + 5.5665 +Kernel httpd acceleration 5.5666 +CONFIG_KHTTPD 5.5667 + The kernel httpd acceleration daemon (kHTTPd) is a (limited) web 5.5668 + server built into the kernel. It is limited since it can only serve 5.5669 + files from the file system and cannot deal with executable content 5.5670 + such as CGI scripts. Serving files is sped up if you use kHTTPd. 5.5671 + If kHTTPd is not able to fulfill a request, it can transparently 5.5672 + pass it through to a user space web server such as apache. 5.5673 + 5.5674 + Saying "M" here builds the kHTTPd module; this is NOT enough to have 5.5675 + a working kHTTPd. For safety reasons, the module has to be activated 5.5676 + by doing a "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/khttpd/start" after inserting the 5.5677 + module. 5.5678 + 5.5679 + Before using this, read the README in net/khttpd ! 5.5680 + 5.5681 + The kHTTPd is experimental. Be careful when using it on a production 5.5682 + machine. Also note that kHTTPd doesn't support virtual servers yet. 5.5683 + 5.5684 +The IPX protocol 5.5685 +CONFIG_IPX 5.5686 + This is support for the Novell networking protocol, IPX, commonly 5.5687 + used for local networks of Windows machines. You need it if you 5.5688 + want to access Novell NetWare file or print servers using the Linux 5.5689 + Novell client ncpfs (available from 5.5690 + <ftp://platan.vc.cvut.cz/pub/linux/ncpfs/>) or from 5.5691 + within the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, 5.5692 + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>). In order 5.5693 + to do the former, you'll also have to say Y to "NCP file system 5.5694 + support", below. 5.5695 + 5.5696 + IPX is similar in scope to IP, while SPX, which runs on top of IPX, 5.5697 + is similar to TCP. There is also experimental support for SPX in 5.5698 + Linux (see "SPX networking", below). 5.5699 + 5.5700 + To turn your Linux box into a fully featured NetWare file server and 5.5701 + IPX router, say Y here and fetch either lwared from 5.5702 + <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/network/daemons/> or 5.5703 + mars_nwe from <ftp://www.compu-art.de/mars_nwe/>. For more 5.5704 + information, read the IPX-HOWTO available from 5.5705 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.5706 + 5.5707 + General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and 5.5708 + Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>. 5.5709 + 5.5710 + The IPX driver would enlarge your kernel by about 16 KB. This driver 5.5711 + is also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and 5.5712 + removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The module will 5.5713 + be called ipx.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here 5.5714 + and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Unless you want to 5.5715 + integrate your Linux box with a local Novell network, say N. 5.5716 + 5.5717 +Full internal IPX network 5.5718 +CONFIG_IPX_INTERN 5.5719 + Every IPX network has an address that identifies it. Sometimes it is 5.5720 + useful to give an IPX "network" address to your Linux box as well 5.5721 + (for example if your box is acting as a file server for different 5.5722 + IPX networks: it will then be accessible from everywhere using the 5.5723 + same address). The way this is done is to create a virtual internal 5.5724 + "network" inside your box and to assign an IPX address to this 5.5725 + network. Say Y here if you want to do this; read the IPX-HOWTO at 5.5726 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> for details. 5.5727 + 5.5728 + The full internal IPX network enables you to allocate sockets on 5.5729 + different virtual nodes of the internal network. This is done by 5.5730 + evaluating the field sipx_node of the socket address given to the 5.5731 + bind call. So applications should always initialize the node field 5.5732 + to 0 when binding a socket on the primary network. In this case the 5.5733 + socket is assigned the default node that has been given to the 5.5734 + kernel when the internal network was created. By enabling the full 5.5735 + internal IPX network the cross-forwarding of packets targeted at 5.5736 + 'special' sockets to sockets listening on the primary network is 5.5737 + disabled. This might break existing applications, especially RIP/SAP 5.5738 + daemons. A RIP/SAP daemon that works well with the full internal net 5.5739 + can be found on <ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/ncpfs/>. 5.5740 + 5.5741 + If you don't know what you are doing, say N. 5.5742 + 5.5743 +#(We're told this will come back someday) 5.5744 + 5.5745 +SPX networking 5.5746 +CONFIG_SPX 5.5747 + * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Petr Vandrovec * 5.5748 + * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact * 5.5749 + * the Configure.help maintainers. * 5.5750 + The Sequenced Packet eXchange protocol is a transport layer protocol 5.5751 + built on top of IPX. It is used in Novell NetWare systems for 5.5752 + client-server applications and is similar to TCP (which runs on top 5.5753 + of IP). 5.5754 + 5.5755 + Note that Novell NetWare file sharing does not use SPX; it uses a 5.5756 + protocol called NCP, for which separate Linux support is available 5.5757 + ("NCP file system support" below for the client side, and the user 5.5758 + space programs lwared or mars_nwe for the server side). 5.5759 + 5.5760 + Say Y here if you have use for SPX; read the IPX-HOWTO at 5.5761 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> for details. 5.5762 + 5.5763 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.5764 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.5765 + The module will be called af_spx.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.5766 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.5767 + 5.5768 +DECnet networking 5.5769 +CONFIG_DECNET 5.5770 + The DECnet networking protocol was used in many products made by 5.5771 + Digital (now Compaq). It provides reliable stream and sequenced 5.5772 + packet communications over which run a variety of services similar 5.5773 + to those which run over TCP/IP. 5.5774 + 5.5775 + To find some tools to use with the kernel layer support, please 5.5776 + look at Patrick Caulfield's web site: 5.5777 + <http://linux.dreamtime.org/decnet/>. 5.5778 + 5.5779 + More detailed documentation is available in 5.5780 + <file:Documentation/networking/decnet.txt>. 5.5781 + 5.5782 + Be sure to say Y to "/proc file system support" and "Sysctl support" 5.5783 + below when using DECnet, since you will need sysctl support to aid 5.5784 + in configuration at run time. 5.5785 + 5.5786 + The DECnet code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.5787 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.5788 + The module is called decnet.o. 5.5789 + 5.5790 +DECnet SIOCFIGCONF support 5.5791 +CONFIG_DECNET_SIOCGIFCONF 5.5792 + This option should only be turned on if you are really sure that 5.5793 + you know what you are doing. It can break other applications which 5.5794 + use this system call and the proper way to get the information 5.5795 + provided by this call is to use rtnetlink. 5.5796 + 5.5797 + If unsure, say N. 5.5798 + 5.5799 +DECnet router support 5.5800 +CONFIG_DECNET_ROUTER 5.5801 + Add support for turning your DECnet Endnode into a level 1 or 2 5.5802 + router. This is an unfinished option for developers only. If you 5.5803 + do say Y here, then make sure that you also say Y to "Kernel/User 5.5804 + network link driver", "Routing messages" and "Network packet 5.5805 + filtering". The first two are required to allow configuration via 5.5806 + rtnetlink (currently you need Alexey Kuznetsov's iproute2 package 5.5807 + from <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/>). The "Network packet filtering" option 5.5808 + will be required for the forthcoming routing daemon to work. 5.5809 + 5.5810 + See <file:Documentation/networking/decnet.txt> for more information. 5.5811 + 5.5812 +Use FWMARK value as DECnet routing key 5.5813 +CONFIG_DECNET_ROUTE_FWMARK 5.5814 + If you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for 5.5815 + packets with different FWMARK ("firewalling mark") values 5.5816 + (see ipchains(8), "-m" argument). 5.5817 + 5.5818 +AppleTalk interfaces support 5.5819 +CONFIG_DEV_APPLETALK 5.5820 + AppleTalk is the protocol that Apple computers can use to communicate 5.5821 + on a network. If your Linux box is connected to such a network, and wish 5.5822 + to do IP over it, or you have a LocalTalk card and wish to use it to 5.5823 + connect to the AppleTalk network, say Y. 5.5824 + 5.5825 +AppleTalk protocol support 5.5826 +CONFIG_ATALK 5.5827 + AppleTalk is the protocol that Apple computers can use to communicate 5.5828 + on a network. If your Linux box is connected to such a network and you 5.5829 + wish to connect to it, say Y. You will need to use the netatalk package 5.5830 + so that your Linux box can act as a print and file server for Macs as 5.5831 + well as access AppleTalk printers. Check out 5.5832 + <http://www.zettabyte.net/netatalk/> on the WWW for details. 5.5833 + EtherTalk is the name used for AppleTalk over Ethernet and the 5.5834 + cheaper and slower LocalTalk is AppleTalk over a proprietary Apple 5.5835 + network using serial links. EtherTalk and LocalTalk are fully 5.5836 + supported by Linux. 5.5837 + 5.5838 + General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and 5.5839 + Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>. The 5.5840 + NET-3-HOWTO, available from 5.5841 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable 5.5842 + information as well. 5.5843 + 5.5844 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.5845 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.5846 + The module is called appletalk.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.5847 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. You 5.5848 + almost certainly want to compile it as a module so you can restart 5.5849 + your AppleTalk stack without rebooting your machine. I hear that 5.5850 + the GNU boycott of Apple is over, so even politically correct people 5.5851 + are allowed to say Y here. 5.5852 + 5.5853 +AppleTalk-IP driver support 5.5854 +CONFIG_IPDDP 5.5855 + This allows IP networking for users who only have AppleTalk 5.5856 + networking available. This feature is experimental. With this 5.5857 + driver, you can encapsulate IP inside AppleTalk (e.g. if your Linux 5.5858 + box is stuck on an AppleTalk only network) or decapsulate (e.g. if 5.5859 + you want your Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for a zoo of 5.5860 + AppleTalk connected Macs). Please see the file 5.5861 + <file:Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt> for more information. 5.5862 + 5.5863 + If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP support will be compiled into 5.5864 + the kernel. In this case, you can either use encapsulation or 5.5865 + decapsulation, but not both. With the following two questions, you 5.5866 + decide which one you want. 5.5867 + 5.5868 + If you say M here, the AppleTalk-IP support will be compiled as a 5.5869 + module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the 5.5870 + running kernel whenever you want, read 5.5871 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>). The module is called ipddp.o. 5.5872 + In this case, you will be able to use both encapsulation and 5.5873 + decapsulation simultaneously, by loading two copies of the module 5.5874 + and specifying different values for the module option ipddp_mode. 5.5875 + 5.5876 +IP to AppleTalk-IP Encapsulation support 5.5877 +CONFIG_IPDDP_ENCAP 5.5878 + If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP code will be able to encapsulate 5.5879 + IP packets inside AppleTalk frames; this is useful if your Linux box 5.5880 + is stuck on an AppleTalk network (which hopefully contains a 5.5881 + decapsulator somewhere). Please see 5.5882 + <file:Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt> for more information. If 5.5883 + you said Y to "AppleTalk-IP driver support" above and you say Y 5.5884 + here, then you cannot say Y to "AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation 5.5885 + support", below. 5.5886 + 5.5887 +AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation support 5.5888 +CONFIG_IPDDP_DECAP 5.5889 + If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP code will be able to decapsulate 5.5890 + AppleTalk-IP frames to IP packets; this is useful if you want your 5.5891 + Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for an AppleTalk network. 5.5892 + Please see <file:Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt> for more 5.5893 + information. If you said Y to "AppleTalk-IP driver support" above 5.5894 + and you say Y here, then you cannot say Y to "IP to AppleTalk-IP 5.5895 + Encapsulation support", above. 5.5896 + 5.5897 +Apple/Farallon LocalTalk PC card support 5.5898 +CONFIG_LTPC 5.5899 + This allows you to use the AppleTalk PC card to connect to LocalTalk 5.5900 + networks. The card is also known as the Farallon PhoneNet PC card. 5.5901 + If you are in doubt, this card is the one with the 65C02 chip on it. 5.5902 + You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk package. 5.5903 + This driver is experimental, which means that it may not work. 5.5904 + See the file <file:Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt>. 5.5905 + 5.5906 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.5907 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.5908 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.5909 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.5910 + ltpc.o 5.5911 + 5.5912 +COPS LocalTalk PC card support 5.5913 +CONFIG_COPS 5.5914 + This allows you to use COPS AppleTalk cards to connect to LocalTalk 5.5915 + networks. You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk 5.5916 + package. This driver is experimental, which means that it may not 5.5917 + work. This driver will only work if you choose "AppleTalk DDP" 5.5918 + networking support, above. 5.5919 + Please read the file <file:Documentation/networking/cops.txt>. 5.5920 + 5.5921 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.5922 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.5923 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.5924 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.5925 + cops.o 5.5926 + 5.5927 +Dayna firmware support 5.5928 +CONFIG_COPS_DAYNA 5.5929 + Support COPS compatible cards with Dayna style firmware (Dayna 5.5930 + DL2000/ Daynatalk/PC (half length), COPS LT-95, Farallon PhoneNET PC 5.5931 + III, Farallon PhoneNET PC II). 5.5932 + 5.5933 +Tangent firmware support 5.5934 +CONFIG_COPS_TANGENT 5.5935 + Support COPS compatible cards with Tangent style firmware (Tangent 5.5936 + ATB_II, Novell NL-1000, Daystar Digital LT-200. 5.5937 + 5.5938 +Amateur Radio support 5.5939 +CONFIG_HAMRADIO 5.5940 + If you want to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio, answer Y 5.5941 + here. You want to read <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html> and 5.5942 + the AX25-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.5943 + 5.5944 + Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 5.5945 + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 5.5946 + the questions about amateur radio. 5.5947 + 5.5948 +Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2 protocol 5.5949 +CONFIG_AX25 5.5950 + This is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur 5.5951 + radio. It is either used by itself for point-to-point links, or to 5.5952 + carry other protocols such as tcp/ip. To use it, you need a device 5.5953 + that connects your Linux box to your amateur radio. You can either 5.5954 + use a low speed TNC (a Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of 5.5955 + modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's 5.5956 + microphone input and speaker output) supporting the KISS protocol or 5.5957 + one of the various SCC cards that are supported by the generic Z8530 5.5958 + or the DMA SCC driver. Another option are the Baycom modem serial 5.5959 + and parallel port hacks or the sound card modem (supported by their 5.5960 + own drivers). If you say Y here, you also have to say Y to one of 5.5961 + those drivers. 5.5962 + 5.5963 + Information about where to get supporting software for Linux amateur 5.5964 + radio as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is 5.5965 + contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from 5.5966 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You might also want to 5.5967 + check out the file <file:Documentation/networking/ax25.txt> in the 5.5968 + kernel source. More information about digital amateur radio in 5.5969 + general is on the WWW at 5.5970 + <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html>. 5.5971 + 5.5972 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.5973 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.5974 + The module will be called ax25.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.5975 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.5976 + 5.5977 +AX.25 DAMA Slave support 5.5978 +CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_SLAVE 5.5979 + DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25 5.5980 + networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic 5.5981 + from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other slaves. 5.5982 + If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA slave; this is 5.5983 + transparent in that you don't have to do any special DAMA 5.5984 + configuration. (Linux cannot yet act as a DAMA server.) If unsure, 5.5985 + say N. 5.5986 + 5.5987 +AX.25 DAMA Master support 5.5988 +CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_MASTER 5.5989 + DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25 5.5990 + networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic 5.5991 + from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other 5.5992 + slaves. If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA server. 5.5993 + If unsure, say N. 5.5994 + 5.5995 +Amateur Radio NET/ROM support 5.5996 +CONFIG_NETROM 5.5997 + NET/ROM is a network layer protocol on top of AX.25 useful for 5.5998 + routing. 5.5999 + 5.6000 + A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio 5.6001 + users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is 5.6002 + contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from 5.6003 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You also might want to 5.6004 + check out the file <file:Documentation/networking/ax25.txt>. More 5.6005 + information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at 5.6006 + <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html>. 5.6007 + 5.6008 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.6009 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.6010 + The module will be called netrom.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.6011 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.6012 + 5.6013 +Amateur Radio X.25 PLP (Rose) 5.6014 +CONFIG_ROSE 5.6015 + The Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) is a way to route packets over X.25 5.6016 + connections in general and amateur radio AX.25 connections in 5.6017 + particular, essentially an alternative to NET/ROM. 5.6018 + 5.6019 + A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio 5.6020 + users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is 5.6021 + contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from 5.6022 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You also might want to 5.6023 + check out the file <file:Documentation/networking/ax25.txt>. More 5.6024 + information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at 5.6025 + <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html>. 5.6026 + 5.6027 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.6028 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.6029 + The module will be called rose.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.6030 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.6031 + 5.6032 +Serial port KISS driver for AX.25 5.6033 +CONFIG_MKISS 5.6034 + KISS is a protocol used for the exchange of data between a computer 5.6035 + and a Terminal Node Controller (a small embedded system commonly 5.6036 + used for networking over AX.25 amateur radio connections; it 5.6037 + connects the computer's serial port with the radio's microphone 5.6038 + input and speaker output). 5.6039 + 5.6040 + Although KISS is less advanced than the 6pack protocol, it has 5.6041 + the advantage that it is already supported by most modern TNCs 5.6042 + without the need for a firmware upgrade. 5.6043 + 5.6044 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.6045 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.6046 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.6047 + will be called mkiss.o. 5.6048 + 5.6049 +Serial port 6PACK driver for AX.25 5.6050 +CONFIG_6PACK 5.6051 + 6pack is a transmission protocol for the data exchange between your 5.6052 + PC and your TNC (the Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of 5.6053 + modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's 5.6054 + microphone input and speaker output). This protocol can be used as 5.6055 + an alternative to KISS for networking over AX.25 amateur radio 5.6056 + connections, but it has some extended functionality. 5.6057 + 5.6058 + Note that this driver is still experimental and might cause 5.6059 + problems. For details about the features and the usage of the 5.6060 + driver, read <file:Documentation/networking/6pack.txt>. 5.6061 + 5.6062 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.6063 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.6064 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.6065 + will be called 6pack.o. 5.6066 + 5.6067 +BPQ Ethernet driver 5.6068 +CONFIG_BPQETHER 5.6069 + AX.25 is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur 5.6070 + radio. If you say Y here, you will be able to send and receive AX.25 5.6071 + traffic over Ethernet (also called "BPQ AX.25"), which could be 5.6072 + useful if some other computer on your local network has a direct 5.6073 + amateur radio connection. 5.6074 + 5.6075 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.6076 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.6077 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.6078 + will be called bpqether.o. 5.6079 + 5.6080 +High-speed (DMA) SCC driver for AX.25 5.6081 +CONFIG_DMASCC 5.6082 + This is a driver for high-speed SCC boards, i.e. those supporting 5.6083 + DMA on one port. You usually use those boards to connect your 5.6084 + computer to an amateur radio modem (such as the WA4DSY 56kbps 5.6085 + modem), in order to send and receive AX.25 packet radio network 5.6086 + traffic. 5.6087 + 5.6088 + Currently, this driver supports Ottawa PI/PI2, Paccomm/Gracilis 5.6089 + PackeTwin, and S5SCC/DMA boards. They are detected automatically. 5.6090 + If you have one of these cards, say Y here and read the AX25-HOWTO, 5.6091 + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.6092 + 5.6093 + This driver can operate multiple boards simultaneously. If you 5.6094 + compile it as a module (by saying M instead of Y), it will be called 5.6095 + dmascc.o. If you don't pass any parameter to the driver, all 5.6096 + possible I/O addresses are probed. This could irritate other devices 5.6097 + that are currently not in use. You may specify the list of addresses 5.6098 + to be probed by "dmascc=addr1,addr2,..." (when compiled into the 5.6099 + kernel image) or "io=addr1,addr2,..." (when loaded as a module). The 5.6100 + network interfaces will be called dmascc0 and dmascc1 for the board 5.6101 + detected first, dmascc2 and dmascc3 for the second one, and so on. 5.6102 + 5.6103 + Before you configure each interface with ifconfig, you MUST set 5.6104 + certain parameters, such as channel access timing, clock mode, and 5.6105 + DMA channel. This is accomplished with a small utility program, 5.6106 + dmascc_cfg, available at 5.6107 + <http://www.nt.tuwien.ac.at/~kkudielk/Linux/>. Please be sure to get 5.6108 + at least version 1.27 of dmascc_cfg, as older versions will not 5.6109 + work with the current driver. 5.6110 + 5.6111 +Z8530 SCC driver for AX.25 5.6112 +CONFIG_SCC 5.6113 + These cards are used to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio 5.6114 + in order to communicate with other computers. If you want to use 5.6115 + this, read <file:Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt> and the 5.6116 + AX25-HOWTO, available from 5.6117 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Also make sure to say Y 5.6118 + to "Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2" support. 5.6119 + 5.6120 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.6121 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.6122 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.6123 + will be called scc.o. 5.6124 + 5.6125 +Support for TRX that feedback the tx signal to rx 5.6126 +CONFIG_SCC_TRXECHO 5.6127 + Some transmitters feed the transmitted signal back to the receive 5.6128 + line. Say Y here to foil this by explicitly disabling the receiver 5.6129 + during data transmission. If in doubt, say Y. 5.6130 + 5.6131 +Additional delay for PA0HZP OptoSCC compatible boards 5.6132 +CONFIG_SCC_DELAY 5.6133 + Say Y here if you experience problems with the SCC driver not 5.6134 + working properly; please read 5.6135 + <file:Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt> for details. If unsure, 5.6136 + say N. 5.6137 + 5.6138 +YAM driver for AX.25 5.6139 +CONFIG_YAM 5.6140 + The YAM is a modem for packet radio which connects to the serial 5.6141 + port and includes some of the functions of a Terminal Node 5.6142 + Controller. If you have one of those, say Y here. 5.6143 + 5.6144 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.6145 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.6146 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.6147 + will be called yam.o. 5.6148 + 5.6149 +BAYCOM picpar and par96 driver for AX.25 5.6150 +CONFIG_BAYCOM_PAR 5.6151 + This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that 5.6152 + connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the picpar and 5.6153 + par96 designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility 5.6154 + available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on 5.6155 + the modems, see <http://www.baycom.de/> and the file 5.6156 + <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>. 5.6157 + 5.6158 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.6159 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.6160 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 5.6161 + recommended. The module will be called baycom_par.o. 5.6162 + 5.6163 +BAYCOM EPP driver for AX.25 5.6164 +CONFIG_BAYCOM_EPP 5.6165 + This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that 5.6166 + connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the EPP 5.6167 + designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility available 5.6168 + in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on the 5.6169 + modems, see <http://www.baycom.de/> and the file 5.6170 + <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>. 5.6171 + 5.6172 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.6173 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.6174 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 5.6175 + recommended. The module will be called baycom_par.o. 5.6176 + 5.6177 +BAYCOM ser12 full-duplex driver for AX.25 5.6178 +CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_FDX 5.6179 + This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio 5.6180 + modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the 5.6181 + ser12 design in full-duplex mode. In addition, it allows the 5.6182 + baudrate to be set between 300 and 4800 baud (however not all modems 5.6183 + support all baudrates). This is the preferred driver. The next 5.6184 + driver, "BAYCOM ser12 half-duplex driver for AX.25" is the old 5.6185 + driver and still provided in case this driver does not work with 5.6186 + your serial interface chip. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc 5.6187 + utility available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For 5.6188 + information on the modems, see <http://www.baycom.de/> and 5.6189 + <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>. 5.6190 + 5.6191 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.6192 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.6193 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 5.6194 + recommended. The module will be called baycom_ser_fdx.o. 5.6195 + 5.6196 +BAYCOM ser12 half-duplex driver for AX.25 5.6197 +CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_HDX 5.6198 + This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio 5.6199 + modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the 5.6200 + ser12 design in full-duplex mode. This is the old driver. It is 5.6201 + still provided in case your serial interface chip does not work with 5.6202 + the full-duplex driver. This driver is depreciated. To configure 5.6203 + the driver, use the sethdlc utility available in the standard ax25 5.6204 + utilities package. For information on the modems, see 5.6205 + <http://www.baycom.de/> and 5.6206 + <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>. 5.6207 + 5.6208 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.6209 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.6210 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 5.6211 + recommended. The module will be called baycom_ser_hdx.o. 5.6212 + 5.6213 +Sound card modem driver for AX.25 5.6214 +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM 5.6215 + This experimental driver allows a standard Sound Blaster or 5.6216 + WindowsSoundSystem compatible sound card to be used as a packet 5.6217 + radio modem (NOT as a telephone modem!), to send digital traffic 5.6218 + over amateur radio. 5.6219 + 5.6220 + To configure the driver, use the sethdlc, smdiag and smmixer 5.6221 + utilities available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For 5.6222 + information on how to key the transmitter, see 5.6223 + <http://www.ife.ee.ethz.ch/~sailer/pcf/ptt_circ/ptt.html> and 5.6224 + <file:Documentation/networking/soundmodem.txt>. 5.6225 + 5.6226 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.6227 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.6228 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 5.6229 + recommended. The module will be called soundmodem.o. 5.6230 + 5.6231 +Sound card modem support for Sound Blaster and compatible cards 5.6232 +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_SBC 5.6233 + This option enables the soundmodem driver to use Sound Blaster and 5.6234 + compatible cards. If you have a dual mode card (i.e. a WSS cards 5.6235 + with a Sound Blaster emulation) you should say N here and Y to 5.6236 + "Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards", below, because 5.6237 + this usually results in better performance. This option also 5.6238 + supports SB16/32/64 in full-duplex mode. 5.6239 + 5.6240 +Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards 5.6241 +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_WSS 5.6242 + This option enables the soundmodem driver to use WindowsSoundSystem 5.6243 + compatible cards. These cards feature a codec chip from either 5.6244 + Analog Devices (such as AD1848, AD1845, AD1812) or Crystal 5.6245 + Semiconductors (such as CS4248, CS423x). This option also supports 5.6246 + the WSS full-duplex operation which currently works with Crystal 5.6247 + CS423x chips. If you don't need full-duplex operation, do not enable 5.6248 + it to save performance. 5.6249 + 5.6250 +Sound card modem support for 1200 baud AFSK modulation 5.6251 +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK1200 5.6252 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 1200 baud AFSK modem, 5.6253 + compatible to popular modems using TCM3105 or AM7911. The 5.6254 + demodulator requires about 12% of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU 5.6255 + per channel. 5.6256 + 5.6257 +Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (7.3728MHz crystal) 5.6258 +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_7 5.6259 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem, 5.6260 + compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with a 7.3728MHz 5.6261 + crystal. Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply 5.6262 + that I recommend building such links. It is only here since users 5.6263 + especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this 5.6264 + modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility 5.6265 + with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if 5.6266 + used) is operated widely outside its specifications. 5.6267 + 5.6268 +Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (8MHz crystal) 5.6269 +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_8 5.6270 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem, 5.6271 + compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with an 8MHz crystal. 5.6272 + Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply that I 5.6273 + recommend building such links. It is only here since users 5.6274 + especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this 5.6275 + modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility 5.6276 + with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if 5.6277 + used) is operated widely outside its specifications. 5.6278 + 5.6279 +Sound card modem support for 2666 baud AFSK modulation 5.6280 +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2666 5.6281 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 2666 baud AFSK modem. 5.6282 + This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything 5.6283 + else I know of. 5.6284 + 5.6285 +Sound card modem support for 4800 baud 8PSK modulation 5.6286 +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_PSK4800 5.6287 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud 8PSK modem. 5.6288 + This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything 5.6289 + else I know of. 5.6290 + 5.6291 +Sound card modem support for 4800 baud HAPN-1 modulation 5.6292 +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_HAPN4800 5.6293 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud HAPN-1 5.6294 + compatible modem. This modulation seems to be widely used 'down 5.6295 + under' and in the Netherlands. Here, nobody uses it, so I could not 5.6296 + test if it works. It is compatible to itself, however :-) 5.6297 + 5.6298 +Sound card modem support for 9600 baud FSK G3RUH modulation 5.6299 +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_FSK9600 5.6300 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 9600 baud FSK modem, 5.6301 + compatible to the G3RUH standard. The demodulator requires about 4% 5.6302 + of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU per channel. You can say Y to 5.6303 + both 1200 baud AFSK and 9600 baud FSK if you want (but obviously you 5.6304 + can only use one protocol at a time, depending on what the other end 5.6305 + can understand). 5.6306 + 5.6307 +CCITT X.25 Packet Layer 5.6308 +CONFIG_X25 5.6309 + X.25 is a set of standardized network protocols, similar in scope to 5.6310 + frame relay; the one physical line from your box to the X.25 network 5.6311 + entry point can carry several logical point-to-point connections 5.6312 + (called "virtual circuits") to other computers connected to the X.25 5.6313 + network. Governments, banks, and other organizations tend to use it 5.6314 + to connect to each other or to form Wide Area Networks (WANs). Many 5.6315 + countries have public X.25 networks. X.25 consists of two 5.6316 + protocols: the higher level Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) (say Y here 5.6317 + if you want that) and the lower level data link layer protocol LAPB 5.6318 + (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver" below if you want that). 5.6319 + 5.6320 + You can read more about X.25 at <http://www.sangoma.com/x25.htm> and 5.6321 + <http://www.cisco.com/univercd/data/doc/software/11_0/rpcg/cx25.htm>. 5.6322 + Information about X.25 for Linux is contained in the files 5.6323 + <file:Documentation/networking/x25.txt> and 5.6324 + <file:Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt>. 5.6325 + 5.6326 + One connects to an X.25 network either with a dedicated network card 5.6327 + using the X.21 protocol (not yet supported by Linux) or one can do 5.6328 + X.25 over a standard telephone line using an ordinary modem (say Y 5.6329 + to "X.25 async driver" below) or over Ethernet using an ordinary 5.6330 + Ethernet card and either the 802.2 LLC protocol (say Y to "802.2 5.6331 + LLC" below) or LAPB over Ethernet (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver" 5.6332 + and "LAPB over Ethernet driver" below). 5.6333 + 5.6334 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.6335 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.6336 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.6337 + will be called x25.o. If unsure, say N. 5.6338 + 5.6339 +LAPB Data Link Driver 5.6340 +CONFIG_LAPB 5.6341 + Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB) is the data link layer (i.e. 5.6342 + the lower) part of the X.25 protocol. It offers a reliable 5.6343 + connection service to exchange data frames with one other host, and 5.6344 + it is used to transport higher level protocols (mostly X.25 Packet 5.6345 + Layer, the higher part of X.25, but others are possible as well). 5.6346 + Usually, LAPB is used with specialized X.21 network cards, but Linux 5.6347 + currently supports LAPB only over Ethernet connections. If you want 5.6348 + to use LAPB connections over Ethernet, say Y here and to "LAPB over 5.6349 + Ethernet driver" below. Read 5.6350 + <file:Documentation/networking/lapb-module.txt> for technical 5.6351 + details. 5.6352 + 5.6353 + If you want to compile this driver as a module though ( = code which 5.6354 + can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 5.6355 + want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 5.6356 + module will be called lapb.o. If unsure, say N. 5.6357 + 5.6358 +802.2 LLC 5.6359 +CONFIG_LLC 5.6360 + This is a Logical Link Layer protocol used for X.25 connections over 5.6361 + Ethernet, using ordinary Ethernet cards. 5.6362 + 5.6363 +Frame Diverter 5.6364 +CONFIG_NET_DIVERT 5.6365 + The Frame Diverter allows you to divert packets from the 5.6366 + network, that are not aimed at the interface receiving it (in 5.6367 + promisc. mode). Typically, a Linux box setup as an Ethernet bridge 5.6368 + with the Frames Diverter on, can do some *really* transparent www 5.6369 + caching using a Squid proxy for example. 5.6370 + 5.6371 + This is very useful when you don't want to change your router's 5.6372 + config (or if you simply don't have access to it). 5.6373 + 5.6374 + The other possible usages of diverting Ethernet Frames are 5.6375 + numberous: 5.6376 + - reroute smtp traffic to another interface 5.6377 + - traffic-shape certain network streams 5.6378 + - transparently proxy smtp connections 5.6379 + - etc... 5.6380 + 5.6381 + For more informations, please refer to: 5.6382 + <http://diverter.sourceforge.net/> 5.6383 + <http://perso.wanadoo.fr/magpie/EtherDivert.html> 5.6384 + 5.6385 + If unsure, say N. 5.6386 + 5.6387 +802.1d Ethernet Bridging 5.6388 +CONFIG_BRIDGE 5.6389 + If you say Y here, then your Linux box will be able to act as an 5.6390 + Ethernet bridge, which means that the different Ethernet segments it 5.6391 + is connected to will appear as one Ethernet to the participants. 5.6392 + Several such bridges can work together to create even larger 5.6393 + networks of Ethernets using the IEEE 802.1 spanning tree algorithm. 5.6394 + As this is a standard, Linux bridges will cooperate properly with 5.6395 + other third party bridge products. 5.6396 + 5.6397 + In order to use the Ethernet bridge, you'll need the bridge 5.6398 + configuration tools; see <file:Documentation/networking/bridge.txt> 5.6399 + for location. Please read the Bridge mini-HOWTO for more 5.6400 + information. 5.6401 + 5.6402 + Note that if your box acts as a bridge, it probably contains several 5.6403 + Ethernet devices, but the kernel is not able to recognize more than 5.6404 + one at boot time without help; for details read the Ethernet-HOWTO, 5.6405 + available from in <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.6406 + 5.6407 + If you want to compile this code as a module ( = code which can be 5.6408 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.6409 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.6410 + will be called bridge.o. 5.6411 + 5.6412 + If unsure, say N. 5.6413 + 5.6414 +Packet socket 5.6415 +CONFIG_PACKET 5.6416 + The Packet protocol is used by applications which communicate 5.6417 + directly with network devices without an intermediate network 5.6418 + protocol implemented in the kernel, e.g. tcpdump. If you want them 5.6419 + to work, choose Y. 5.6420 + 5.6421 + This driver is also available as a module called af_packet.o ( = 5.6422 + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.6423 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.6424 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>; if you use modprobe 5.6425 + or kmod, you may also want to add "alias net-pf-17 af_packet" to 5.6426 + /etc/modules.conf. 5.6427 + 5.6428 + If unsure, say Y. 5.6429 + 5.6430 +Packet socket: mmapped IO 5.6431 +CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP 5.6432 + If you say Y here, the Packet protocol driver will use an IO 5.6433 + mechanism that results in faster communication. 5.6434 + 5.6435 + If unsure, say N. 5.6436 + 5.6437 +Netlink device emulation 5.6438 +CONFIG_NETLINK_DEV 5.6439 + This option will be removed soon. Any programs that want to use 5.6440 + character special nodes like /dev/tap0 or /dev/route (all with major 5.6441 + number 36) need this option, and need to be rewritten soon to use 5.6442 + the real netlink socket. 5.6443 + This is a backward compatibility option, choose Y for now. 5.6444 + 5.6445 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.6446 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.6447 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.6448 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.6449 + netlink_dev.o 5.6450 + 5.6451 +Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) 5.6452 +CONFIG_ATM 5.6453 + ATM is a high-speed networking technology for Local Area Networks 5.6454 + and Wide Area Networks. It uses a fixed packet size and is 5.6455 + connection oriented, allowing for the negotiation of minimum 5.6456 + bandwidth requirements. 5.6457 + 5.6458 + In order to participate in an ATM network, your Linux box needs an 5.6459 + ATM networking card. If you have that, say Y here and to the driver 5.6460 + of your ATM card below. 5.6461 + 5.6462 + Note that you need a set of user-space programs to actually make use 5.6463 + of ATM. See the file <file:Documentation/networking/atm.txt> for 5.6464 + further details. 5.6465 + 5.6466 +Classical IP over ATM 5.6467 +CONFIG_ATM_CLIP 5.6468 + Classical IP over ATM for PVCs and SVCs, supporting InARP and 5.6469 + ATMARP. If you want to communication with other IP hosts on your ATM 5.6470 + network, you will typically either say Y here or to "LAN Emulation 5.6471 + (LANE)" below. 5.6472 + 5.6473 +Do NOT send ICMP if no neighbour 5.6474 +CONFIG_ATM_CLIP_NO_ICMP 5.6475 + Normally, an "ICMP host unreachable" message is sent if a neighbour 5.6476 + cannot be reached because there is no VC to it in the kernel's 5.6477 + ATMARP table. This may cause problems when ATMARP table entries are 5.6478 + briefly removed during revalidation. If you say Y here, packets to 5.6479 + such neighbours are silently discarded instead. 5.6480 + 5.6481 +RFC1483/2684 Bridged protocols 5.6482 +CONFIG_ATM_BR2684 5.6483 + ATM PVCs can carry ethernet PDUs according to rfc2684 (formerly 1483) 5.6484 + This device will act like an ethernet from the kernels point of view, 5.6485 + with the traffic being carried by ATM PVCs (currently 1 PVC/device). 5.6486 + This is sometimes used over DSL lines. If in doubt, say N. 5.6487 + 5.6488 +Per-VC IP filter kludge 5.6489 +CONFIG_ATM_BR2684_IPFILTER 5.6490 + This is an experimental mechanism for users who need to terminating a 5.6491 + large number of IP-only vcc's. Do not enable this unless you are sure 5.6492 + you know what you are doing. 5.6493 + 5.6494 +LAN Emulation (LANE) support 5.6495 +CONFIG_ATM_LANE 5.6496 + LAN Emulation emulates services of existing LANs across an ATM 5.6497 + network. Besides operating as a normal ATM end station client, Linux 5.6498 + LANE client can also act as an proxy client bridging packets between 5.6499 + ELAN and Ethernet segments. You need LANE if you want to try MPOA. 5.6500 + 5.6501 +Multi-Protocol Over ATM (MPOA) support 5.6502 +CONFIG_ATM_MPOA 5.6503 + Multi-Protocol Over ATM allows ATM edge devices such as routers, 5.6504 + bridges and ATM attached hosts establish direct ATM VCs across 5.6505 + subnetwork boundaries. These shortcut connections bypass routers 5.6506 + enhancing overall network performance. 5.6507 + 5.6508 +ATM over TCP 5.6509 +CONFIG_ATM_TCP 5.6510 + ATM over TCP driver. Useful mainly for development and for 5.6511 + experiments. If unsure, say N. 5.6512 + 5.6513 +Efficient Networks ENI155P 5.6514 +CONFIG_ATM_ENI 5.6515 + Driver for the Efficient Networks ENI155p series and SMC ATM 5.6516 + Power155 155 Mbps ATM adapters. Both, the versions with 512KB and 5.6517 + 2MB on-board RAM (Efficient calls them "C" and "S", respectively), 5.6518 + and the FPGA and the ASIC Tonga versions of the board are supported. 5.6519 + The driver works with MMF (-MF or ...F) and UTP-5 (-U5 or ...D) 5.6520 + adapters. 5.6521 + 5.6522 + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 5.6523 + it as a module, say M here and read 5.6524 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called eni.o. 5.6525 + 5.6526 +Enable extended debugging 5.6527 +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_DEBUG 5.6528 + Extended debugging records various events and displays that list 5.6529 + when an inconsistency is detected. This mechanism is faster than 5.6530 + generally using printks, but still has some impact on performance. 5.6531 + Note that extended debugging may create certain race conditions 5.6532 + itself. Enable this ONLY if you suspect problems with the driver. 5.6533 + 5.6534 +Fine-tune burst settings 5.6535 +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_TUNE_BURST 5.6536 + In order to obtain good throughput, the ENI NIC can transfer 5.6537 + multiple words of data per PCI bus access cycle. Such a multi-word 5.6538 + transfer is called a burst. 5.6539 + 5.6540 + The default settings for the burst sizes are suitable for most PCI 5.6541 + chipsets. However, in some cases, large bursts may overrun buffers 5.6542 + in the PCI chipset and cause data corruption. In such cases, large 5.6543 + bursts must be disabled and only (slower) small bursts can be used. 5.6544 + The burst sizes can be set independently in the send (TX) and 5.6545 + receive (RX) direction. 5.6546 + 5.6547 + Note that enabling many different burst sizes in the same direction 5.6548 + may increase the cost of setting up a transfer such that the 5.6549 + resulting throughput is lower than when using only the largest 5.6550 + available burst size. 5.6551 + 5.6552 + Also, sometimes larger bursts lead to lower throughput, e.g. on an 5.6553 + Intel 440FX board, a drop from 135 Mbps to 103 Mbps was observed 5.6554 + when going from 8W to 16W bursts. 5.6555 + 5.6556 +Enable 16W TX bursts (discouraged) 5.6557 +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_16W 5.6558 + Burst sixteen words at once in the send direction. This may work 5.6559 + with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets. 5.6560 + 5.6561 +Enable 8W TX bursts (recommended) 5.6562 +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_8W 5.6563 + Burst eight words at once in the send direction. This is the default 5.6564 + setting. 5.6565 + 5.6566 +Enable 4W TX bursts (optional) 5.6567 +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_4W 5.6568 + Burst four words at once in the send direction. You may want to try 5.6569 + this if you have disabled 8W bursts. Enabling 4W if 8W is also set 5.6570 + may or may not improve throughput. 5.6571 + 5.6572 +Enable 2W TX bursts (optional) 5.6573 +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_2W 5.6574 + Burst two words at once in the send direction. You may want to try 5.6575 + this if you have disabled 4W and 8W bursts. Enabling 2W if 4W or 8W 5.6576 + are also set may or may not improve throughput. 5.6577 + 5.6578 +Enable 16W RX bursts (discouraged) 5.6579 +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_16W 5.6580 + Burst sixteen words at once in the receive direction. This may work 5.6581 + with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets. 5.6582 + 5.6583 +Enable 8W RX bursts (discouraged) 5.6584 +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_8W 5.6585 + Burst eight words at once in the receive direction. This may work 5.6586 + with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets, 5.6587 + such as the Intel Neptune series. 5.6588 + 5.6589 +Enable 4W RX bursts (recommended) 5.6590 +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_4W 5.6591 + Burst four words at once in the receive direction. This is the 5.6592 + default setting. Enabling 4W if 8W is also set may or may not 5.6593 + improve throughput. 5.6594 + 5.6595 +Enable 2W RX bursts (optional) 5.6596 +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_2W 5.6597 + Burst two words at once in the receive direction. You may want to 5.6598 + try this if you have disabled 4W and 8W bursts. Enabling 2W if 4W or 5.6599 + 8W are also set may or may not improve throughput. 5.6600 + 5.6601 +ZeitNet ZN1221/ZN1225 5.6602 +CONFIG_ATM_ZATM 5.6603 + Driver for the ZeitNet ZN1221 (MMF) and ZN1225 (UTP-5) 155 Mbps ATM 5.6604 + adapters. 5.6605 + 5.6606 + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 5.6607 + it as a module, say M here and read 5.6608 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called zatm.o. 5.6609 + 5.6610 +Enable extended debugging 5.6611 +CONFIG_ATM_ZATM_DEBUG 5.6612 + Extended debugging records various events and displays that list 5.6613 + when an inconsistency is detected. This mechanism is faster than 5.6614 + generally using printks, but still has some impact on performance. 5.6615 + Note that extended debugging may create certain race conditions 5.6616 + itself. Enable this ONLY if you suspect problems with the driver. 5.6617 + 5.6618 +Fujitsu FireStream (FS50/FS155) 5.6619 +CONFIG_ATM_FIRESTREAM 5.6620 + Driver for the Fujitsu FireStream 155 (MB86697) and 5.6621 + FireStream 50 (MB86695) ATM PCI chips. 5.6622 + 5.6623 + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 5.6624 + it as a module, say M here and read 5.6625 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.6626 + firestream.o. 5.6627 + 5.6628 +Enable usec resolution timestamps 5.6629 +CONFIG_ATM_ZATM_EXACT_TS 5.6630 + The uPD98401 SAR chip supports a high-resolution timer (approx. 30 5.6631 + MHz) that is used for very accurate reception timestamps. Because 5.6632 + that timer overflows after 140 seconds, and also to avoid timer 5.6633 + drift, time measurements need to be periodically synchronized with 5.6634 + the normal system time. Enabling this feature will add some general 5.6635 + overhead for timer synchronization and also per-packet overhead for 5.6636 + time conversion. 5.6637 + 5.6638 +IDT 77201/11 (NICStAR) (ForeRunnerLE) 5.6639 +CONFIG_ATM_NICSTAR 5.6640 + The NICStAR chipset family is used in a large number of ATM NICs for 5.6641 + 25 and for 155 Mbps, including IDT cards and the Fore ForeRunnerLE 5.6642 + series. Say Y if you have one of those. 5.6643 + 5.6644 + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 5.6645 + it as a module, say M here and read 5.6646 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.6647 + nicstar.o. 5.6648 + 5.6649 +Use suni PHY driver (155Mbps) 5.6650 +CONFIG_ATM_NICSTAR_USE_SUNI 5.6651 + Support for the S-UNI and compatible PHYsical layer chips. These are 5.6652 + found in most 155Mbps NICStAR based ATM cards, namely in the 5.6653 + ForeRunner LE155 cards. This driver provides detection of cable~ 5.6654 + removal and reinsertion and provides some statistics. This driver 5.6655 + doesn't have removal capability when compiled as a module, so if you 5.6656 + need that capability don't include S-UNI support (it's not needed to 5.6657 + make the card work). 5.6658 + 5.6659 +Use IDT77015 PHY driver (25Mbps) 5.6660 +CONFIG_ATM_NICSTAR_USE_IDT77105 5.6661 + Support for the PHYsical layer chip in ForeRunner LE25 cards. In 5.6662 + addition to cable removal/reinsertion detection, this driver allows 5.6663 + you to control the loopback mode of the chip via a dedicated IOCTL. 5.6664 + This driver is required for proper handling of temporary carrier 5.6665 + loss, so if you have a 25Mbps NICStAR based ATM card you must say Y. 5.6666 + 5.6667 +IDT 77252 (NICStAR II) 5.6668 +CONFIG_ATM_IDT77252 5.6669 + Driver for the IDT 77252 ATM PCI chips. 5.6670 + 5.6671 + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 5.6672 + it as a module, say M here and read 5.6673 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called idt77252.o 5.6674 + 5.6675 +Enable debugging messages 5.6676 +CONFIG_ATM_IDT77252_DEBUG 5.6677 + Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of 5.6678 + messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a 5.6679 + module argument. See the file <file:drivers/atm/idt77252.h> for 5.6680 + the meanings of the bits in the mask. 5.6681 + 5.6682 + When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the 5.6683 + speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When 5.6684 + inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance. 5.6685 + 5.6686 +Receive ALL cells in raw queue 5.6687 +CONFIG_ATM_IDT77252_RCV_ALL 5.6688 + Enable receiving of all cells on the ATM link, that do not match 5.6689 + an open connection in the raw cell queue of the driver. Useful 5.6690 + for debugging or special applications only, so the safe answer is N. 5.6691 + 5.6692 +Madge Ambassador (Collage PCI 155 Server) 5.6693 +CONFIG_ATM_AMBASSADOR 5.6694 + This is a driver for ATMizer based ATM card produced by Madge 5.6695 + Networks Ltd. Say Y (or M to compile as a module named ambassador.o) 5.6696 + here if you have one of these cards. 5.6697 + 5.6698 +Enable debugging messages 5.6699 +CONFIG_ATM_AMBASSADOR_DEBUG 5.6700 + Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of 5.6701 + messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a 5.6702 + module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed 5.6703 + dynamically using an ioctl (not yet) or changed by sending the 5.6704 + string "Dxxxx" to VCI 1023 (where x is a hex digit). See the file 5.6705 + <file:drivers/atm/ambassador.h> for the meanings of the bits in the 5.6706 + mask. 5.6707 + 5.6708 + When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the 5.6709 + speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When 5.6710 + inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance. 5.6711 + 5.6712 +Madge Horizon [Ultra] (Collage PCI 25 and Collage PCI 155 Client) 5.6713 +CONFIG_ATM_HORIZON 5.6714 + This is a driver for the Horizon chipset ATM adapter cards once 5.6715 + produced by Madge Networks Ltd. Say Y (or M to compile as a module 5.6716 + named horizon.o) here if you have one of these cards. 5.6717 + 5.6718 +Enable debugging messages 5.6719 +CONFIG_ATM_HORIZON_DEBUG 5.6720 + Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of 5.6721 + messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a 5.6722 + module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed 5.6723 + dynamically using an ioctl (not yet) or changed by sending the 5.6724 + string "Dxxxx" to VCI 1023 (where x is a hex digit). See the file 5.6725 + <file:drivers/atm/horizon.h> for the meanings of the bits in the 5.6726 + mask. 5.6727 + 5.6728 + When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the 5.6729 + speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When 5.6730 + inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance. 5.6731 + 5.6732 +Interphase ATM PCI x575/x525/x531 5.6733 +CONFIG_ATM_IA 5.6734 + This is a driver for the Interphase (i)ChipSAR adapter cards 5.6735 + which include a variety of variants in term of the size of the 5.6736 + control memory (128K-1KVC, 512K-4KVC), the size of the packet 5.6737 + memory (128K, 512K, 1M), and the PHY type (Single/Multi mode OC3, 5.6738 + UTP155, UTP25, DS3 and E3). Go to: 5.6739 + <http://www.iphase.com/products/ClassSheet.cfm?ClassID=ATM> 5.6740 + for more info about the cards. Say Y (or M to compile as a module 5.6741 + named iphase.o) here if you have one of these cards. 5.6742 + 5.6743 + See the file <file:Documentation/networking/iphase.txt> for further 5.6744 + details. 5.6745 + 5.6746 +Enable debugging messages 5.6747 +CONFIG_ATM_IA_DEBUG 5.6748 + Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of 5.6749 + messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a 5.6750 + module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed 5.6751 + dynamically using an ioctl (Get the debug utility, iadbg, from 5.6752 + <ftp://ftp.iphase.com/pub/atm/pci/>). 5.6753 + 5.6754 + See the file <file:drivers/atm/iphase.h> for the meanings of the 5.6755 + bits in the mask. 5.6756 + 5.6757 + When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the 5.6758 + speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When 5.6759 + inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance. 5.6760 + 5.6761 +Efficient Networks Speedstream 3010 5.6762 +CONFIG_ATM_LANAI 5.6763 + Supports ATM cards based on the Efficient Networks "Lanai" 5.6764 + chipset such as the Speedstream 3010 and the ENI-25p. The 5.6765 + Speedstream 3060 is currently not supported since we don't 5.6766 + have the code to drive the on-board Alcatel DSL chipset (yet). 5.6767 + 5.6768 +Linux telephony support 5.6769 +CONFIG_PHONE 5.6770 + Say Y here if you have a telephony card, which for example allows 5.6771 + you to use a regular phone for voice-over-IP applications. 5.6772 + 5.6773 + Note: this has nothing to do with modems. You do not need to say Y 5.6774 + here in order to be able to use a modem under Linux. 5.6775 + 5.6776 + This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile 5.6777 + it as a module, say M here and read 5.6778 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.6779 + phonedev.o. 5.6780 + 5.6781 +Compaq Smart Array support 5.6782 +CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA 5.6783 + This is the driver for Compaq Smart Array 5xxx controllers. 5.6784 + Everyone using these boards should say Y here. 5.6785 + See <file:Documentation/cciss.txt> for the current list of 5.6786 + boards supported by this driver, and for further information 5.6787 + on the use of this driver. 5.6788 + 5.6789 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.6790 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.6791 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.6792 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.6793 + cciss.o 5.6794 + 5.6795 +SCSI tape drive support for Smart Array 5xxx 5.6796 +CONFIG_CISS_SCSI_TAPE 5.6797 + When enabled (Y), this option allows SCSI tape drives and SCSI medium 5.6798 + changers (tape robots) to be accessed via a Compaq 5xxx array 5.6799 + controller. (See Documentation/cciss.txt for more details.) 5.6800 + 5.6801 + "SCSI support" and "SCSI tape support" must also be enabled for this 5.6802 + option to work. 5.6803 + 5.6804 + When this option is disabled (N), the SCSI portion of the driver 5.6805 + is not compiled. 5.6806 + 5.6807 +QuickNet Internet LineJack/PhoneJack support 5.6808 +CONFIG_PHONE_IXJ 5.6809 + Say M if you have a telephony card manufactured by Quicknet 5.6810 + Technologies, Inc. These include the Internet PhoneJACK and 5.6811 + Internet LineJACK Telephony Cards. You will get a module called 5.6812 + ixj.o. 5.6813 + 5.6814 + For the ISA versions of these products, you can configure the 5.6815 + cards using the isapnp tools (pnpdump/isapnp) or you can use the 5.6816 + isapnp support. Please read <file:Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt>. 5.6817 + 5.6818 + For more information on these cards, see Quicknet's web site at: 5.6819 + <http://www.quicknet.net/>. 5.6820 + 5.6821 + If you do not have any Quicknet telephony cards, you can safely 5.6822 + say N here. 5.6823 + 5.6824 +QuickNet Internet LineJack/PhoneJack PCMCIA support 5.6825 +CONFIG_PHONE_IXJ_PCMCIA 5.6826 + Say Y here to configure in PCMCIA service support for the Quicknet 5.6827 + cards manufactured by Quicknet Technologies, Inc. This builds an 5.6828 + additional support module for the PCMCIA version of the card. 5.6829 + 5.6830 +FORE Systems 200E-series 5.6831 +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_MAYBE 5.6832 + This is a driver for the FORE Systems 200E-series ATM adapter 5.6833 + cards. It simultaneously supports PCA-200E and SBA-200E models 5.6834 + on PCI and SBUS hosts. Say Y (or M to compile as a module 5.6835 + named fore_200e.o) here if you have one of these ATM adapters. 5.6836 + 5.6837 + Note that the driver will actually be compiled only if you 5.6838 + additionally enable the support for PCA-200E and/or SBA-200E 5.6839 + cards. 5.6840 + 5.6841 + See the file <file:Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt> for 5.6842 + further details. 5.6843 + 5.6844 +Enable PCA-200E card support on PCI-based hosts 5.6845 +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_PCA 5.6846 + Say Y here if you want your PCA-200E cards to be probed. 5.6847 + 5.6848 +Use default PCA-200E firmware 5.6849 +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_PCA_DEFAULT_FW 5.6850 + Use the default PCA-200E firmware data shipped with the driver. 5.6851 + 5.6852 + Normal users do not have to deal with the firmware stuff, so 5.6853 + they should say Y here. 5.6854 + 5.6855 +Pathname of user-supplied binary firmware 5.6856 +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_PCA_FW 5.6857 + This defines the pathname of an alternative PCA-200E binary 5.6858 + firmware image supplied by the user. This pathname may be 5.6859 + absolute or relative to the drivers/atm directory. 5.6860 + 5.6861 + The driver comes with an adequate firmware image, so normal users do 5.6862 + not have to supply an alternative one. They just say Y to "Use 5.6863 + default PCA-200E firmware" instead. 5.6864 + 5.6865 +Enable SBA-200E card support on SBUS-based hosts 5.6866 +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_SBA 5.6867 + Say Y here if you want your SBA-200E cards to be probed. 5.6868 + 5.6869 +Use default SBA-200E firmware 5.6870 +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_SBA_DEFAULT_FW 5.6871 + Use the default SBA-200E firmware data shipped with the driver. 5.6872 + 5.6873 + Normal users do not have to deal with the firmware stuff, so 5.6874 + they should say Y here. 5.6875 + 5.6876 +Pathname of user-supplied binary firmware 5.6877 +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_SBA_FW 5.6878 + This defines the pathname of an alternative SBA-200E binary 5.6879 + firmware image supplied by the user. This pathname may be 5.6880 + absolute or relative to the drivers/atm directory. 5.6881 + 5.6882 + The driver comes with an adequate firmware image, so normal users do 5.6883 + not have to supply an alternative one. They just say Y to "Use 5.6884 + default SBA-200E firmware", above. 5.6885 + 5.6886 +Maximum number of tx retries 5.6887 +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_TX_RETRY 5.6888 + Specifies the number of times the driver attempts to transmit 5.6889 + a message before giving up, if the transmit queue of the ATM card 5.6890 + is transiently saturated. 5.6891 + 5.6892 + Saturation of the transmit queue may occur only under extreme 5.6893 + conditions, e.g. when a fast host continuously submits very small 5.6894 + frames (<64 bytes) or raw AAL0 cells (48 bytes) to the ATM adapter. 5.6895 + 5.6896 + Note that under common conditions, it is unlikely that you encounter 5.6897 + a saturation of the transmit queue, so the retry mechanism never 5.6898 + comes into play. 5.6899 + 5.6900 +Debugging level (0-3) 5.6901 +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_DEBUG 5.6902 + Specifies the level of debugging messages issued by the driver. 5.6903 + The verbosity of the driver increases with the value of this 5.6904 + parameter. 5.6905 + 5.6906 + When active, these messages can have a significant impact on 5.6907 + the performances of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! 5.6908 + Keep the debugging level to 0 during normal operations. 5.6909 + 5.6910 +PPP over ATM 5.6911 +CONFIG_PPPOATM 5.6912 + Support PPP (Point to Point Protocol) encapsulated in ATM frames. 5.6913 + This implementation does not yet comply with section 8 of RFC2364, 5.6914 + which can lead to bad results idf the ATM peer loses state and 5.6915 + changes its encapsulation unilaterally. 5.6916 + 5.6917 +Fusion MPT device support 5.6918 +CONFIG_FUSION 5.6919 + LSI Logic Fusion(TM) Message Passing Technology (MPT) device support 5.6920 + provides high performance SCSI host initiator, and LAN [1] interface 5.6921 + services to a host system. The Fusion architecture is capable of 5.6922 + duplexing these protocols on high-speed Fibre Channel 5.6923 + (up to 2 GHz x 2 ports = 4 GHz) and parallel SCSI (up to Ultra-320) 5.6924 + physical medium. 5.6925 + 5.6926 + [1] LAN is not supported on parallel SCSI medium. 5.6927 + 5.6928 + These drivers require a Fusion MPT compatible PCI adapter installed 5.6929 + in the host system. MPT adapters contain specialized I/O processors 5.6930 + to handle I/O workload, and more importantly to offload this work 5.6931 + from the host CPU(s). 5.6932 + 5.6933 + If you have Fusion MPT hardware and want to use it, you can say 5.6934 + Y or M here to add MPT (base + ScsiHost) drivers. 5.6935 + <Y> = build lib (fusion.o), and link [static] into the kernel [2] 5.6936 + proper 5.6937 + <M> = compiled as [dynamic] modules [3] named: (mptbase.o, 5.6938 + mptscsih.o) 5.6939 + 5.6940 + [2] In order enable capability to boot the linux kernel 5.6941 + natively from a Fusion MPT target device, you MUST 5.6942 + answer Y here! (currently requires CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD) 5.6943 + [3] This support is also available as a module ( = code 5.6944 + which can be inserted in and removed from the running 5.6945 + kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile as 5.6946 + modules, say M here and read 5.6947 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.6948 + 5.6949 + If unsure, say N. 5.6950 + 5.6951 + If you say Y or M here you will get a choice of these 5.6952 + additional protocol and support module options: Module Name: 5.6953 + <M> Enhanced SCSI error reporting (isense.o) 5.6954 + <M> Fusion MPT misc device (ioctl) driver (mptctl.o) 5.6955 + <M> Fusion MPT LAN driver (mptlan.o) 5.6956 + 5.6957 + --- 5.6958 + Fusion MPT is trademark of LSI Logic Corporation, and its 5.6959 + architecture is based on LSI Logic's Message Passing Interface (MPI) 5.6960 + specification. 5.6961 + 5.6962 +Fusion MPT enhanced SCSI error reporting [optional] module 5.6963 +CONFIG_FUSION_ISENSE 5.6964 + The isense module (roughly stands for Interpret SENSE data) is 5.6965 + completely optional. It simply provides extra English readable 5.6966 + strings in SCSI Error Report(s) that might be generated from the 5.6967 + Fusion MPT SCSI Host driver, for example when a target device 5.6968 + returns a SCSI check condition on a I/O. Without this module 5.6969 + loaded you might see: 5.6970 + 5.6971 + SCSI Error Report =-=-= (ioc0,scsi5:0) 5.6972 + SCSI_Status=02h (CHECK_CONDITION) 5.6973 + Original_CDB[]: 2A 00 00 00 00 41 00 00 02 00 5.6974 + SenseData[12h]: 70 00 02 00 00 00 00 0A 00 00 00 00 04 02 02 00 00 00 5.6975 + SenseKey=2h (NOT READY); FRU=02h 5.6976 + ASC/ASCQ=29h/00h 5.6977 + 5.6978 + Where otherwise, if this module had been loaded, you would see: 5.6979 + 5.6980 + SCSI Error Report =-=-= (ioc0,scsi5:0) 5.6981 + SCSI_Status=02h (CHECK_CONDITION) 5.6982 + Original_CDB[]: 2A 00 00 00 00 41 00 00 02 00 - "WRITE(10)" 5.6983 + SenseData[12h]: 70 00 02 00 00 00 00 0A 00 00 00 00 04 02 02 00 00 00 5.6984 + SenseKey=2h (NOT READY); FRU=02h 5.6985 + ASC/ASCQ=29h/00h "LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY, INITIALIZING CMD. REQUIRED" 5.6986 + 5.6987 + Say M for "Enhanced SCSI error reporting" to compile this optional module, 5.6988 + creating a driver named: isense.o. 5.6989 + 5.6990 + NOTE: Support for building this feature into the kernel is not 5.6991 + available, due to kernel size considerations. 5.6992 + 5.6993 +Fusion MPT misc device (ioctl) driver [optional] module 5.6994 +CONFIG_FUSION_CTL 5.6995 + The Fusion MPT misc device driver provides specialized control 5.6996 + of MPT adapters via system ioctl calls. Use of ioctl calls to 5.6997 + the MPT driver requires that you create and use a misc device 5.6998 + node ala: 5.6999 + mknod /dev/mptctl c 10 240 5.7000 + 5.7001 + One use of this ioctl interface is to perform an upgrade (reflash) 5.7002 + of the MPT adapter firmware. Refer to readme file(s) distributed 5.7003 + with the Fusion MPT linux driver for additional details. 5.7004 + 5.7005 + If enabled by saying M to this, a driver named: mptctl.o 5.7006 + will be compiled. 5.7007 + 5.7008 + If unsure whether you really want or need this, say N. 5.7009 + 5.7010 +Fusion MPT LAN driver [optional] 5.7011 +CONFIG_FUSION_LAN 5.7012 + This module supports LAN IP traffic over Fibre Channel port(s) 5.7013 + on Fusion MPT compatible hardware (LSIFC9xx chips). 5.7014 + The physical interface used is defined in RFC 2625. 5.7015 + Please refer to that document for details. 5.7016 + 5.7017 + Installing this driver requires the knowledge to configure and 5.7018 + activate a new network interface, "fc0", using standard Linux tools. 5.7019 + 5.7020 + If enabled by saying M to this, a driver named: mptlan.o 5.7021 + will be compiled. 5.7022 + 5.7023 + If unsure whether you really want or need this, say N. 5.7024 + 5.7025 + NOTES: This feature is NOT available nor supported for linux-2.2.x 5.7026 + kernels. You must be building a linux-2.3.x or linux-2.4.x kernel 5.7027 + in order to configure this option. 5.7028 + Support for building this feature into the linux kernel is not 5.7029 + yet available. 5.7030 + 5.7031 +SCSI support 5.7032 +CONFIG_SCSI 5.7033 + If you want to use a SCSI hard disk, SCSI tape drive, SCSI CD-ROM or 5.7034 + any other SCSI device under Linux, say Y and make sure that you know 5.7035 + the name of your SCSI host adapter (the card inside your computer 5.7036 + that "speaks" the SCSI protocol, also called SCSI controller), 5.7037 + because you will be asked for it. 5.7038 + 5.7039 + You also need to say Y here if you want support for the parallel 5.7040 + port version of the 100 MB IOMEGA ZIP drive. 5.7041 + 5.7042 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7043 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7044 + The module will be called scsi_mod.o. If you want to compile it as 5.7045 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 5.7046 + <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. However, do not compile this as a 5.7047 + module if your root file system (the one containing the directory /) 5.7048 + is located on a SCSI device. 5.7049 + 5.7050 +SCSI disk support 5.7051 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD 5.7052 + If you want to use a SCSI hard disk or the SCSI or parallel port 5.7053 + version of the IOMEGA ZIP drive under Linux, say Y and read the 5.7054 + SCSI-HOWTO, the Disk-HOWTO and the Multi-Disk-HOWTO, available from 5.7055 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. This is NOT for SCSI 5.7056 + CD-ROMs. 5.7057 + 5.7058 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7059 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7060 + The module will be called sd_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.7061 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 5.7062 + <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. Do not compile this driver as a 5.7063 + module if your root file system (the one containing the directory /) 5.7064 + is located on a SCSI disk. In this case, do not compile the driver 5.7065 + for your SCSI host adapter (below) as a module either. 5.7066 + 5.7067 +Maximum number of SCSI disks that can be loaded as modules 5.7068 +CONFIG_SD_EXTRA_DEVS 5.7069 + This controls the amount of additional space allocated in tables for 5.7070 + drivers that are loaded as modules after the kernel is booted. In 5.7071 + the event that the SCSI core itself was loaded as a module, this 5.7072 + value is the number of additional disks that can be loaded after the 5.7073 + first host driver is loaded. 5.7074 + 5.7075 + Admittedly this isn't pretty, but there are tons of race conditions 5.7076 + involved with resizing the internal arrays on the fly. Someday this 5.7077 + flag will go away, and everything will work automatically. 5.7078 + 5.7079 + If you don't understand what's going on, go with the default. 5.7080 + 5.7081 +Maximum number of SCSI tapes that can be loaded as modules 5.7082 +CONFIG_ST_EXTRA_DEVS 5.7083 + This controls the amount of additional space allocated in tables for 5.7084 + drivers that are loaded as modules after the kernel is booted. In 5.7085 + the event that the SCSI core itself was loaded as a module, this 5.7086 + value is the number of additional tapes that can be loaded after the 5.7087 + first host driver is loaded. 5.7088 + 5.7089 + Admittedly this isn't pretty, but there are tons of race conditions 5.7090 + involved with resizing the internal arrays on the fly. Someday this 5.7091 + flag will go away, and everything will work automatically. 5.7092 + 5.7093 + If you don't understand what's going on, go with the default. 5.7094 + 5.7095 +SCSI tape support 5.7096 +CONFIG_CHR_DEV_ST 5.7097 + If you want to use a SCSI tape drive under Linux, say Y and read the 5.7098 + SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.7099 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, and 5.7100 + <file:drivers/scsi/README.st> in the kernel source. This is NOT for 5.7101 + SCSI CD-ROMs. 5.7102 + 5.7103 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7104 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7105 + The module will be called st.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.7106 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 5.7107 + <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. 5.7108 + 5.7109 +OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape support 5.7110 +CONFIG_CHR_DEV_OSST 5.7111 + The OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape drives can not be driven by the 5.7112 + standard st driver, but instead need this special osst driver and 5.7113 + use the /dev/osstX char device nodes (major 206). Via usb-storage 5.7114 + and ide-scsi, you may be able to drive the USB-x0 and DI-x0 drives 5.7115 + as well. Note that there is also a second generation of OnStream 5.7116 + tape drives (ADR-x0) that supports the standard SCSI-2 commands for 5.7117 + tapes (QIC-157) and can be driven by the standard driver st. 5.7118 + For more information, you may have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO 5.7119 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> and 5.7120 + <file:drivers/scsi/README.osst> in the kernel source. 5.7121 + More info on the OnStream driver may be found on 5.7122 + <http://linux1.onstream.nl/test/> 5.7123 + Please also have a look at the standard st docu, as most of it 5.7124 + applies to osst as well. 5.7125 + 5.7126 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7127 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7128 + The module will be called osst.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.7129 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 5.7130 + <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. 5.7131 + 5.7132 +SCSI CD-ROM support 5.7133 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR 5.7134 + If you want to use a SCSI CD-ROM under Linux, say Y and read the 5.7135 + SCSI-HOWTO and the CD-ROM-HOWTO at 5.7136 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Also make sure to say Y 5.7137 + or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support" later. 5.7138 + 5.7139 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7140 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7141 + The module will be called sr_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.7142 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 5.7143 + <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. 5.7144 + 5.7145 +Maximum number of CD-ROM devices that can be loaded as modules 5.7146 +CONFIG_SR_EXTRA_DEVS 5.7147 + This controls the amount of additional space allocated in tables for 5.7148 + drivers that are loaded as modules after the kernel is booted. In 5.7149 + the event that the SCSI core itself was loaded as a module, this 5.7150 + value is the number of additional CD-ROMs that can be loaded after 5.7151 + the first host driver is loaded. 5.7152 + 5.7153 + Admittedly this isn't pretty, but there are tons of race conditions 5.7154 + involved with resizing the internal arrays on the fly. Someday this 5.7155 + flag will go away, and everything will work automatically. 5.7156 + 5.7157 + If you don't understand what's going on, go with the default. 5.7158 + 5.7159 +Enable vendor-specific extensions (for SCSI CD-ROM) 5.7160 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR_VENDOR 5.7161 + This enables the usage of vendor specific SCSI commands. This is 5.7162 + required to support multisession CDs with old NEC/TOSHIBA cdrom 5.7163 + drives (and HP Writers). If you have such a drive and get the first 5.7164 + session only, try saying Y here; everybody else says N. 5.7165 + 5.7166 +SCSI generic support 5.7167 +CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SG 5.7168 + If you want to use SCSI scanners, synthesizers or CD-writers or just 5.7169 + about anything having "SCSI" in its name other than hard disks, 5.7170 + CD-ROMs or tapes, say Y here. These won't be supported by the kernel 5.7171 + directly, so you need some additional software which knows how to 5.7172 + talk to these devices using the SCSI protocol: 5.7173 + 5.7174 + For scanners, look at SANE (<http://www.mostang.com/sane/>). For CD 5.7175 + writer software look at Cdrtools 5.7176 + (<http://www.fokus.gmd.de/research/cc/glone/employees/joerg.schilling/private/cdrecord.html>) 5.7177 + and for burning a "disk at once": CDRDAO 5.7178 + (<http://cdrdao.sourceforge.net/>). Cdparanoia is a high 5.7179 + quality digital reader of audio CDs (<http://www.xiph.org/paranoia/>). 5.7180 + For other devices, it's possible that you'll have to write the 5.7181 + driver software yourself. Please read the file 5.7182 + <file:Documentation/scsi-generic.txt> for more information. 5.7183 + 5.7184 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.7185 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7186 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 5.7187 + <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. The module will be called sg.o. If unsure, 5.7188 + say N. 5.7189 + 5.7190 +Probe all LUNs on each SCSI device 5.7191 +CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN 5.7192 + If you have a SCSI device that supports more than one LUN (Logical 5.7193 + Unit Number), e.g. a CD jukebox, and only one LUN is detected, you 5.7194 + can say Y here to force the SCSI driver to probe for multiple LUNs. 5.7195 + A SCSI device with multiple LUNs acts logically like multiple SCSI 5.7196 + devices. The vast majority of SCSI devices have only one LUN, and 5.7197 + so most people can say N here and should in fact do so, because it 5.7198 + is safer. 5.7199 + 5.7200 +Verbose SCSI error reporting (kernel size +=12K) 5.7201 +CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS 5.7202 + The error messages regarding your SCSI hardware will be easier to 5.7203 + understand if you say Y here; it will enlarge your kernel by about 5.7204 + 12 KB. If in doubt, say Y. 5.7205 + 5.7206 +SCSI logging facility 5.7207 +CONFIG_SCSI_LOGGING 5.7208 + This turns on a logging facility that can be used to debug a number 5.7209 + of SCSI related problems. 5.7210 + 5.7211 + If you say Y here, no logging output will appear by default, but you 5.7212 + can enable logging by saying Y to "/proc file system support" and 5.7213 + "Sysctl support" below and executing the command 5.7214 + 5.7215 + echo "scsi log token [level]" > /proc/scsi/scsi 5.7216 + 5.7217 + at boot time after the /proc file system has been mounted. 5.7218 + 5.7219 + There are a number of things that can be used for 'token' (you can 5.7220 + find them in the source: <file:drivers/scsi/scsi.c>), and this 5.7221 + allows you to select the types of information you want, and the 5.7222 + level allows you to select the level of verbosity. 5.7223 + 5.7224 + If you say N here, it may be harder to track down some types of SCSI 5.7225 + problems. If you say Y here your kernel will be somewhat larger, but 5.7226 + there should be no noticeable performance impact as long as you have 5.7227 + logging turned off. 5.7228 + 5.7229 +SGI WD93C93 SCSI Driver 5.7230 +CONFIG_SCSI_SGIWD93 5.7231 + Say Y here to support the on-board WD93C93 SCSI controller found (a) 5.7232 + on the Indigo2 and other MIPS-based SGI machines, and (b) on ARCS 5.7233 + ARM-based machines. 5.7234 + 5.7235 +DEC NCR53C94 SCSI Driver 5.7236 +CONFIG_SCSI_DECNCR 5.7237 + Say Y here to support the NCR53C94 SCSI controller chips on IOASIC 5.7238 + based TURBOchannel DECstations and TURBOchannel PMAZ-A cards. 5.7239 + 5.7240 +AdvanSys SCSI support 5.7241 +CONFIG_SCSI_ADVANSYS 5.7242 + This is a driver for all SCSI host adapters manufactured by 5.7243 + AdvanSys. It is documented in the kernel source in 5.7244 + <file:drivers/scsi/advansys.c>. 5.7245 + 5.7246 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7247 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7248 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.7249 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.7250 + advansys.o. 5.7251 + 5.7252 +Adaptec AHA152X/2825 support 5.7253 +CONFIG_SCSI_AHA152X 5.7254 + This is a driver for the AHA-1510, AHA-1520, AHA-1522, and AHA-2825 5.7255 + SCSI host adapters. It also works for the AVA-1505, but the IRQ etc. 5.7256 + must be manually specified in this case. 5.7257 + 5.7258 + It is explained in section 3.3 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.7259 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You might also want to 5.7260 + read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.aha152x>. 5.7261 + 5.7262 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7263 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7264 + The module will be called aha152x.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.7265 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.7266 + 5.7267 +Adaptec AHA1542 support 5.7268 +CONFIG_SCSI_AHA1542 5.7269 + This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section 5.7270 + 3.4 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.7271 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that Trantor was 5.7272 + purchased by Adaptec, and some former Trantor products are being 5.7273 + sold under the Adaptec name. If it doesn't work out of the box, you 5.7274 + may have to change some settings in <file:drivers/scsi/aha1542.h>. 5.7275 + 5.7276 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.7277 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7278 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.7279 + will be called aha1542.o. 5.7280 + 5.7281 +Adaptec AHA1740 support 5.7282 +CONFIG_SCSI_AHA1740 5.7283 + This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section 5.7284 + 3.5 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.7285 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out 5.7286 + of the box, you may have to change some settings in 5.7287 + <file:drivers/scsi/aha1740.h>. 5.7288 + 5.7289 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7290 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7291 + The module will be called aha1740.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.7292 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.7293 + 5.7294 +Adaptec AIC7xxx support 5.7295 +CONFIG_SCSI_AIC7XXX 5.7296 + This driver supports all of Adaptec's PCI based SCSI controllers 5.7297 + (not the hardware RAID controllers though) as well as the aic7770 5.7298 + based EISA and VLB SCSI controllers (the 274x and 284x series). 5.7299 + This is an Adaptec sponsored driver written by Justin Gibbs. It is 5.7300 + intended to replace the previous aic7xxx driver maintained by Doug 5.7301 + Ledford since Doug is no longer maintaining that driver. 5.7302 + 5.7303 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.7304 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7305 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.7306 + will be called aic7xxx.o. 5.7307 + 5.7308 +Adaptec I2O RAID support 5.7309 +CONFIG_SCSI_DPT_I2O 5.7310 + This driver supports all of Adaptec's I2O based RAID controllers as 5.7311 + well as the DPT SmartRaid V cards. This is an Adaptec maintained 5.7312 + driver by Deanna Bonds. See <file:drivers/scsi/README.dpti>. 5.7313 + 5.7314 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7315 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7316 + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5.7317 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.7318 + dpt_i2o.o. 5.7319 + 5.7320 +Default number of TCQ commands per device 5.7321 +CONFIG_AIC7XXX_CMDS_PER_DEVICE 5.7322 + Specify the number of commands you would like to allocate per SCSI 5.7323 + device when Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) is enabled on that device. 5.7324 + 5.7325 + This is an upper bound value for the number of tagged transactions 5.7326 + to be used for any device. The aic7xxx driver will automatically 5.7327 + vary this number based on device behaviour. For devices with a 5.7328 + fixed maximum, the driver will eventually lock to this maximum 5.7329 + and display a console message indicating this value. 5.7330 + 5.7331 + Note: Unless you experience some type of device failure, the default 5.7332 + value, no enforced limit, should work for you. 5.7333 + 5.7334 + Default: 253 5.7335 + 5.7336 +Delay in seconds after SCSI bus reset 5.7337 +CONFIG_AIC7XXX_RESET_DELAY_MS 5.7338 + The number of milliseconds to delay after an initial bus reset. 5.7339 + The bus settle delay following all error recovery actions is 5.7340 + dictated by the SCSI layer and is not affected by this value. 5.7341 + 5.7342 + Default: 15000 (15 seconds) 5.7343 + 5.7344 +Build Adapter Firmware with Kernel Build 5.7345 +CONFIG_AIC7XXX_BUILD_FIRMWARE 5.7346 + This option should only be enabled if you are modifying the firmware 5.7347 + source to the aic7xxx driver and wish to have the generated firmware 5.7348 + include files updated during a normal kernel build. The assembler 5.7349 + for the firmware requires lex and yacc or their equivalents, as well 5.7350 + as the db v1 library. You may have to install additional packages 5.7351 + or modify the assembler make file or the files it includes if your 5.7352 + build environment is different than that of the author. 5.7353 + 5.7354 +Old Adaptec AIC7xxx support 5.7355 +CONFIG_SCSI_AIC7XXX_OLD 5.7356 + WARNING This driver is an older aic7xxx driver and is no longer 5.7357 + under active development. Adaptec, Inc. is writing a new driver to 5.7358 + take the place of this one, and it is recommended that whenever 5.7359 + possible, people should use the new Adaptec written driver instead 5.7360 + of this one. This driver will eventually be phased out entirely. 5.7361 + 5.7362 + This is support for the various aic7xxx based Adaptec SCSI 5.7363 + controllers. These include the 274x EISA cards; 284x VLB cards; 5.7364 + 2902, 2910, 293x, 294x, 394x, 3985 and several other PCI and 5.7365 + motherboard based SCSI controllers from Adaptec. It does not support 5.7366 + the AAA-13x RAID controllers from Adaptec, nor will it likely ever 5.7367 + support them. It does not support the 2920 cards from Adaptec that 5.7368 + use the Future Domain SCSI controller chip. For those cards, you 5.7369 + need the "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" driver. 5.7370 + 5.7371 + In general, if the controller is based on an Adaptec SCSI controller 5.7372 + chip from the aic777x series or the aic78xx series, this driver 5.7373 + should work. The only exception is the 7810 which is specifically 5.7374 + not supported (that's the RAID controller chip on the AAA-13x 5.7375 + cards). 5.7376 + 5.7377 + Note that the AHA2920 SCSI host adapter is *not* supported by this 5.7378 + driver; choose "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" instead if you have 5.7379 + one of those. 5.7380 + 5.7381 + Information on the configuration options for this controller can be 5.7382 + found by checking the help file for each of the available 5.7383 + configuration options. You should read 5.7384 + <file:drivers/scsi/aic7xxx_old/README.aic7xxx> at a minimum before 5.7385 + contacting the maintainer with any questions. The SCSI-HOWTO, 5.7386 + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, can also 5.7387 + be of great help. 5.7388 + 5.7389 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.7390 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7391 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.7392 + will be called aic7xxx_old.o. 5.7393 + 5.7394 +Enable tagged command queueing (TCQ) by default 5.7395 +CONFIG_AIC7XXX_OLD_TCQ_ON_BY_DEFAULT 5.7396 + This option causes the aic7xxx driver to attempt to use Tagged 5.7397 + Command Queueing (TCQ) on all devices that claim to support it. 5.7398 + 5.7399 + TCQ is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host 5.7400 + adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if 5.7401 + previous commands haven't finished yet. Because the device is 5.7402 + intelligent, it can optimize its operations (like head positioning) 5.7403 + based on its own request queue. Not all devices implement this 5.7404 + correctly. 5.7405 + 5.7406 + If you say Y here, you can still turn off TCQ on troublesome devices 5.7407 + with the use of the tag_info boot parameter. See the file 5.7408 + <file:drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx> for more information on that and 5.7409 + other aic7xxx setup commands. If this option is turned off, you may 5.7410 + still enable TCQ on known good devices by use of the tag_info boot 5.7411 + parameter. 5.7412 + 5.7413 + If you are unsure about your devices then it is safest to say N 5.7414 + here. 5.7415 + 5.7416 + However, TCQ can increase performance on some hard drives by as much 5.7417 + as 50% or more, so it is recommended that if you say N here, you 5.7418 + should at least read the <file:drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx> file so 5.7419 + you will know how to enable this option manually should your drives 5.7420 + prove to be safe in regards to TCQ. 5.7421 + 5.7422 + Conversely, certain drives are known to lock up or cause bus resets 5.7423 + when TCQ is enabled on them. If you have a Western Digital 5.7424 + Enterprise SCSI drive for instance, then don't even bother to enable 5.7425 + TCQ on it as the drive will become unreliable, and it will actually 5.7426 + reduce performance. 5.7427 + 5.7428 +Default number of TCQ commands per device 5.7429 +CONFIG_AIC7XXX_OLD_CMDS_PER_DEVICE 5.7430 + Specify the number of commands you would like to allocate per SCSI 5.7431 + device when Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) is enabled on that device. 5.7432 + 5.7433 + Reasonable figures are in the range of 8 to 24 commands per device, 5.7434 + but depending on hardware could be increased or decreased from that 5.7435 + figure. If the number is too high for any particular device, the 5.7436 + driver will automatically compensate usually after only 10 minutes 5.7437 + of uptime. It will not hinder performance if some of your devices 5.7438 + eventually have their command depth reduced, but is a waste of 5.7439 + memory if all of your devices end up reducing this number down to a 5.7440 + more reasonable figure. 5.7441 + 5.7442 + NOTE: Certain very broken drives are known to lock up when given 5.7443 + more commands than they like to deal with. Quantum Fireball drives 5.7444 + are the most common in this category. For the Quantum Fireball 5.7445 + drives it is suggested to use no more than 8 commands per device. 5.7446 + 5.7447 + Default: 8 5.7448 + 5.7449 +Collect statistics to report in /proc 5.7450 +CONFIG_AIC7XXX_OLD_PROC_STATS 5.7451 + This option tells the driver to keep track of how many commands have 5.7452 + been sent to each particular device and report that information to 5.7453 + the user via the /proc/scsi/aic7xxx/n file, where n is the number of 5.7454 + the aic7xxx controller you want the information on. This adds a 5.7455 + small amount of overhead to each and every SCSI command the aic7xxx 5.7456 + driver handles, so if you aren't really interested in this 5.7457 + information, it is best to leave it disabled. This will only work if 5.7458 + you also say Y to "/proc file system support", below. 5.7459 + 5.7460 + If unsure, say N. 5.7461 + 5.7462 +IBM ServeRAID support 5.7463 +CONFIG_SCSI_IPS 5.7464 + This is support for the IBM ServeRAID hardware RAID controllers. 5.7465 + See <http://www.developer.ibm.com/welcome/netfinity/serveraid.html> 5.7466 + for more information. If this driver does not work correctly 5.7467 + without modification please contact the author by email at 5.7468 + ipslinux@us.ibm.com. 5.7469 + 5.7470 + You can build this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.7471 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7472 + but only a single instance may be loaded. If you want to compile it 5.7473 + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.7474 + The module will be called ips.o. 5.7475 + 5.7476 +BusLogic SCSI support 5.7477 +CONFIG_SCSI_BUSLOGIC 5.7478 + This is support for BusLogic MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Host 5.7479 + Adapters. Consult the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.7480 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, and the files 5.7481 + <file:drivers/scsi/README.BusLogic> and 5.7482 + <file:drivers/scsi/README.FlashPoint> for more information. If this 5.7483 + driver does not work correctly without modification, please contact 5.7484 + the author, Leonard N. Zubkoff, by email to lnz@dandelion.com. 5.7485 + 5.7486 + You can also build this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.7487 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7488 + but only a single instance may be loaded. If you want to compile it 5.7489 + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.7490 + The module will be called BusLogic.o. 5.7491 + 5.7492 +Omit BusLogic SCSI FlashPoint support 5.7493 +CONFIG_SCSI_OMIT_FLASHPOINT 5.7494 + This option allows you to omit the FlashPoint support from the 5.7495 + BusLogic SCSI driver. The FlashPoint SCCB Manager code is 5.7496 + substantial, so users of MultiMaster Host Adapters may wish to omit 5.7497 + it. 5.7498 + 5.7499 +Compaq Fibre Channel 64-bit/66Mhz HBA support 5.7500 +CONFIG_SCSI_CPQFCTS 5.7501 + Say Y here to compile in support for the Compaq StorageWorks Fibre 5.7502 + Channel 64-bit/66Mhz Host Bus Adapter. 5.7503 + 5.7504 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.7505 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7506 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.7507 + will be called cpqfc.o. 5.7508 + 5.7509 +DMX3191D SCSI support 5.7510 +CONFIG_SCSI_DMX3191D 5.7511 + This is support for Domex DMX3191D SCSI Host Adapters. 5.7512 + 5.7513 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7514 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7515 + The module will be called dmx3191d.o. If you want to compile it as 5.7516 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.7517 + 5.7518 +DTC3180/3280 SCSI support 5.7519 +CONFIG_SCSI_DTC3280 5.7520 + This is support for DTC 3180/3280 SCSI Host Adapters. Please read 5.7521 + the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.7522 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, and the file 5.7523 + <file:drivers/scsi/README.dtc3x80>. 5.7524 + 5.7525 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7526 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7527 + The module will be called dtc.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.7528 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.7529 + 5.7530 +EATA-DMA [Obsolete] (DPT, NEC, AT&T, SNI, AST, Olivetti, Alphatronix) support 5.7531 +CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_DMA 5.7532 + This is support for the EATA-DMA protocol compliant SCSI Host 5.7533 + Adapters like the SmartCache III/IV, SmartRAID controller families 5.7534 + and the DPT PM2011B and PM2012B controllers. 5.7535 + 5.7536 + Note that this driver is obsolete; if you have one of the above 5.7537 + SCSI Host Adapters, you should normally say N here and Y to "EATA 5.7538 + ISA/EISA/PCI support", below. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available 5.7539 + from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.7540 + 5.7541 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7542 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7543 + The module will be called eata_dma.o. If you want to compile it as 5.7544 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.7545 + 5.7546 +EATA-PIO (old DPT PM2001, PM2012A) support 5.7547 +CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_PIO 5.7548 + This driver supports all EATA-PIO protocol compliant SCSI Host 5.7549 + Adapters like the DPT PM2001 and the PM2012A. EATA-DMA compliant 5.7550 + host adapters could also use this driver but are discouraged from 5.7551 + doing so, since this driver only supports hard disks and lacks 5.7552 + numerous features. You might want to have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO, 5.7553 + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.7554 + 5.7555 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.7556 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7557 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.7558 + will be called eata_pio.o. 5.7559 + 5.7560 +UltraStor 14F/34F support 5.7561 +CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F 5.7562 + This is support for the UltraStor 14F and 34F SCSI-2 host adapters. 5.7563 + The source at <file:drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c> contains some 5.7564 + information about this hardware. If the driver doesn't work out of 5.7565 + the box, you may have to change some settings in 5.7566 + <file: drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c>. Read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.7567 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that there is also 5.7568 + another driver for the same hardware: "UltraStor SCSI support", 5.7569 + below. You should say Y to both only if you want 24F support as 5.7570 + well. 5.7571 + 5.7572 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7573 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7574 + The module will be called u14-34f.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.7575 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.7576 + 5.7577 +enable elevator sorting 5.7578 +CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_LINKED_COMMANDS 5.7579 + This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and 5.7580 + CD-ROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing 5.7581 + random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable 5.7582 + performance improvement: your mileage may vary... 5.7583 + 5.7584 + The safe answer is N. 5.7585 + 5.7586 +maximum number of queued commands 5.7587 +CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_MAX_TAGS 5.7588 + This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for 5.7589 + each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 8 5.7590 + only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support. 5.7591 + Minimum is 2 and maximum is 14. This value is also the window size 5.7592 + used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used 5.7593 + by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time. 5.7594 + 5.7595 +Future Domain 16xx SCSI/AHA-2920A support 5.7596 +CONFIG_SCSI_FUTURE_DOMAIN 5.7597 + This is support for Future Domain's 16-bit SCSI host adapters 5.7598 + (TMC-1660/1680, TMC-1650/1670, TMC-3260, TMC-1610M/MER/MEX) and 5.7599 + other adapters based on the Future Domain chipsets (Quantum 5.7600 + ISA-200S, ISA-250MG; Adaptec AHA-2920A; and at least one IBM board). 5.7601 + It is explained in section 3.7 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.7602 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.7603 + 5.7604 + NOTE: Newer Adaptec AHA-2920C boards use the Adaptec AIC-7850 chip 5.7605 + and should use the aic7xxx driver ("Adaptec AIC7xxx chipset SCSI 5.7606 + controller support"). This Future Domain driver works with the older 5.7607 + Adaptec AHA-2920A boards with a Future Domain chip on them. 5.7608 + 5.7609 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7610 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7611 + The module will be called fdomain.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.7612 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.7613 + 5.7614 +Future Domain MCS-600/700 SCSI support 5.7615 +CONFIG_SCSI_FD_MCS 5.7616 + This is support for Future Domain MCS 600/700 MCA SCSI adapters. 5.7617 + Some PS/2 computers are equipped with IBM Fast SCSI Adapter/A which 5.7618 + is identical to the MCS 700 and hence also supported by this driver. 5.7619 + This driver also supports the Reply SB16/SCSI card (the SCSI part). 5.7620 + It supports multiple adapters in the same system. 5.7621 + 5.7622 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7623 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7624 + The module will be called fd_mcs.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.7625 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.7626 + 5.7627 +Generic NCR5380/53c400 SCSI support 5.7628 +CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR5380 5.7629 + This is the generic NCR family of SCSI controllers, not to be 5.7630 + confused with the NCR 53c7 or 8xx controllers. It is explained in 5.7631 + section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.7632 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out 5.7633 + of the box, you may have to change some settings in 5.7634 + <file:drivers/scsi/g_NCR5380.h>. 5.7635 + 5.7636 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7637 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7638 + The module will be called g_NCR5380.o. If you want to compile it as 5.7639 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.7640 + 5.7641 +Enable NCR53c400 extensions 5.7642 +CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR53C400 5.7643 + This enables certain optimizations for the NCR53c400 SCSI cards. 5.7644 + You might as well try it out. Note that this driver will only probe 5.7645 + for the Trantor T130B in its default configuration; you might have 5.7646 + to pass a command line option to the kernel at boot time if it does 5.7647 + not detect your card. See the file 5.7648 + <file:drivers/scsi/README.g_NCR5380> for details. 5.7649 + 5.7650 +# Choice: ncr5380 5.7651 +NCR5380/53c400 mapping method (use Port for T130B) 5.7652 +CONFIG_SCSI_G_NCR5380_PORT 5.7653 + The NCR5380 and NCR53c400 SCSI controllers come in two varieties: 5.7654 + port or memory mapped. You should know what you have. The most 5.7655 + common card, Trantor T130B, uses port mapped mode. 5.7656 + 5.7657 +NCR Dual 700 MCA SCSI support 5.7658 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR_D700 5.7659 + This is a driver for the MicroChannel Dual 700 card produced by 5.7660 + NCR and commonly used in 345x/35xx/4100 class machines. It always 5.7661 + tries to negotiate sync and uses tag command queueing. 5.7662 + 5.7663 + Unless you have an NCR manufactured machine, the chances are that 5.7664 + you do not have this SCSI card, so say N. 5.7665 + 5.7666 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.7667 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7668 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.7669 + will be called NCR_D700.o. 5.7670 + 5.7671 +HP LASI SCSI support for 53c700/710 5.7672 +CONFIG_SCSI_LASI700 5.7673 + This is a driver for the lasi baseboard in some parisc machines 5.7674 + which is based on the 53c700 chip. Will also support LASI subsystems 5.7675 + based on the 710 chip using 700 emulation mode. 5.7676 + 5.7677 + Unless you know you have a 53c700 or 53c710 based lasi, say N here 5.7678 + 5.7679 +NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support 5.7680 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx 5.7681 + This is a driver for the 53c7 and 8xx NCR family of SCSI 5.7682 + controllers, not to be confused with the NCR 5380 controllers. It 5.7683 + is explained in section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.7684 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out 5.7685 + of the box, you may have to change some settings in 5.7686 + <file:drivers/scsi/53c7,8xx.h>. Please read 5.7687 + <file:drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c7xx> for the available boot time 5.7688 + command line options. 5.7689 + 5.7690 + Note: there is another driver for the 53c8xx family of controllers 5.7691 + ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" below). If you want to use them both, you 5.7692 + need to say M to both and build them as modules, but only one may be 5.7693 + active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, it's better to use the 5.7694 + other driver. 5.7695 + 5.7696 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.7697 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.7698 + The module will be called 53c7,8xx.o. If you want to compile it as 5.7699 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.7700 + 5.7701 +Always negotiate synchronous transfers 5.7702 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_sync 5.7703 + In general, this is good; however, it is a bit dangerous since there 5.7704 + are some broken SCSI devices out there. Take your chances. Safe bet 5.7705 + is N. 5.7706 + 5.7707 +Allow FAST-SCSI [10MHz] 5.7708 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_FAST 5.7709 + This will enable 10MHz FAST-SCSI transfers with your host 5.7710 + adapter. Some systems have problems with that speed, so it's safest 5.7711 + to say N here. 5.7712 + 5.7713 +Allow DISCONNECT 5.7714 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_DISCONNECT 5.7715 + This enables the disconnect/reconnect feature of the NCR SCSI 5.7716 + controller. When you say Y here, a slow SCSI device will not lock 5.7717 + the SCSI bus while processing a request, allowing simultaneous use 5.7718 + of e.g. a SCSI hard disk and SCSI tape or CD-ROM drive, and 5.7719 + providing much better performance when using slow and fast SCSI 5.7720 + devices at the same time. Some devices, however, do not operate 5.7721 + properly with this option enabled, and will cause your SCSI system 5.7722 + to hang, which might cause a system crash. The safe answer 5.7723 + therefore is to say N. 5.7724 + 5.7725 +SYM53C8XX Version 2 SCSI support 5.7726 +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_2 5.7727 + This driver supports the whole NCR53C8XX/SYM53C8XX family of 5.7728 + PCI-SCSI controllers. It also supports the subset of LSI53C10XX 5.7729 + Ultra-160 controllers that are based on the SYM53C8XX SCRIPTS 5.7730 + language. It does not support LSI53C10XX Ultra-320 PCI-X SCSI 5.7731 + controllers. 5.7732 + 5.7733 + If your system has problems using this new major version of the 5.7734 + SYM53C8XX driver, you may switch back to driver version 1. 5.7735 + 5.7736 + Please read <file:drivers/scsi/sym53c8xx_2/Documentation.txt> for more 5.7737 + information. 5.7738 + 5.7739 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.7740 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7741 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.7742 + will be called sym53c8xx.o. 5.7743 + 5.7744 +PCI DMA addressing mode 5.7745 +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_DMA_ADDRESSING_MODE 5.7746 + This option only applies to PCI-SCSI chip that are PCI DAC capable 5.7747 + (875A, 895A, 896, 1010-33, 1010-66, 1000). 5.7748 + 5.7749 + When set to 0, only PCI 32 bit DMA addressing (SAC) will be performed. 5.7750 + When set to 1, 40 bit DMA addressing (with upper 24 bits of address 5.7751 + set to zero) is supported. The addressable range is here 1 TB. 5.7752 + When set to 2, full 64 bits of address for DMA are supported, but only 5.7753 + 16 segments of 4 GB can be addressed. The addressable range is so 5.7754 + limited to 64 GB. 5.7755 + 5.7756 + The safest value is 0 (32 bit DMA addressing) that is guessed to still 5.7757 + fit most of real machines. 5.7758 + 5.7759 + The preferred value 1 (40 bit DMA addressing) should make happy 5.7760 + properly engineered PCI DAC capable host bridges. You may configure 5.7761 + this option for Intel platforms with more than 4 GB of memory. 5.7762 + 5.7763 + The still experimental value 2 (64 bit DMA addressing with 16 x 4GB 5.7764 + segments limitation) can be used on systems that require PCI address 5.7765 + bits past bit 39 to be set for the addressing of memory using PCI 5.7766 + DAC cycles. 5.7767 + 5.7768 +use normal IO 5.7769 +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_IOMAPPED 5.7770 + If you say Y here, the driver will preferently use normal IO rather than 5.7771 + memory mapped IO. 5.7772 + 5.7773 +maximum number of queued commands 5.7774 +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_MAX_TAGS 5.7775 + This option allows you to specify the maximum number of commands 5.7776 + that can be queued to any device, when tagged command queuing is 5.7777 + possible. The driver supports up to 256 queued commands per device. 5.7778 + This value is used as a compiled-in hard limit. 5.7779 + 5.7780 +default tagged command queue depth 5.7781 +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS 5.7782 + This is the default value of the command queue depth the driver will 5.7783 + announce to the generic SCSI layer for devices that support tagged 5.7784 + command queueing. This value can be changed from the boot command line. 5.7785 + This is a soft limit that cannot exceed CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_MAX_TAGS. 5.7786 + 5.7787 +NCR53C8XX SCSI support 5.7788 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX 5.7789 + This is the BSD ncr driver adapted to Linux for the NCR53C8XX family 5.7790 + of PCI-SCSI controllers. This driver supports parity checking, 5.7791 + tagged command queuing and fast synchronous data transfers up to 80 5.7792 + MB/s with wide FAST-40 LVD devices and controllers. 5.7793 + 5.7794 + Recent versions of the 53C8XX chips are better supported by the 5.7795 + option "SYM53C8XX SCSI support", below. 5.7796 + 5.7797 + Note: there is yet another driver for the 53c8xx family of 5.7798 + controllers ("NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support" above). If you want to use 5.7799 + them both, you need to say M to both and build them as modules, but 5.7800 + only one may be active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, you 5.7801 + probably do not want to use the "NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support". 5.7802 + 5.7803 + Please read <file:drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx> for more 5.7804 + information. 5.7805 + 5.7806 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.7807 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7808 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.7809 + will be called ncr53c8xx.o. 5.7810 + 5.7811 +SYM53C8XX Version 1 SCSI support 5.7812 +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX 5.7813 + This driver supports all the features of recent 53C8XX chips (used 5.7814 + in PCI SCSI controllers), notably the hardware phase mismatch 5.7815 + feature of the SYM53C896. 5.7816 + 5.7817 + Older versions of the 53C8XX chips are not supported by this 5.7818 + driver. If your system uses either a 810 rev. < 16, a 815, or a 825 5.7819 + rev. < 16 PCI SCSI processor, you must use the generic NCR53C8XX 5.7820 + driver ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" above) or configure both the 5.7821 + NCR53C8XX and this SYM53C8XX drivers either as module or linked to 5.7822 + the kernel image. 5.7823 + 5.7824 + When both drivers are linked into the kernel, the SYM53C8XX driver 5.7825 + is called first at initialization and you can use the 'excl=ioaddr' 5.7826 + driver boot option to exclude attachment of adapters by the 5.7827 + SYM53C8XX driver. For example, entering 5.7828 + 'sym53c8xx=excl:0xb400,excl=0xc000' at the lilo prompt prevents 5.7829 + adapters at io address 0xb400 and 0xc000 from being attached by the 5.7830 + SYM53C8XX driver, thus allowing the NCR53C8XX driver to attach them. 5.7831 + The 'excl' option is also supported by the NCR53C8XX driver. 5.7832 + 5.7833 + Please read <file:drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx> for more 5.7834 + information. 5.7835 + 5.7836 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.7837 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7838 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.7839 + will be called sym53c8xx.o. 5.7840 + 5.7841 +Synchronous transfer frequency in MHz 5.7842 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYNC 5.7843 + The SCSI Parallel Interface-2 Standard defines 5 classes of transfer 5.7844 + rates: FAST-5, FAST-10, FAST-20, FAST-40 and FAST-80. The numbers 5.7845 + are respectively the maximum data transfer rates in mega-transfers 5.7846 + per second for each class. For example, a FAST-20 Wide 16 device is 5.7847 + able to transfer data at 20 million 16 bit packets per second for a 5.7848 + total rate of 40 MB/s. 5.7849 + 5.7850 + You may specify 0 if you want to only use asynchronous data 5.7851 + transfers. This is the safest and slowest option. Otherwise, specify 5.7852 + a value between 5 and 80, depending on the capability of your SCSI 5.7853 + controller. The higher the number, the faster the data transfer. 5.7854 + Note that 80 should normally be ok since the driver decreases the 5.7855 + value automatically according to the controller's capabilities. 5.7856 + 5.7857 + Your answer to this question is ignored for controllers with NVRAM, 5.7858 + since the driver will get this information from the user set-up. It 5.7859 + also can be overridden using a boot setup option, as follows 5.7860 + (example): 'ncr53c8xx=sync:12' will allow the driver to negotiate 5.7861 + for FAST-20 synchronous data transfer (20 mega-transfers per 5.7862 + second). 5.7863 + 5.7864 + The normal answer therefore is not to go with the default but to 5.7865 + select the maximum value 80 allowing the driver to use the maximum 5.7866 + value supported by each controller. If this causes problems with 5.7867 + your SCSI devices, you should come back and decrease the value. 5.7868 + 5.7869 + There is no safe option other than using good cabling, right 5.7870 + terminations and SCSI conformant devices. 5.7871 + 5.7872 +Use normal IO 5.7873 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_IOMAPPED 5.7874 + If you say Y here, the driver will use normal IO, as opposed to 5.7875 + memory mapped IO. Memory mapped IO has less latency than normal IO 5.7876 + and works for most Intel-based hardware. Under Linux/Alpha only 5.7877 + normal IO is currently supported by the driver and so, this option 5.7878 + has no effect on those systems. 5.7879 + 5.7880 + The normal answer therefore is N; try Y only if you encounter SCSI 5.7881 + related problems. 5.7882 + 5.7883 +Not allow targets to disconnect 5.7884 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_NO_DISCONNECT 5.7885 + This option is only provided for safety if you suspect some SCSI 5.7886 + device of yours to not support properly the target-disconnect 5.7887 + feature. In that case, you would say Y here. In general however, to 5.7888 + not allow targets to disconnect is not reasonable if there is more 5.7889 + than 1 device on a SCSI bus. The normal answer therefore is N. 5.7890 + 5.7891 +Default tagged command queue depth 5.7892 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS 5.7893 + "Tagged command queuing" is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves 5.7894 + performance: the host adapter can send several SCSI commands to a 5.7895 + device's queue even if previous commands haven't finished yet. 5.7896 + Because the device is intelligent, it can optimize its operations 5.7897 + (like head positioning) based on its own request queue. Some SCSI 5.7898 + devices don't implement this properly; if you want to disable this 5.7899 + feature, enter 0 or 1 here (it doesn't matter which). 5.7900 + 5.7901 + The default value is 8 and should be supported by most hard disks. 5.7902 + This value can be overridden from the boot command line using the 5.7903 + 'tags' option as follows (example): 5.7904 + 'ncr53c8xx=tags:4/t2t3q16/t0u2q10' will set default queue depth to 5.7905 + 4, set queue depth to 16 for target 2 and target 3 on controller 0 5.7906 + and set queue depth to 10 for target 0 / lun 2 on controller 1. 5.7907 + 5.7908 + The normal answer therefore is to go with the default 8 and to use 5.7909 + a boot command line option for devices that need to use a different 5.7910 + command queue depth. 5.7911 + 5.7912 + There is no safe option other than using good SCSI devices. 5.7913 + 5.7914 +Maximum number of queued commands 5.7915 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_MAX_TAGS 5.7916 + This option allows you to specify the maximum number of commands 5.7917 + that can be queued to any device, when tagged command queuing is 5.7918 + possible. The default value is 32. Minimum is 2, maximum is 64. 5.7919 + Modern hard disks are able to support 64 tags and even more, but 5.7920 + do not seem to be faster when more than 32 tags are being used. 5.7921 + 5.7922 + So, the normal answer here is to go with the default value 32 unless 5.7923 + you are using very large hard disks with large cache (>= 1 MB) that 5.7924 + are able to take advantage of more than 32 tagged commands. 5.7925 + 5.7926 + There is no safe option and the default answer is recommended. 5.7927 + 5.7928 +Assume boards are SYMBIOS compatible 5.7929 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT 5.7930 + This option allows you to enable some features depending on GPIO 5.7931 + wiring. These General Purpose Input/Output pins can be used for 5.7932 + vendor specific features or implementation of the standard SYMBIOS 5.7933 + features. Genuine SYMBIOS controllers use GPIO0 in output for 5.7934 + controller LED and GPIO3 bit as a flag indicating 5.7935 + singled-ended/differential interface. The Tekram DC-390U/F boards 5.7936 + uses a different GPIO wiring. 5.7937 + 5.7938 + Your answer to this question is ignored if all your controllers have 5.7939 + NVRAM, since the driver is able to detect the board type from the 5.7940 + NVRAM format. 5.7941 + 5.7942 + If all the controllers in your system are genuine SYMBIOS boards or 5.7943 + use BIOS and drivers from SYMBIOS, you would want to say Y here, 5.7944 + otherwise N. N is the safe answer. 5.7945 + 5.7946 +Enable traffic profiling 5.7947 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PROFILE 5.7948 + This option allows you to enable profiling information gathering. 5.7949 + These statistics are not very accurate due to the low frequency 5.7950 + of the kernel clock (100 Hz on i386) and have performance impact 5.7951 + on systems that use very fast devices. 5.7952 + 5.7953 + The normal answer therefore is N. 5.7954 + 5.7955 +Include support for the NCR PQS/PDS SCSI card 5.7956 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PQS_PDS 5.7957 + Say Y here if you have a special SCSI adapter produced by NCR 5.7958 + corporation called a PCI Quad SCSI or PCI Dual SCSI. You do not need 5.7959 + this if you do not have one of these adapters. However, since this 5.7960 + device is detected as a specific PCI device, this option is quite 5.7961 + safe. 5.7962 + 5.7963 + The common answer here is N, but answering Y is safe. 5.7964 + 5.7965 +Workbit NinjaSCSI-32Bi/UDE support 5.7966 +CONFIG_SCSI_NSP32 5.7967 + This is support for the Workbit NinjaSCSI-32Bi/UDE PCI/Cardbus 5.7968 + SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.7969 + <http://www.linuxdoc.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.7970 + 5.7971 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.7972 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7973 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.7974 + will be called nsp32.o. 5.7975 + 5.7976 +IBMMCA SCSI support 5.7977 +CONFIG_SCSI_IBMMCA 5.7978 + This is support for the IBM SCSI adapter found in many of the PS/2 5.7979 + series computers. These machines have an MCA bus, so you need to 5.7980 + answer Y to "MCA support" as well and read 5.7981 + <file:Documentation/mca.txt>. 5.7982 + 5.7983 + If the adapter isn't found during boot (a common problem for models 5.7984 + 56, 57, 76, and 77) you'll need to use the 'ibmmcascsi=<pun>' kernel 5.7985 + option, where <pun> is the id of the SCSI subsystem (usually 7, but 5.7986 + if that doesn't work check your reference diskette). Owners of 5.7987 + model 95 with a LED-matrix-display can in addition activate some 5.7988 + activity info like under OS/2, but more informative, by setting 5.7989 + 'ibmmcascsi=display' as an additional kernel parameter. Try "man 5.7990 + bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to 5.7991 + pass options to the kernel. 5.7992 + 5.7993 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.7994 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.7995 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.7996 + will be called ibmmca.o. 5.7997 + 5.7998 +Standard SCSI-order 5.7999 +CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD 5.8000 + In the PC-world and in most modern SCSI-BIOS-setups, SCSI-hard disks 5.8001 + are assigned to the drive letters, starting with the lowest SCSI-id 5.8002 + (physical number -- pun) to be drive C:, as seen from DOS and 5.8003 + similar operating systems. When looking into papers describing the 5.8004 + ANSI-SCSI-standard, this assignment of drives appears to be wrong. 5.8005 + The SCSI-standard follows a hardware-hierarchy which says that id 7 5.8006 + has the highest priority and id 0 the lowest. Therefore, the host 5.8007 + adapters are still today everywhere placed as SCSI-id 7 by default. 5.8008 + In the SCSI-standard, the drive letters express the priority of the 5.8009 + disk. C: should be the hard disk, or a partition on it, with the 5.8010 + highest priority. This must therefore be the disk with the highest 5.8011 + SCSI-id (e.g. 6) and not the one with the lowest! IBM-BIOS kept the 5.8012 + original definition of the SCSI-standard as also industrial- and 5.8013 + process-control-machines, like VME-CPUs running under realtime-OSes 5.8014 + (e.g. LynxOS, OS9) do. 5.8015 + 5.8016 + If you like to run Linux on your MCA-machine with the same 5.8017 + assignment of hard disks as seen from e.g. DOS or OS/2 on your 5.8018 + machine, which is in addition conformant to the SCSI-standard, you 5.8019 + must say Y here. This is also necessary for MCA-Linux users who want 5.8020 + to keep downward compatibility to older releases of the 5.8021 + IBM-MCA-SCSI-driver (older than driver-release 2.00 and older than 5.8022 + June 1997). 5.8023 + 5.8024 + If you like to have the lowest SCSI-id assigned as drive C:, as 5.8025 + modern SCSI-BIOSes do, which does not conform to the standard, but 5.8026 + is widespread and common in the PC-world of today, you must say N 5.8027 + here. If unsure, say Y. 5.8028 + 5.8029 +Reset SCSI-devices at boot time 5.8030 +CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET 5.8031 + By default, SCSI-devices are reset when the machine is powered on. 5.8032 + However, some devices exist, like special-control-devices, 5.8033 + SCSI-CNC-machines, SCSI-printer or scanners of older type, that do 5.8034 + not reset when switched on. If you say Y here, each device connected 5.8035 + to your SCSI-bus will be issued a reset-command after it has been 5.8036 + probed, while the kernel is booting. This may cause problems with 5.8037 + more modern devices, like hard disks, which do not appreciate these 5.8038 + reset commands, and can cause your system to hang. So say Y only if 5.8039 + you know that one of your older devices needs it; N is the safe 5.8040 + answer. 5.8041 + 5.8042 +NCR MCA 53C9x SCSI support 5.8043 +CONFIG_SCSI_MCA_53C9X 5.8044 + Some MicroChannel machines, notably the NCR 35xx line, use a SCSI 5.8045 + controller based on the NCR 53C94. This driver will allow use of 5.8046 + the controller on the 3550, and very possibly others. 5.8047 + 5.8048 + If you want to compile this as a module (= code which can be 5.8049 + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say 5.8050 + M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will 5.8051 + be called mca_53c9x.o. 5.8052 + 5.8053 +Always IN2000 SCSI support 5.8054 +CONFIG_SCSI_IN2000 5.8055 + This is support for an ISA bus SCSI host adapter. You'll find more 5.8056 + information in <file:drivers/scsi/README.in2000>. If it doesn't work 5.8057 + out of the box, you may have to change the jumpers for IRQ or 5.8058 + address selection. 5.8059 + 5.8060 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.8061 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8062 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8063 + will be called in2000.o. 5.8064 + 5.8065 +Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI support 5.8066 +CONFIG_SCSI_INITIO 5.8067 + This is support for the Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI host adapter. Please 5.8068 + read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8069 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.8070 + 5.8071 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.8072 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8073 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8074 + will be called initio.o. 5.8075 + 5.8076 +PAS16 SCSI support 5.8077 +CONFIG_SCSI_PAS16 5.8078 + This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section 5.8079 + 3.10 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8080 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out 5.8081 + of the box, you may have to change some settings in 5.8082 + <file:drivers/scsi/pas16.h>. 5.8083 + 5.8084 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.8085 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.8086 + The module will be called pas16.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.8087 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8088 + 5.8089 +Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI support 5.8090 +CONFIG_SCSI_INIA100 5.8091 + This is support for the Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI host adapter. 5.8092 + Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8093 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.8094 + 5.8095 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.8096 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8097 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8098 + will be called a100u2w.o. 5.8099 + 5.8100 +PCI2000 support 5.8101 +CONFIG_SCSI_PCI2000 5.8102 + This is support for the PCI2000I EIDE interface card which acts as a 5.8103 + SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8104 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.8105 + 5.8106 + This driver is also available as a module called pci2000.o ( = code 5.8107 + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.8108 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.8109 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8110 + 5.8111 +PCI2220i support 5.8112 +CONFIG_SCSI_PCI2220I 5.8113 + This is support for the PCI2220i EIDE interface card which acts as a 5.8114 + SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8115 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.8116 + 5.8117 + This driver is also available as a module called pci2220i.o ( = code 5.8118 + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.8119 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.8120 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8121 + 5.8122 +PSI240i support 5.8123 +CONFIG_SCSI_PSI240I 5.8124 + This is support for the PSI240i EIDE interface card which acts as a 5.8125 + SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8126 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.8127 + 5.8128 + This driver is also available as a module called psi240i.o ( = code 5.8129 + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.8130 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.8131 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8132 + 5.8133 +Qlogic FAS SCSI support 5.8134 +CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FAS 5.8135 + This is a driver for the ISA, VLB, and PCMCIA versions of the Qlogic 5.8136 + FastSCSI! cards as well as any other card based on the FASXX chip 5.8137 + (including the Control Concepts SCSI/IDE/SIO/PIO/FDC cards). 5.8138 + 5.8139 + This driver does NOT support the PCI versions of these cards. The 5.8140 + PCI versions are supported by the Qlogic ISP driver ("Qlogic ISP 5.8141 + SCSI support"), below. 5.8142 + 5.8143 + Information about this driver is contained in 5.8144 + <file:drivers/scsi/README.qlogicfas>. You should also read the 5.8145 + SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8146 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.8147 + 5.8148 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.8149 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.8150 + The module will be called qlogicfas.o. If you want to compile it as 5.8151 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8152 + 5.8153 +Qlogic ISP SCSI support 5.8154 +CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_ISP 5.8155 + This driver works for all QLogic PCI SCSI host adapters (IQ-PCI, 5.8156 + IQ-PCI-10, IQ_PCI-D) except for the PCI-basic card. (This latter 5.8157 + card is supported by the "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI" driver.) 5.8158 + 5.8159 + If you say Y here, make sure to choose "BIOS" at the question "PCI 5.8160 + access mode". 5.8161 + 5.8162 + Please read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.qlogicisp>. You 5.8163 + should also read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8164 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.8165 + 5.8166 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.8167 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.8168 + The module will be called qlogicisp.o. If you want to compile it as 5.8169 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8170 + 5.8171 +Qlogic ISP FC SCSI support 5.8172 +CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC 5.8173 + This is a driver for the QLogic ISP2100 SCSI-FCP host adapter. 5.8174 + 5.8175 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.8176 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.8177 + The module will be called qlogicfc.o. If you want to compile it as 5.8178 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8179 + 5.8180 +Include loadable firmware in driver 5.8181 +CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC_FIRMWARE 5.8182 + Say Y to include ISP2100 Fabric Initiator/Target Firmware, with 5.8183 + expanded LUN addressing and FcTape (FCP-2) support, in the 5.8184 + Qlogic QLA 1280 driver. This is required on some platforms. 5.8185 + 5.8186 +Qlogic QLA 1280 SCSI support 5.8187 +CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_1280 5.8188 + Say Y if you have a QLogic ISP1x80/1x160 SCSI host adapter. 5.8189 + 5.8190 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.8191 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.8192 + The module will be called qla1280.o. If you want to compile it as 5.8193 + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8194 + 5.8195 +Seagate ST-02 and Future Domain TMC-8xx SCSI support 5.8196 +CONFIG_SCSI_SEAGATE 5.8197 + These are 8-bit SCSI controllers; the ST-01 is also supported by 5.8198 + this driver. It is explained in section 3.9 of the SCSI-HOWTO, 5.8199 + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it 5.8200 + doesn't work out of the box, you may have to change some settings in 5.8201 + <file:drivers/scsi/seagate.h>. 5.8202 + 5.8203 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.8204 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.8205 + The module will be called seagate.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.8206 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8207 + 5.8208 +Trantor T128/T128F/T228 SCSI support 5.8209 +CONFIG_SCSI_T128 5.8210 + This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section 5.8211 + 3.11 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8212 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out 5.8213 + of the box, you may have to change some settings in 5.8214 + <file:drivers/scsi/t128.h>. Note that Trantor was purchased by 5.8215 + Adaptec, and some former Trantor products are being sold under the 5.8216 + Adaptec name. 5.8217 + 5.8218 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.8219 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.8220 + The module will be called t128.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.8221 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8222 + 5.8223 +UltraStor SCSI support 5.8224 +CONFIG_SCSI_ULTRASTOR 5.8225 + This is support for the UltraStor 14F, 24F and 34F SCSI-2 host 5.8226 + adapter family. This driver is explained in section 3.12 of the 5.8227 + SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8228 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out 5.8229 + of the box, you may have to change some settings in 5.8230 + <file:drivers/scsi/ultrastor.h>. 5.8231 + 5.8232 + Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware: 5.8233 + "UltraStor 14F/34F support", above. 5.8234 + 5.8235 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.8236 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8237 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8238 + will be called ultrastor.o. 5.8239 + 5.8240 +7000FASST SCSI support 5.8241 +CONFIG_SCSI_7000FASST 5.8242 + This driver supports the Western Digital 7000 SCSI host adapter 5.8243 + family. Some information is in the source: 5.8244 + <file:drivers/scsi/wd7000.c>. 5.8245 + 5.8246 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.8247 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.8248 + The module will be called wd7000.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.8249 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8250 + 5.8251 +ACARD SCSI support 5.8252 +CONFIG_SCSI_ACARD 5.8253 + This driver supports the ACARD 870U/W SCSI host adapter. 5.8254 + 5.8255 + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5.8256 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5.8257 + The module will be called atp870u.o. If you want to compile it as a 5.8258 + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8259 + 5.8260 +EATA ISA/EISA/PCI (DPT and generic EATA/DMA-compliant boards) support 5.8261 +CONFIG_SCSI_EATA 5.8262 + This driver supports all EATA/DMA-compliant SCSI host adapters. DPT 5.8263 + ISA and all EISA I/O addresses are probed looking for the "EATA" 5.8264 + signature. If you chose "BIOS" at the question "PCI access mode", 5.8265 + the addresses of all the PCI SCSI controllers reported by the PCI 5.8266 + subsystem are probed as well. 5.8267 + 5.8268 + You want to read the start of <file:drivers/scsi/eata.c> and the 5.8269 + SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8270 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.8271 + 5.8272 + Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware 5.8273 + available: "EATA-DMA [Obsolete] (DPT, NEC, AT&T, SNI, AST, Olivetti, 5.8274 + Alphatronix) support". You should say Y to only one of them. 5.8275 + 5.8276 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.8277 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8278 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8279 + will be called eata.o. 5.8280 + 5.8281 +enable tagged command queueing 5.8282 +CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_TAGGED_QUEUE 5.8283 + This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host 5.8284 + adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if 5.8285 + previous commands haven't finished yet. Most EATA adapters negotiate 5.8286 + this feature automatically with the device, even if your answer is 5.8287 + N. The safe answer is N. 5.8288 + 5.8289 +enable elevator sorting 5.8290 +CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_LINKED_COMMANDS 5.8291 + This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and 5.8292 + CD-ROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing 5.8293 + random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable 5.8294 + performance improvement: your mileage may vary... 5.8295 + The safe answer is N. 5.8296 + 5.8297 +maximum number of queued commands 5.8298 +CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_MAX_TAGS 5.8299 + This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for 5.8300 + each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 16 5.8301 + only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support. 5.8302 + Minimum is 2 and maximum is 62. This value is also the window size 5.8303 + used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used 5.8304 + by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time. 5.8305 + 5.8306 +NCR53c406a SCSI support 5.8307 +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C406A 5.8308 + This is support for the NCR53c406a SCSI host adapter. For user 5.8309 + configurable parameters, check out <file:drivers/scsi/NCR53c406a.c> 5.8310 + in the kernel source. Also read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8311 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 5.8312 + 5.8313 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.8314 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8315 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8316 + will be called NCR53c406.o. 5.8317 + 5.8318 +Symbios 53c416 SCSI support 5.8319 +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C416 5.8320 + This is support for the sym53c416 SCSI host adapter, the SCSI 5.8321 + adapter that comes with some HP scanners. This driver requires that 5.8322 + the sym53c416 is configured first using some sort of PnP 5.8323 + configuration program (e.g. isapnp) or by a PnP aware BIOS. If you 5.8324 + are using isapnp then you need to compile this driver as a module 5.8325 + and then load it using insmod after isapnp has run. The parameters 5.8326 + of the configured card(s) should be passed to the driver. The format 5.8327 + is: 5.8328 + 5.8329 + insmod sym53c416 sym53c416=<base>,<irq> [sym53c416_1=<base>,<irq>] 5.8330 + 5.8331 + There is support for up to four adapters. If you want to compile 5.8332 + this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and 5.8333 + removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and 5.8334 + read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5.8335 + sym53c416.o. 5.8336 + 5.8337 +Simple 53c710 SCSI support (Compaq, NCR machines) 5.8338 +CONFIG_SCSI_SIM710 5.8339 + This is a simple driver for NCR53c710 based SCSI host adapters. 5.8340 + 5.8341 + More complex drivers for this chip are available ("NCR53c7,8xx SCSI 5.8342 + support", above), but they require that the scsi chip be able to do 5.8343 + DMA block moves between memory and on-chip registers, which can 5.8344 + cause problems under certain conditions. This driver is designed to 5.8345 + avoid these problems and is intended to work with any Intel machines 5.8346 + using 53c710 chips, including various Compaq and NCR machines. 5.8347 + 5.8348 + Please read the comments at the top of the file 5.8349 + <file:drivers/scsi/sim710.c> for more information. 5.8350 + 5.8351 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.8352 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8353 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8354 + will be called sim710.o. 5.8355 + 5.8356 +Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 SCSI support 5.8357 +CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T 5.8358 + This driver supports PCI SCSI host adapters based on the Am53C974A 5.8359 + chip, e.g. Tekram DC390(T), DawiControl 2974 and some onboard 5.8360 + PCscsi/PCnet (Am53/79C974) solutions. 5.8361 + 5.8362 + Documentation can be found in <file:drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim>. 5.8363 + 5.8364 + Note that this driver does NOT support Tekram DC390W/U/F, which are 5.8365 + based on NCR/Symbios chips. Use "NCR53C8XX SCSI support" for those. 5.8366 + Also note that there is another generic Am53C974 driver, 5.8367 + "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support" below. You can pick either one. 5.8368 + 5.8369 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.8370 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8371 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8372 + will be called tmscsim.o. 5.8373 + 5.8374 +Omit support for other Am53/79C974 based SCSI adapters 5.8375 +CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T_NOGENSUPP 5.8376 + If you say N here, the DC390(T) SCSI driver relies on the DC390 5.8377 + EEPROM to get initial values for its settings, such as speed, 5.8378 + termination, etc. If it can't find this EEPROM, it will use 5.8379 + defaults or the user supplied boot/module parameters. For details 5.8380 + on driver configuration see <file:drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim>. 5.8381 + 5.8382 + If you say Y here and if no EEPROM is found, the driver gives up and 5.8383 + thus only supports Tekram DC390(T) adapters. This can be useful if 5.8384 + you have a DC390(T) and another Am53C974 based adapter, which, for 5.8385 + some reason, you want to drive with the other AM53C974 driver. 5.8386 + 5.8387 + If unsure, say N. 5.8388 + 5.8389 +AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support 5.8390 +CONFIG_SCSI_AM53C974 5.8391 + This is support for the AM53/79C974 SCSI host adapters. Please read 5.8392 + <file:drivers/scsi/README.AM53C974> for details. Also, the 5.8393 + SCSI-HOWTO, available from 5.8394 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, is for you. 5.8395 + 5.8396 + Note that there is another driver for AM53C974 based adapters: 5.8397 + "Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 (PCscsi) SCSI support", above. You 5.8398 + can pick either one. 5.8399 + 5.8400 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.8401 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8402 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8403 + will be called AM53C974.o. 5.8404 + 5.8405 +AMI MegaRAID support 5.8406 +CONFIG_SCSI_MEGARAID 5.8407 + This driver supports the AMI MegaRAID 418, 428, 438, 466, 762, 490 5.8408 + and 467 SCSI host adapters. 5.8409 + 5.8410 + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.8411 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8412 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8413 + will be called megaraid.o. 5.8414 + 5.8415 +Intel/ICP (former GDT SCSI Disk Array) RAID Controller support 5.8416 +CONFIG_SCSI_GDTH 5.8417 + Formerly called GDT SCSI Disk Array Controller Support. 5.8418 + 5.8419 + This is a driver for RAID/SCSI Disk Array Controllers (EISA/ISA/PCI) 5.8420 + manufactured by Intel/ICP vortex (an Intel Company). It is documented 5.8421 + in the kernel source in <file:drivers/scsi/gdth.c> and 5.8422 + <file:drivers/scsi/gdth.h.> 5.8423 + 5.8424 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.8425 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8426 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8427 + will be called gdth.o. 5.8428 + 5.8429 +IOMEGA parallel port (ppa - older drives) 5.8430 +CONFIG_SCSI_PPA 5.8431 + This driver supports older versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP 5.8432 + drive (a 100 MB removable media device). 5.8433 + 5.8434 + Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP 5.8435 + drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the 5.8436 + generic "SCSI disk support", above. 5.8437 + 5.8438 + If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP 5.8439 + drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect") 5.8440 + then you should say N here and Y to "IOMEGA parallel port (imm - 5.8441 + newer drives)", below. 5.8442 + 5.8443 + For more information about this driver and how to use it you should 5.8444 + read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.ppa>. You should also read 5.8445 + the SCSI-HOWTO, which is available from 5.8446 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If you use this driver, 5.8447 + you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks, 5.8448 + such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the 5.8449 + kernel. 5.8450 + 5.8451 + This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in 5.8452 + and removed from the running kernel whenever you want. To compile 5.8453 + this driver as a module, say M here and read 5.8454 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called ppa.o. 5.8455 + 5.8456 +IOMEGA parallel port (imm - newer drives) 5.8457 +CONFIG_SCSI_IMM 5.8458 + This driver supports newer versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP 5.8459 + drive (a 100 MB removable media device). 5.8460 + 5.8461 + Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP 5.8462 + drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the 5.8463 + generic "SCSI disk support", above. 5.8464 + 5.8465 + If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP 5.8466 + drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect") 5.8467 + then you should say Y here; if you have an older ZIP drive, say N 5.8468 + here and Y to "IOMEGA Parallel Port (ppa - older drives)", above. 5.8469 + 5.8470 + For more information about this driver and how to use it you should 5.8471 + read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.ppa>. You should also read 5.8472 + the SCSI-HOWTO, which is available from 5.8473 + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If you use this driver, 5.8474 + you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks, 5.8475 + such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the 5.8476 + kernel. 5.8477 + 5.8478 + This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in 5.8479 + and removed from the running kernel whenever you want. To compile 5.8480 + this driver as a module, say M here and read 5.8481 + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called imm.o. 5.8482 + 5.8483 +Force the Iomega ZIP drivers to use EPP-16 5.8484 +CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_EPP16 5.8485 + EPP (Enhanced Parallel Port) is a standard for parallel ports which 5.8486 + allows them to act as expansion buses that can handle up to 64 5.8487 + peripheral devices. 5.8488 + 5.8489 + Some parallel port chipsets are slower than their motherboard, and 5.8490 + so we have to control the state of the chipset's FIFO queue every 5.8491 + now and then to avoid data loss. This will be done if you say Y 5.8492 + here. 5.8493 + 5.8494 + Generally, saying Y is the safe option and slows things down a bit. 5.8495 + 5.8496 +Assume slow parallel port control register 5.8497 +CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_SLOW_CTR 5.8498 + Some parallel ports are known to have excessive delays between 5.8499 + changing the parallel port control register and good data being 5.8500 + available on the parallel port data/status register. This option 5.8501 + forces a small delay (1.0 usec to be exact) after changing the 5.8502 + control register to let things settle out. Enabling this option may 5.8503 + result in a big drop in performance but some very old parallel ports 5.8504 + (found in 386 vintage machines) will not work properly. 5.8505 + 5.8506 + Generally, saying N is fine. 5.8507 + 5.8508 +SCSI debugging host simulator 5.8509 +CONFIG_SCSI_DEBUG 5.8510 + This is a host adapter simulator that can be programmed to simulate 5.8511 + a large number of conditions that could occur on a real bus. The 5.8512 + advantage is that many hard to reproduce problems can be tested in a 5.8513 + controlled environment where there is reduced risk of losing 5.8514 + important data. This is primarily of use to people trying to debug 5.8515 + the middle and upper layers of the SCSI subsystem. If unsure, say N. 5.8516 + 5.8517 + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 5.8518 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8519 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8520 + will be called scsi_debug.o. 5.8521 + 5.8522 +Fibre Channel and FC4 SCSI support 5.8523 +CONFIG_FC4 5.8524 + Fibre Channel is a high speed serial protocol mainly used to 5.8525 + connect large storage devices to the computer; it is compatible with 5.8526 + and intended to replace SCSI. 5.8527 + 5.8528 + This is an experimental support for storage arrays connected to your 5.8529 + computer using optical fibre cables and the "X3.269-199X Fibre 5.8530 + Channel Protocol for SCSI" specification. If you want to use this, 5.8531 + you need to say Y here and to "SCSI support" as well as to the 5.8532 + drivers for the storage array itself and for the interface adapter 5.8533 + such as SOC or SOC+. This subsystem could even serve for IP 5.8534 + networking, with some code extensions. 5.8535 + 5.8536 + If unsure, say N. 5.8537 + 5.8538 +Sun SOC/Sbus 5.8539 +CONFIG_FC4_SOC 5.8540 + Serial Optical Channel is an interface card with one or two Fibre 5.8541 + Optic ports, each of which can be connected to a disk array. Note 5.8542 + that if you have older firmware in the card, you'll need the 5.8543 + microcode from the Solaris driver to make it work. 5.8544 + 5.8545 + This support is also available as a module called soc.o ( = code 5.8546 + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.8547 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.8548 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8549 + 5.8550 +Sun SOC+ (aka SOCAL) 5.8551 +CONFIG_FC4_SOCAL 5.8552 + Serial Optical Channel Plus is an interface card with up to two 5.8553 + Fibre Optic ports. This card supports FC Arbitrated Loop (usually 5.8554 + A5000 or internal FC disks in E[3-6]000 machines through the 5.8555 + Interface Board). You'll probably need the microcode from the 5.8556 + Solaris driver to make it work. 5.8557 + 5.8558 + This support is also available as a module called socal.o ( = code 5.8559 + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.8560 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.8561 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8562 + 5.8563 +SparcSTORAGE Array 100 and 200 series 5.8564 +CONFIG_SCSI_PLUTO 5.8565 + If you never bought a disk array made by Sun, go with N. 5.8566 + 5.8567 + This support is also available as a module called pluto.o ( = code 5.8568 + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.8569 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.8570 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5.8571 + 5.8572 +Sun Enterprise Network Array (A5000 and EX500) 5.8573 +CONFIG_SCSI_FCAL 5.8574 + This driver drives FC-AL disks connected through a Fibre Channel 5.8575 + card using the drivers/fc4 layer (currently only SOCAL). The most 5.8576 + common is either A5000 array or internal disks in E[3-6]000 5.8577 + machines. 5.8578 + 5.8579 + This support is also available as a module called fcal.o ( = code 5.8580 + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 5.8581 + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 5.8582 + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say N. 5.8583 + 5.8584 +Acorn SCSI card (aka30) support 5.8585 +CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_3 5.8586 + This enables support for the Acorn SCSI card (aka30). If you have an 5.8587 + Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. 5.8588 + 5.8589 +Support SCSI 2 Tagged queueing 5.8590 +CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_TAGGED_QUEUE 5.8591 + Say Y here to enable tagged queuing support on the Acorn SCSI card. 5.8592 + 5.8593 + This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host 5.8594 + adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if 5.8595 + previous commands haven't finished yet. Some SCSI devices don't 5.8596 + implement this properly, so the safe answer is N. 5.8597 + 5.8598 +Support SCSI 2 Synchronous Transfers 5.8599 +CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_SYNC 5.8600 + Say Y here to enable synchronous transfer negotiation with all 5.8601 + targets on the Acorn SCSI card. 5.8602 + 5.8603 + In general, this improves performance; however some SCSI devices 5.8604 + don't implement it properly, so the safe answer is N. 5.8605 + 5.8606 +ARXE SCSI support 5.8607 +CONFIG_SCSI_ARXESCSI 5.8608 + Around 1991, Arxe Systems Limited released a high density floppy 5.8609 + disc interface for the Acorn Archimedes range, to allow the use of 5.8610 + HD discs from the then new A5000 on earlier models. This interface 5.8611 + was either sold on its own or with an integral SCSI controller. 5.8612 + Technical details on this NCR53c94-based device are available at 5.8613 + <http://www.cryton.demon.co.uk/acornbits/scsi_arxe.html> 5.8614 + Say Y here to compile in support for the SCSI controller. 5.8615 + 5.8616 +Oak SCSI support 5.8617 +CONFIG_SCSI_OAK1 5.8618 + This enables support for the Oak SCSI card. If you have an Acorn 5.8619 + system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. 5.8620 + 5.8621 +Cumana SCSI I support 5.8622 +CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_1 5.8623 + This enables support for the Cumana SCSI I card. If you have an 5.8624 + Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. 5.8625 + 5.8626 +Cumana SCSI II support 5.8627 +CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_2 5.8628 + This enables support for the Cumana SCSI II card. If you have an 5.8629 + Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. 5.8630 + 5.8631 +EcoSCSI support 5.8632 +CONFIG_SCSI_ECOSCSI 5.8633 + This enables support for the EcoSCSI card -- a small card that sits 5.8634 + in the Econet socket. If you have an Acorn system with one of these, 5.8635 + say Y. If unsure, say N. 5.8636 + 5.8637 +EESOX SCSI support 5.8638 +CONFIG_SCSI_EESOXSCSI 5.8639 + This enables support for the EESOX SCSI card. If you have an Acorn 5.8640 + system with one of these, say Y, otherwise say N. 5.8641 + 5.8642 +PowerTec SCSI support 5.8643 +CONFIG_SCSI_POWERTECSCSI 5.8644 + This enables support for the Powertec SCSI card on Acorn systems. If 5.8645 + you have one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. 5.8646 + 5.8647 +IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support 5.8648 +CONFIG_IEEE1394 5.8649 + IEEE 1394 describes a high performance serial bus, which is also 5.8650 + known as FireWire(tm) or i.Link(tm) and is used for connecting all 5.8651 + sorts of devices (most notably digital video cameras) to your 5.8652 + computer. 5.8653 + 5.8654 + If you have FireWire hardware and want to use it, say Y here. This 5.8655 + is the core support only, you will also need to select a driver for 5.8656 + your IEEE 1394 adapter. 5.8657 + 5.8658 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.8659 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8660 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8661 + will be called ieee1394.o. 5.8662 + 5.8663 +Texas Instruments PCILynx support 5.8664 +CONFIG_IEEE1394_PCILYNX 5.8665 + Say Y here if you have an IEEE-1394 controller with the Texas 5.8666 + Instruments PCILynx chip. Note: this driver is written for revision 5.8667 + 2 of this chip and may not work with revision 0. 5.8668 + 5.8669 + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 5.8670 + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 5.8671 + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 5.8672 + will be called pcilynx.o. 5.8673 + 5.8674 +Use local RAM on PCILynx board 5.8675 +CONFIG_IEEE1394_PCILYNX_LOCALRAM 5.8676 + This option makes the PCILynx driver use local RAM available on some 5.8677 + PCILynx setups for Packet Control Lists. Local RAM is random access 5.8678 + memory which resides on the PCILynx board as opposed to on your 5.8679 + computer's motherboard. Local RAM may speed up command processing 5.8680